As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on August 11, 2015

1933 Act File No. 333-205540
1940 Act File No. 811-22974

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



 

FORM N-2



 

x REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

x Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2

o Post-Effective Amendment No. 

and

x REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

x Amendment No. 12



 

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in charter)



 

20 Horseneck Lane
Greenwich, CT 06830

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(203) 340-8500

(Registrant’s telephone number, including Area Code)

Thomas P. Majewski
20 Horseneck Lane
Greenwich, CT 06830

(Name and address of agent for service)

Copies of Communications to:

 
Thomas J. Friedmann
Dechert LLP
One International Place, 40 th Floor
100 Oliver Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
(617) 728-7120
  Anna T. Pinedo
Morrison & Foerster LLP
250 West 55 th Street
New York, New York 10019
(212) 468-8179


 

Approximate date of proposed public offering : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box. o

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

o when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c).

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

   
Title of Securities Being Registered   Proposed Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price (1) (2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee (3)
Notes   $ 1,000,000     $ 116.20  

(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee, pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) Includes the underwriter’s option to purchase additional notes.
(3) Previously paid.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, Preliminary Prospectus Dated August 11, 2015

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

$        

Eagle Point Credit Company Inc.

  % Notes due 2020



 

We are an externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the “1940 Act.” Our primary investment objective is to generate high current income, with a secondary objective to generate capital appreciation. We seek to achieve our investment objectives by investing primarily in equity and junior debt tranches of collateralized loan obligations, or “CLOs,” that are collateralized by a portfolio consisting primarily of below investment grade U.S. senior secured loans with a large number of distinct underlying borrowers across various industry sectors. We may also invest in other securities and instruments that are related to these investments or that our investment adviser believes are consistent with our investment objectives, including senior debt tranches of CLOs and loan accumulation facilities. The CLO securities in which we primarily seek to invest are unrated or rated below investment grade and are considered speculative with respect to timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. Unrated and below investment grade securities are also sometimes referred to as “junk” securities. In addition, the CLO equity and junior debt securities in which we invest are highly leveraged (with CLO equity securities typically being leveraged nine to 13 times), which magnifies our risk of loss on such investments.

Eagle Point Credit Management LLC, our investment adviser, manages our investments subject to the supervision of our board of directors. As of June 30, 2015, Eagle Point Credit Management LLC had approximately $1 billion of assets under management for investment in CLO securities and related investments, including capital commitments that were undrawn as of such date. Eagle Point Administration LLC, an affiliate of our investment adviser, serves as our administrator.

We are offering $         in aggregate principal amount of   % notes due 2020, or the “Notes.” The Notes will mature on August   , 2020 and 100% of the aggregate principal amount will be paid at maturity. The Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. We will pay interest on the Notes on February 28 (or 29 in the case of a leap year) and August 31 of each year, beginning on February 29, 2016. We may redeem the Notes in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at our sole option, at the redemption price set forth under the caption “ Description of the Notes — Optional Redemption ” in this prospectus. Holders of the Notes will not have the option to have the Notes repaid prior to the stated maturity date. If we fail to maintain asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, of at least 300%, we will be required to redeem an aggregate, principal amount of securities issued under our indenture (which at our discretion may include any number or portion of the Notes) that, when combined with any preferred stock redeemed for failure to maintain the asset coverage required for preferred stock, (1) results in us having asset coverage of at least 300% or (2) if smaller, the maximum aggregate principal amount of such securities that can be redeemed out of funds legally available for such redemption.

The Notes will be our direct unsecured obligations and will rank equal in right of payment with any other indebtedness that we may incur in the future. The Notes will be effectively subordinated, or junior in right of payment, to any future secured indebtedness that we may incur and structurally subordinated to all future indebtedness and other obligations of our subsidiaries. We do not intend to list the Notes on any securities exchange and a liquid trading market may not develop for the Notes. Thus, an investment in the Notes may not be suitable for investors who may need the money they invest in a specified timeframe.

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk, including the risk of a substantial loss of investment. Before purchasing any Notes, you should read the discussion of the principal risks of investing in the Notes, which are summarized in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16 of this prospectus.

This prospectus contains important information you should know before investing in the Notes. Please read and retain this prospectus for future reference. This prospectus, and other materials containing additional information about us have been filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the “SEC.” You may request a free copy of this prospectus or any other information filed with the SEC, by calling (202) 551-8090, by electronic mail at publicinfo@sec.gov or, upon payment of copying fees, by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549-0102. Information relating to the SEC’s public reference room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. We file annual and semi-annual stockholder reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. To obtain this information electronically or make other inquiries pertaining to us, please visit our website ( www.eaglepointcreditcompany.com ) or call (844) 810-6501 (toll-free). You may also obtain a copy of any information regarding us filed with the SEC from the SEC’s website ( www.sec.gov ).

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined that this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



 

   
  Per Note   Total
Public offering price   $ 1,000     $       
Sales load (underwriting discounts and commissions) (1)   $     $  
Proceeds to us (before expenses) (2)   $     $  

(1) See “Underwriting” for additional disclosure regarding the underwriting discounts and commissions and other expenses payable to the underwriter by us.
(2) Total offering expenses payable by us, excluding sales load, are estimated to be $        .

The underwriter may also exercise its option to purchase up to an additional $         aggregate principal amount of Notes from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any. If the underwriter exercises this option in full, the total underwriting discount will be $        , and total proceeds, before expenses, will be $        .

THE NOTES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF A BANK AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.

The underwriter expects to deliver the Notes in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company on or about            , 2015.

Incapital

The date of this prospectus is            , 2015


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Prospectus Summary     1  
The Offering     12  
Risk Factors     16  
Use of Proceeds     44  
Pro Forma Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends     45  
Capitalization     46  
Business     47  
The Adviser and the Administrator     60  
Management     68  
Determination of Net Asset Value     75  
Conflicts of Interest     76  
U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters     79  
Description of Our Capital Stock     85  
Description of the Notes     93  
Underwriting     105  
Regulation as a Closed-End Management Investment Company     107  
Additional Investments and Techniques     111  
Control Persons and Principal Stockholders     117  
Brokerage Allocation     118  
Legal Matters     119  
Custodian and Transfer Agent     119  
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     119  
Additional Information     119  
Index to Financial Statements     F-1  
Appendix A: Description of Securities Ratings     A-1  

* * * * * *

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriter has not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriter is not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. Our business, financial condition and results of operations may have changed since the date of this prospectus. We will notify holders of the Notes promptly of any material change to this prospectus during the period in which we are required to deliver the prospectus.

i


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary contains basic information about this offering. It is not complete and may not contain all the information that is important to a decision to invest in the Notes. You should read carefully the more detailed information set forth under “ Risk Factors ” and the other information included in this prospectus. Except where the context suggests otherwise, the terms:

“Eagle Point Credit Company,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Eagle Point Credit Company Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries or, for periods prior to our conversion to a corporation, Eagle Point Credit Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;
“Eagle Point Credit Management” and “Adviser” refer to Eagle Point Credit Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;
“Eagle Point Administration” and “Administrator” refer to Eagle Point Administration LLC, a Delaware limited liability company; and
“Risk-adjusted returns” refers to the profile of expected asset returns across a range of potential macroeconomic scenarios, and does not imply that a particular strategy or investment should be considered low-risk.

On October 6, 2014, we converted from a Delaware limited liability company into a Delaware corporation. In this conversion, Eagle Point Credit Company Inc. succeeded to the business of Eagle Point Credit Company LLC.

Eagle Point Credit Company

We are an externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act. We have elected to be treated, and intend to qualify annually, as a regulated investment company, or “RIC,” under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the “Code,” commencing with our tax year ended November 30, 2014.

Our primary investment objective is to generate high current income, with a secondary objective to generate capital appreciation. We seek to achieve our investment objectives by investing primarily in equity and junior debt tranches of CLOs that are collateralized by a portfolio consisting primarily of below investment grade U.S. senior secured loans with a large number of distinct underlying borrowers across various industry sectors. We may also invest in other securities and instruments that are related to these investments or that the Adviser believes are consistent with our investment objectives, including senior debt tranches of CLOs and loan accumulation facilities. The amount that we invest in these other securities and instruments may vary from time to time and, as such, may constitute a material part of our portfolio on any given date, all as based on the Adviser’s assessment of prevailing market conditions. The CLO securities in which we primarily seek to invest are unrated or rated below investment grade and are considered speculative with respect to timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. Below investment grade and unrated securities are also sometimes referred to as “junk” securities. These investment objectives are not fundamental policies of ours and may be changed by our board of directors without prior approval of our securityholders. See “Business.”

In the primary CLO market ( i.e. , acquiring securities at the inception of a CLO), we seek to invest in CLO securities that the Adviser believes have the potential to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns and to outperform other similar CLO securities issued within the respective vintage period. In the secondary CLO market ( i.e. , acquiring existing CLO securities), we seek to invest in CLO securities that the Adviser believes have the potential to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns.

The Adviser pursues a differentiated strategy within the CLO market focused on:

proactive sourcing and identification of investment opportunities;
utilization of the Adviser’s methodical and rigorous investment analysis and due diligence process;
active involvement at the CLO structuring and formation stage; and

1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

taking, in many instances, significant stakes in CLO equity and junior debt tranches.

We believe that the Adviser’s direct and often longstanding relationships with CLO collateral managers, its CLO structural expertise and its relative scale in the CLO market will enable us to source and execute investments with attractive economics and terms relative to other CLO opportunities.

When we make a significant primary market investment in a particular CLO tranche, we generally expect to be able to influence the CLO’s key terms and conditions. In particular, the Adviser believes that, although typically exercised only a minority of the time in the Adviser’s experience, the protective rights associated with holding a majority position in a CLO equity tranche (such as the ability to call the CLO after the non-call period, to refinance/reprice certain CLO debt tranches after a period of time and to influence potential amendments to the governing documents of the CLO) may reduce our risk in these investments. We may acquire a majority position in a CLO tranche directly, or we may benefit from the advantages of a majority position where both we and other accounts managed by the Adviser collectively hold a majority position, subject to any restrictions on our ability to invest alongside such other accounts. See “Business — Other Investment Techniques — Co-Investment with Affiliates.”

We seek to construct a portfolio of CLO securities that provides varied exposure across a number of key categories, including:

number of borrowers underlying each CLO;
industry type of a CLO’s underlying borrowers;
number and investment style of CLO collateral managers; and
CLO vintage period.

The Adviser has a long-term investment horizon and invests primarily with a buy-and-hold mentality. However, on an ongoing basis, the Adviser actively monitors each investment and may sell positions if circumstances change from the time of investment or if the Adviser believes it is in our best interest to do so.

Portfolio

As of June 30, 2015, we estimate that 89.9% of our investments were in equity tranches of CLOs 2.7% in debt tranches and 7.4% were in loan accumulation facilities. These investments had 20 different CLO collateral managers and an aggregate fair value of $257.2 million. Below is an unaudited summary description of our portfolio investments as of June 30, 2015:

 
Number of unique underlying borrowers     1,048  
Largest exposure to any individual borrower     0.87 %  
Average individual borrower exposure     0.10 %  
Aggregate exposure to 10 largest borrowers     6.74 %  
Aggregate exposure to senior secured loans     96.96 %  
Weighted average stated spread     3.98 %  
Weighted average LIBOR floor     0.96 %  
Weighted average percentage of floating rate loans with LIBOR floors     98.65 %  
Weighted average credit rating of underlying collateral     B+/B  
Weighted average junior OC cushion     4.96 %  
Weighted average market value of underlying collateral     98.81 %  
Weighted average maturity of underlying collateral     5.4 years  
U.S. dollar currency exposure     100 %  

Initial Public Offering

In October 2014, we priced our initial public offering, selling 5,155,301 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $20.00 per share. As a result of our initial public offering, we received net proceeds of approximately $102.1 million after payment of underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Since our initial public offering, we have declared three quarterly distributions on our common stock (paid on January 26, 2015, April 30, 2015 and July 31, 2015, respectively). These distributions represent

2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

a 12% annualized rate based on the price of our common stock in our initial public offering and, given the proximity of the distributions to our initial public offering and the fact that we were ramping up our investment program during the applicable periods, we estimate that 45%, 32% and 22%, respectively, of such distributions represented a return of capital. A return of capital would reduce a stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of our common stock for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which may result in a higher tax liability when the shares are sold.

Eagle Point Credit Management

Eagle Point Credit Management, our investment adviser, manages our investments subject to the supervision of our board of directors. An affiliate of the Adviser, Eagle Point Administration, performs, or arranges for the performance of, our required administrative services. For a description of the fees and expenses that we pay to the Adviser and Administrator, see “ The Adviser and the Administrator — Investment Advisory Agreement — Management Fee and Incentive Fee ” and “—  The Administrator and the Administration Agreement.

The Adviser is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC and, as of June 30, 2015, had approximately $1 billion of assets under management for investment in CLO securities and related investments, including capital commitments that were undrawn as of such date. The Adviser was established in November 2012 by Thomas P. Majewski and Stone Point Capital LLC, or “Stone Point,” as investment manager of Trident V, L.P. and related investment vehicles, which we refer to collectively as the “Trident V Funds.” Stone Point, an investment adviser registered with the SEC, is a specialized private equity firm focused exclusively on the financial services industry. Since its inception, Stone Point (including a predecessor entity) has raised six private equity funds with aggregate committed capital of approximately $13 billion. The Adviser is primarily owned by the Trident V Funds through intermediary holding companies. In addition, the Adviser’s “Senior Investment Team” holds an indirect ownership interest in the Adviser. The Adviser is governed by a board of directors, which is comprised of Mr. Majewski and certain principals of Stone Point. See “ The Adviser and the Administrator .”

The Adviser’s Senior Investment Team is led by Mr. Majewski, Managing Partner of the Adviser, and is also comprised of Daniel W. Ko, Portfolio Manager, and Daniel M. Spinner, Portfolio Manager. The Senior Investment Team is primarily responsible for our day-to-day management and the implementation of our investment strategy and process.

Each member of the Senior Investment Team is a CLO industry specialist who has been directly involved in the CLO market for the majority of his career and has built relationships with key market participants, including CLO collateral managers, investment banks and investors. Members of the Senior Investment Team have been involved in the CLO market as:

the head of the CLO business at various investment banks;
a lead CLO structurer and collateralized debt obligation, or “CDO,” workout specialist at an investment bank;
a CLO equity and debt investor;
a principal investor in CLO collateral management firms; and
a lender and mergers and acquisitions adviser to CLO collateral management firms.

We believe that the complementary, yet highly specialized, skill set of each member of the Senior Investment Team provides the Adviser with a competitive advantage in its CLO-focused investment strategy. See “ The Adviser and the Administrator — Portfolio Managers .”

CLO Overview

Our investment portfolio is comprised primarily of investments in the equity and junior debt tranches of CLOs. The CLOs that we target are securitization vehicles that pool portfolios of primarily below investment grade U.S. senior secured loans. Such pools of underlying assets are often referred to as a CLO’s “collateral.” While the vast majority of the portfolio of most CLOs consists of senior secured loans, many CLOs enable

3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the CLO collateral manager to invest up to 10% of the portfolio in assets that are not first lien senior secured loans, including second lien loans, unsecured loans, senior secured bonds and senior unsecured bonds.

CLOs are generally required to hold a portfolio of assets that is highly diversified by underlying borrower and industry, and is subject to a variety of asset concentration limitations. Most CLOs are revolving structures that generally allow for reinvestment over a specific period of time (typically three to five years). In cash flow CLOs, which are the type of CLOs we target, the terms and covenants of the structure are, with certain exceptions, based primarily on the cash flow generated by, and the par value (as opposed to the market price) of, the CLO collateral. These covenants include collateral coverage tests, interest coverage tests and collateral quality tests.

A CLO funds the purchase of a portfolio of primarily senior secured loans via the issuance of CLO equity and debt instruments in the form of multiple, primarily floating rate debt, tranches. The CLO debt tranches typically are rated “AAA” (or its equivalent) at the most senior level down to “BB” or “B” (or its equivalent), which is below investment grade, at the most junior level by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc., or “Moody’s,” Standard & Poor’s Rating Group, or “S&P,” and/or Fitch, Inc., or “Fitch.” The CLO equity tranche is unrated and typically represents approximately 8% to 11% of a CLO’s capital structure. A CLO’s equity tranche represents the first loss position in the CLO. Below investment grade and unrated securities are sometimes referred to as “junk” securities.

The diagram below is for illustrative purposes only. The CLO structure highlighted below is a hypothetical structure, and the structure of CLOs in which we invest may vary substantially from the example set forth below. Please see “ Business — CLO Overview ” for a more detailed description of a CLO’s typical structure and key terms and conditions including its priority-of-payment schedules.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Since a CLO’s indenture requires that the maturity dates of a CLO’s assets (typically five to eight years from the date of issuance of a senior secured loan) be shorter than the maturity date of the CLO’s liabilities (typically 11 to 12 years from the date of issuance), CLOs generally do not face refinancing risk on the CLO debt.

Depending on the Adviser’s assessment of market conditions, our investment focus may vary from time to time between CLO equity and CLO debt investments.

We believe that CLO equity has the following attractive fundamental attributes:

Potential for strong absolute and risk-adjusted returns:   We believe that CLO equity offers a potential total return profile that is attractive on a risk-adjusted basis compared to U.S. public equity markets.
Expected shorter duration high-yielding credit investment with the potential for high quarterly cash distributions:   Relative to certain other high-yielding credit investments such as mezzanine or subordinated debt, CLO equity is expected to have a shorter payback period with higher front-end loaded quarterly cash flows (often in excess of 20% per annum of face value) during the early years of a CLO’s life.

4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Expected protection against rising interest rates:   Since a CLO’s asset portfolio is typically comprised principally of floating rate loans and the CLO’s liabilities are also generally floating rate instruments, we expect CLO equity to provide potential protection against rising interest rates after the London Interbank Offered Rate, or “LIBOR,” has increased above the average LIBOR floor on a CLO’s assets. However, CLO equity is still subject to other forms of interest rate risk. For a discussion of the interest rate risks associated with CLO equity, see “ Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Investments — We and our investments are subject to interest rate risk ” and “ Business — CLO Overview .”
Expected low-to-moderate correlation with fixed income and equity markets:   Given that CLO assets and liabilities are primarily floating rate, we expect CLO equity investments to have a low-to-moderate correlation with U.S. fixed income securities. In addition, because CLOs generally allow for the reinvestment of principal during the reinvestment period regardless of the market price of the underlying collateral if the respective CLO remains in compliance with its covenants, we expect CLO equity investments to have a low-to-moderate correlation with the U.S. equity markets.

CLO securities are also subject to a number of risks as discussed elsewhere in this “ Prospectus Summary ” section and in more detail in the “ Risk Factors ” section of this prospectus. Among our primary targeted investments, the risks associated with CLO equity are generally greater than those associated with CLO debt.

Our Competitive Advantages

We believe that we are well positioned to take advantage of investment opportunities in CLO securities and related investments due to the following competitive advantages:

Specialist in CLO securities with a proven track record.   The Adviser focuses exclusively on CLO securities and related investments. Each member of the Senior Investment Team is a CLO specialist who has been involved with the CLO market for the majority of his career and brings a distinct and complementary skill set that the Adviser believes is necessary for our success. We believe that the combination of the Adviser’s broad and often longstanding relationships with CLO collateral managers and our relative scale in the CLO market will enable us to source and execute investments with attractive economics and terms relative to other CLO market opportunities.
Deep CLO structural experience and expertise.   Members of the Senior Investment Team have significant experience structuring, valuing and investing in CLOs throughout their careers. The Adviser believes that the initial structuring of a CLO is an important contributor to the ultimate risk-adjusted returns, and that experienced and knowledgeable investors can add meaningful value relative to other market participants by selecting those investments with the most advantageous structures.
Methodical and rigorous investment process.   The objective of the Adviser’s investment process is to source, evaluate and execute investments in CLO securities and related investments that the Adviser believes have the potential to outperform the CLO market generally. This process, augmented by the first-hand CLO industry experience of the Senior Investment Team, is designed to be repeatable and is focused on key areas for analysis that the Adviser believes are most relevant to potential future performance. The Adviser believes that its investment and security selection process, with its strong emphasis on assessing the skill of the CLO collateral manager and analyzing the structure of the CLO, differentiates its approach to investing in CLO securities. See “Business —  Investment Process.”
Efficient vehicle for gaining exposure to CLO equity.   We believe that we are structured as an efficient vehicle for investors to gain exposure to CLO securities and related investments. Based on our long-term stable capital, the Adviser can focus principally on managing the portfolio and maximizing long-term risk-adjusted returns. We believe that our closed-end structure enables the Adviser to effectively implement our primarily long-term buy-and-hold investment philosophy.
Alignment of Interests.   As of July 30, 2015, the Trident V Funds, which are managed by Stone Point (an affiliate of the Adviser), held 55.1% of the outstanding shares of our voting securities, and the Adviser and the Senior Investment Team held an aggregate of 1.3% of the outstanding shares of

5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our voting securities. See “Control Persons and Principal Stockholders.” Their significant holdings in our common stock and our preferred stock align the interests of the Adviser and the Senior Investment Team with ours. In addition, our fee structure includes an incentive fee component whereby we pay the Adviser an incentive fee only if our net income exceeds a hurdle rate. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — Investment Advisory Agreement — Management Fee and Incentive Fee.”

Our Structure

We were organized as Eagle Point Credit Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on March 24, 2014 and converted into a Delaware corporation on October 6, 2014. We have two wholly owned subsidiaries: (1) Eagle Point Credit Company Sub LLC and (2) Eagle Point Credit Company Sub (Cayman) Ltd., or the “Cayman Subsidiary.” We generally gain access to certain newly issued Regulation S securities through the Cayman Subsidiary. Regulation S securities are securities of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers that are issued through offerings made pursuant to Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the “Securities Act.” Both of our subsidiaries are advised by the Adviser pursuant to the investment advisory agreement, or the “Investment Advisory Agreement,” between us and the Adviser. The following chart reflects our organizational structure and our relationship with our investment adviser and administrator as of the date of this prospectus:

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Financing and Hedging Strategy

Leverage by the Company.   We may use leverage as and to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. We are permitted to obtain leverage using any form of financial leverage instruments, including funds borrowed from banks or other financial institutions, margin facilities, notes or preferred stock and leverage attributable to reverse repurchase agreements or similar transactions. After giving effect to the issuance of the Notes in this offering, we anticipate that leverage, including the Notes and our 7.75% Series A Term Preferred Stock due 2022, or the “Series A Term Preferred Stock,” will represent approximately    % of our total assets (as determined immediately before taking such leverage into account). We may further increase our leverage through entry into a credit facility or other leveraging instruments. Instruments that create leverage are generally considered to be senior securities under the 1940 Act. With respect to senior securities representing indebtedness ( i.e. , borrowing or deemed borrowing, including the Notes), other than temporary borrowings as defined under the 1940 Act, we are required to have an asset coverage of at least 300%, as measured at the time of borrowing and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount of our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness. With respect to senior securities that are stocks ( i.e. , shares of preferred stock, including the Series A Term Preferred Stock), we are required to have an asset coverage of at least 200%, as measured at the time of the issuance of any such shares of preferred stock and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount of our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness plus the aggregate liquidation preference of any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Subject to the limitations under the 1940 Act, after the issuance of the Notes, we may incur additional leverage opportunistically or not at all and may choose to increase or decrease our leverage. We may use different types or combinations of leveraging instruments at any time based on the Adviser’s assessment of market conditions and the investment environment. In addition, we may borrow for temporary or other purposes as permitted under the 1940 Act, which indebtedness would be in addition to the asset coverage

6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

requirements described above. By leveraging our investment portfolio, we may create an opportunity for increased net income and capital appreciation. However, the use of leverage also involves significant risks and expenses, and our leverage strategy may not be successful. Any event that adversely affects the value of an investment would be magnified to the extent leverage is utilized. Accordingly, the more leverage is employed, the more likely a substantial change will occur in our net asset value, or “NAV.” See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Investments — We may leverage our portfolio, which would magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and will increase the risk of investing in us.”

Derivative Transactions.   From time to time we may engage in “Derivative Transactions,” as described below. To the extent we engage in Derivative Transactions, we expect to do so for hedging purposes and not for speculative purposes, although we may use Derivative Transactions for investment purposes to the extent consistent with our investment objectives if the Adviser deems it appropriate to do so. In particular, we may use Derivative Transactions to hedge against interest rate and/or credit risks. No assurance can be given that our hedging strategy and our use of derivatives will be successful. Successful use of Derivatives Transactions is subject to the ability of the Adviser, among other things, to ascertain the appropriate correlation between the transaction being hedged and the price movements of the derivatives. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, liquidity risk, counterparty risk, market spreads or other applicable factors, our investment performance would diminish compared with what it would have been if these hedging techniques were not used. Moreover, even if the Adviser is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that a derivative position may fail to correlate or correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being protected. We may purchase and sell a variety of derivative instruments, including exchange-listed and over-the-counter options, futures, options on futures, swaps and similar instruments, various interest rate transactions, such as swaps, caps, floors or collars, and credit transactions and credit default swaps. We also may purchase and sell derivative instruments that combine features of these instruments. Collectively, we refer to these financial management techniques as “Derivative Transactions.” Our use of Derivative Transactions, if any, will generally be deemed to create leverage for us and involves significant risks. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Investments — We are subject to risks associated with any hedging or derivative transactions in which we participate.”

Operating and Regulatory Structure

We are a non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act. As a registered closed-end management investment company, we are required to meet certain regulatory tests. See “Regulation as a Closed-End Management Investment Company.” In addition, we have elected to be treated, and intend to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, commencing with our tax year ended on November 30, 2014.

Our investment activities are managed by the Adviser and supervised by our board of directors. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, we have agreed to pay the Adviser an annual base management fee based on our “Total Equity Base” as well as an incentive fee based on our “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income.” See “The Adviser and The Administrator — Investment Advisory Agreement — Management Fee and Incentive Fee.” We have also entered into an administration agreement, which we refer to as the “Administration Agreement,” under which we have agreed to reimburse the Administrator for our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — The Administrator and the Administration Agreement.”

Conflicts of Interest

The Adviser is affiliated with other entities engaged in the financial services business. In particular, the Adviser is affiliated with Stone Point, and certain members of the Adviser’s board of managers are principals of Stone Point. Pursuant to certain management agreements, Stone Point has received delegated authority to act as the investment manager of the Trident V Funds. As of July 30, 2015, the Trident V Funds held approximately 55.1% of the outstanding shares of our voting securities. The Trident V Funds also hold a controlling interest in the Adviser. The Trident V Funds and other private equity funds managed by Stone Point invest in financial services companies. These relationships may cause the Adviser’s or certain of its affiliates’ interests to diverge from our interests. In addition, our executive officers and directors, as well as the

7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

current and future members of the Adviser, may serve as officers, directors or principals of other entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do. Accordingly, they may have obligations to investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which obligations may not be in the best interests of us or our stockholders. See “Conflicts of Interest.”

In order to address such conflicts of interest, we have adopted a code of ethics. Similarly, the Adviser has separately adopted a code of ethics and certain compliance policies and procedures, including investment allocation policies and procedures. The Adviser’s code of ethics requires the officers and employees of the Adviser to act in the best interests of the Adviser and its client accounts (including us), act in good faith and in an ethical manner, avoid conflicts of interests with the client accounts to the extent reasonably possible and identify and manage conflicts of interest to the extent that they arise. Pursuant to its investment allocation policies and procedures, the Adviser seeks to allocate investment opportunities among the accounts it manages in a manner that is fair and equitable over time. However, there is no assurance that such opportunities will be allocated to any particular account equitably in the short-term or that any such account will be able to participate in all investment opportunities that are suitable for it. Our directors and officers, and the officers and employees of the Adviser, are also required to comply with applicable provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws and make prompt reports to supervisory personnel of any actual or suspected violations of law. See “Conflicts of Interest — Code of Ethics and Compliance Procedures.”

Co-Investment with Affiliates.   In certain instances, we may co-invest on a concurrent basis with other accounts managed by the Adviser, subject to compliance with applicable regulations and regulatory guidance and our written allocation procedures. We have been granted exemptive relief by the SEC that permits us to participate in certain negotiated co-investments alongside other accounts managed by the Adviser, subject to certain conditions including (i) that a majority of our directors who have no financial interest in the transaction and a majority of our directors who are not interested persons, as defined in the 1940 Act, approve the co-investment and (ii) the price, terms and conditions of the co-investment are the same for each participant. A copy of our application for exemptive relief, including all of the conditions, and the related order are available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov .

Summary Risk Factors

The value of our assets, as well as the market price of the Notes, will fluctuate. Our investments should be considered risky, and you may lose all or part of your investment in us. Investors should consider their financial situation and needs, other investments, investment goals, investment experience, time horizons, liquidity needs and risk tolerance before investing in the Notes. An investment in the Notes may be speculative in that it involves a high degree of risk and should not be considered a complete investment program. We are designed primarily as a long-term investment vehicle, and our securities are not an appropriate investment for a short-term trading strategy. We can offer no assurance that returns, if any, on our investments will be commensurate with the risk of investment in us, nor can we provide any assurance that enough appropriate investments that meet our investment criteria will be available.

The following is a summary of certain principal risks of an investment in us. See “Risk Factors ” for a more complete discussion of the risks of investing in the Notes, including certain risks not summarized below.

Limited Operating History.   We are a recently organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with limited operating history as such.
Management Risk.   Other than us, the Adviser has never previously managed a registered closed-end investment company.
Key Personnel Risk.   We are dependent upon the key personnel of the Adviser for our future success.
Conflicts of Interest Risk.   Our executive officers and directors, and the Adviser and its officers and employees, including the Senior Investment Team, have several conflicts of interest as a result of the other activities in which they engage. See “Conflicts of Interest.”

8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Incentive Fee Risk.   Our incentive fee structure and the formula for calculating the fee payable to the Adviser may incentivize the Adviser to pursue speculative investments and use leverage in a manner that adversely impacts our performance. In view of the catch-up provision applicable to income incentive fees under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser could potentially receive a significant portion of the increase in our investment income attributable to a general increase in interest rates.
First Loss Risk of CLO Equity and Subordinated Securities.   CLO equity and junior debt securities that we may acquire are subordinated to more senior tranches of CLO debt. CLO equity and junior debt securities are subject to increased risks of default relative to the holders of superior priority interests in the same securities. In addition, at the time of issuance, CLO equity securities are under-collateralized in that the face amount of the CLO debt and CLO equity of a CLO at inception exceed its total assets. Though not exclusively, we will typically be in a first loss or subordinated position with respect to realized losses on the assets of the CLOs in which we are invested.
High Yield Investment Risks.   The CLO equity and junior debt securities that we acquire are typically unrated or rated below investment grade and are therefore considered “higher yield” or “junk” securities and are considered speculative with respect to timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. The senior secured loans and other credit-related assets underlying CLOs are also typically higher yield investments. Investing in CLO equity and junior debt securities and other high yield investments involves greater credit and liquidity risk than investment grade obligations, which may adversely impact our performance.
Risks of Investing in CLOs and Other Structured Finance Securities.   CLOs and other structured finance securities are generally backed by a pool of credit-related assets that serve as collateral. Accordingly, CLO and structured finance securities present risks similar to those of other types of credit investments, including default (credit), interest rate and prepayment risks. In addition, CLOs and other structured finance securities are often governed by a complex series of legal documents and contracts, which increases the risk of dispute over the interpretation and enforceability of such documents relative to other types of investments. There is also a risk that the trustee of a CLO does not properly carry out its duties to the CLO, potentially resulting in loss to the CLO. CLOs are also inherently leveraged vehicles and are subject to leverage risk.
Leverage Risk.   The use of leverage, whether directly or indirectly through investments such as CLO equity or junior debt securities that inherently involve leverage, may magnify our risk of loss. CLO equity or junior debt securities are very highly leveraged (with CLO equity securities typically being leveraged nine to 13 times), and therefore the CLO securities in which we are currently invested and in which we intend to invest are subject to a higher degree of loss since the use of leverage magnifies losses.
Credit Risk.   If (1) a CLO in which we invest, (2) an underlying asset of any such CLO or (3) any other type of credit investment in our portfolio declines in price or fails to pay interest or principal when due because the issuer or debtor, as the case may be, experiences a decline in its financial status, our income, NAV and/or market price may be adversely impacted.
Interest Rate Risk.   The price of certain of our investments may be significantly affected by changes in interest rates. As of the date of this prospectus, interest rates in the United States are at, or near, historic lows, which may increase our exposure to risks associated with rising interest rates. Moreover, interest rate levels are currently impacted by extraordinarily accommodative monetary policy initiatives, the effect of which is impossible to predict with certainty.
Prepayment Risk.   The assets underlying the CLO securities in which we invest are subject to prepayment by the underlying corporate borrowers. In addition, the CLO securities and related investments in which we invest are subject to prepayment risk. If we or a CLO collateral manager are unable to reinvest prepaid amounts in a new investment with an expected rate of return at least equal to that of the investment repaid, our investment performance will be adversely impacted.

9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fair Valuation of Our Portfolio Investments.   Typically, there will not be a public market for the type of investments we target. As a result, we value these securities at least quarterly, or more frequently as may be required from time to time, at fair value. Our determinations of the fair value of our investments have a material impact on our net earnings through the recording of unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments and may cause our NAV on a given date to understate or overstate, possibly materially, the value that we may ultimately realize on one or more of our investments.
Limited Investment Opportunities Risk.   The market for CLO securities is more limited than the market for other credit related investments. We can offer no assurances that sufficient investment opportunities for our capital will be available.
Non-Diversification Risk.   We are a non-diversified investment company under the 1940 Act and may hold a narrower range of investments than a diversified fund under the 1940 Act.
Market Risks.   A disruption or downturn in the capital markets and the credit markets could impair our ability to raise capital, impair the availability of suitable investment opportunities for us and negatively affect our business.
Loan Accumulation Facilities Risk.   Potential investments in loan accumulation facilities — which are short to medium term facilities often provided by the bank that will serve as the placement agent or arranger on a CLO transaction and which acquire loans on an interim basis that are expected to form part of such CLO — may expose us to market, credit and leverage risks. In particular, in the event a planned CLO is not consummated, or the loans held in a loan accumulation facility are not eligible for purchase by the CLO, we may be responsible for either holding or disposing of the loans. This could expose us primarily to credit and/or mark-to-market losses, and other risks.
Currency Risk.   Although we primarily make investments denominated in U.S. dollars, we may make investments denominated in other currencies. Our investments denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars will be subject to the risk that the value of such currency will decrease in relation to the U.S. dollar.
Hedging Risks.   Hedging transactions seeking to reduce risks may result in poorer overall performance than if we had not engaged in such hedging transactions, and they may also not properly hedge our risks.
Reinvestment Risks.   CLOs will typically generate cash from asset repayments and sales that may be reinvested in substitute assets, subject to compliance with applicable investment tests. The need for a CLO collateral manager to satisfy the CLO’s covenants may require the CLO collateral manager to purchase substitute assets at a lower yield than those initially acquired or require that the sale proceeds be maintained temporarily in cash, either of which may reduce the yield that the CLO collateral manager is able to achieve, thereby having a negative effect on the fair value of our assets and the market value of our securities. In addition, the reinvestment period for a CLO may terminate early, which may cause the holders of the CLO’s securities to receive principal payments earlier than anticipated. There can be no assurance that we will be able to reinvest such amounts in an alternative investment that provides a comparable return relative to the credit risk assumed.
Tax Risks.   If we fail to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code for any reason, or become subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for payments to the holders of the Notes and for distributions, and the amount of such distributions, to our stockholders.
Liquidity Risks.   To the extent we invest in illiquid instruments, we would not be able to sell such investments at prices that reflect our assessment of their fair value or the amount paid for such investments by us.
Derivatives Risks.   Derivative instruments in which we may invest may be volatile and involve various risks different from, and in certain cases greater than, the risks presented by more traditional instruments. A small investment in derivatives could have a large potential impact on our

10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

performance, effecting a form of investment leverage on our portfolio. In certain types of derivative transactions, we could lose the entire amount of our investment; in other types of derivative transactions the potential loss is theoretically unlimited.
Counterparty Risks.   We may be exposed to counterparty risk, which could make it difficult for us or the CLOs in which we invest to collect on obligations, thereby resulting in potentially significant losses
Risks of Investing in the Notes . The Notes will be effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness that we may incur in the future and structurally subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries. The indenture under which the Notes will be issued will only contain limited protection for holders of the Notes. Additionally, the Notes are a new issue of debt securities for which currently there is no trading market and you may be required to bear the financial risk of an investment in the Notes for an indefinite period of time.

Recent Developments

Our estimated NAV per share of our common stock as of June 30, 2015 was $18.62.

Preferred Stock Offering

In May 2015, we issued and sold 1,600,000 shares of the Series A Term Preferred Stock pursuant to an underwritten public offering, from which we received net proceeds of approximately $38.1 million after payment of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. In June 2015, the underwriters partially exercised the overallotment option granted to them in connection with the offering and purchased an additional 218,000 shares of the Series A Term Preferred Stock, from which we received approximately $5.2 million in additional net proceeds after payment of underwriting discounts and commissions.

Distributions

On May 20, 2015, we declared the initial distribution on shares of the Series A Term Preferred Stock of $0.23142361 per share which was paid on June 30, 2015 to holders of record as of June 15, 2015.

On June 1, 2015, we declared a quarterly distribution on shares of our common stock of $0.60 per share which was paid on July 31, 2015 to holders of record as of June 30, 2015.

On July 1, 2015, we declared three monthly distributions on shares of the Series A Term Preferred Stock of $0.161459 per share. The first of the distributions was paid on July 31, 2015 to holders of record as of July 15, 2015. The additional distributions are payable on each of August 31, 2015 and September 30, 2015 to holders of record as of August 17, 2015 and September 15, 2015, respectively.

Our Corporate Information

Our offices are located at 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, CT 06830, and our telephone number is (203) 340-8500.

11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE OFFERING

Issuer    
    Eagle Point Credit Company Inc.
Title of the securities    
       % Notes due 2020
Aggregate principal amount offered    
    $       
Over-allotment option    
    The underwriter may also purchase from us up to an additional $         aggregate principal amount of Notes to cover over-allotments, if any, within 30 days of the date of this prospectus.
Initial public offering price    
    100% of the aggregate principal amount
Denominations    
    We will issue the Notes in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
Principal payable at maturity    
    100% of the aggregate principal amount; the principal amount of each Note will be payable on its stated maturity date at the office of the trustee for the Notes or at such other office in New York City as we may designate.
Interest    
       % per year, payable every February 28 (or 29 in the case of a leap year) and August 31, commencing February 29, 2016. If an interest payment date is a non-business day, the applicable interest payment will be made on the next business day, and no additional interest will accrue as a result of such delayed payment.
Regular record dates for interest    
    Each February 15 and August 15, beginning February 15, 2016
Day count basis    
    360-day year of twelve 30-day months
Original issue date    
       , 2015
Stated maturity date    
    August    , 2020
Specified currency    
    U.S. Dollars
Interest periods    
    The initial interest period will be the period from and including    , 2015, to, but excluding, the initial interest payment date, and the subsequent interest periods will be the periods from and including an interest payment date to, but excluding, the next interest payment date or the stated maturity date, as the case may be.
Ranking of Notes    
    The Notes will be our direct unsecured obligations and will rank:
   

pari passu with existing and future unsecured indebtedness;

   

effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness (including indebtedness that is initially unsecured, but to which we subsequently grant security), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and

   

structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of any of our subsidiaries, financing vehicles or similar facilities.

12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Business days    
    Each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City are authorized or required by law or executive order to close.
Optional redemption    
    The Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at our option upon not less than 30-days’ nor more than 60-days’ written notice by mail prior to the date fixed for redemption thereof, at the redemption price set forth under the caption “ Description of the Notes — Optional Redemption .”
Redemption for asset coverage    
    If we fail to maintain asset coverage (as defined in Section 18(h) of the 1940 Act) with respect to securities issued under the indenture which governs the Notes of at least 300% as of the close of business on the last business day of any calendar quarter and such failure is not cured by the close of business on the date that is 30 calendar days following the filing date of our Annual Report on Form N-CSR, Semiannual Report on Form N-CSRS or Quarterly Report on Form N-Q, as applicable, for that quarter, or the “Asset Coverage Cure Date,” then we will be required to redeem, within 90 calendar days of the Asset Coverage Cure Date, an aggregate principal amount of securities issued under the indenture (which in our discretion may include any number or portion of the Notes) that, when combined with any preferred stock redeemed for failure to maintain the asset coverage required for preferred stock, (1) results in us having asset coverage of at least 300% or (2) if smaller, the maximum aggregate principal amount of such securities that can be redeemed out of funds legally available for such redemption. In connection with any redemption for failure to maintain such asset coverage, we may, in our sole option, redeem such additional securities that will result in asset coverage up to and including 385%. See “Description of the Notes —  Redemption for Asset Coverage.”
Sinking fund    
    The Notes will not be subject to any sinking fund ( i.e. , no amounts will be set aside by us to ensure repayment of the Notes at maturity).
Repurchase at the option of the holder    
    Holders of the Notes will not have the option to have the Notes repaid prior to the stated maturity date.
Defeasance    
    The Notes are subject to legal and covenant defeasance by us. See “Description of the Notes — Defeasance.”
Form of Notes    
    The Notes will be represented by global securities that will be deposited and registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company, or “DTC,” or its nominee. This means that, except in limited circumstances, you will not receive certificates for the Notes. Beneficial interests in the Notes will be represented through book-entry accounts of financial institutions acting on behalf of beneficial owners as direct and indirect participants in DTC. Investors may elect to hold interests in the Notes through either DTC, if they are a participant, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in DTC.

13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent       
    American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.
Events of default    
    If an event of default (as described herein under “Description of the Notes — Events of Default”) on the Notes occurs, the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, may be declared immediately due and payable, subject to the conditions set forth in the indenture.
Other covenants    
    In addition to the covenants described in this prospectus, the following covenants will apply to the Notes:
   

we agree that for the period of time during which the Notes are outstanding, we will not violate Section 18(a)(1)(A) or Section 18(a)(1)(B) of the 1940 Act or any successor provisions.

   

if, at any time, we are not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act,” to file any periodic reports with the SEC, we agree to furnish to holders of the Notes and the trustee, for the period of time during which the Notes are outstanding, our audited annual consolidated financial statements, within 60 days of our fiscal year end, and unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, within 60 days of our second fiscal quarter end. All such financial statements will be prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with applicable United States generally accepted accounting principles, or “GAAP.”

No established trading market    
    The Notes are a new issue of securities with no established trading market. The Notes will not be listed on any securities exchange or quoted on any automated dealer quotation system. Although the underwriter has informed us that it intends to make a market in the Notes, it is not obligated to do so, and may discontinue any such market at any time without notice. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that a liquid market for the Notes will develop or be maintained.
Use of proceeds    
    We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes to acquire investments in accordance with our investment objectives and strategies described in this prospectus and for general working capital purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Additional information    
    We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2 under the Securities Act, which contains additional information about us and the Notes being offered by this prospectus. We file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. This information is available at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549 and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. The public may obtain information on the operation of the SEC’s public reference room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. This information will also be available free of charge by contacting us at Eagle Point Credit Company Inc., Attention: Investor Relations, by telephone at (844) 810-6501, or on our website at www.eaglepointcreditcompany.com .

15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

Investing in the Notes involves a number of significant risks. In addition to the other information contained in this prospectus, you should consider carefully the following information before making an investment in the Notes. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not presently deemed material by us might also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In such case, the price of the Notes could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure

We have limited operating history as a closed-end investment company.

We are a recently organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with limited operating history. As a result, we do not have significant financial information on which you can evaluate an investment in us or our prior performance. We are subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any new business, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objectives and that the value of your investment could decline substantially or become worthless. We currently anticipate that it will take approximately two to six months to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering in our targeted investments, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities consistent with our investment objectives and market conditions. During this period, we will invest in temporary investments, such as cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less. We expect will have returns substantially lower than the returns that we anticipate earning from investments in CLO securities and related investments.

In addition, we are the only registered closed-end investment company that the Adviser has ever managed.

Our investment portfolio is recorded at fair value, with our board of directors having final responsibility for overseeing, reviewing and accepting, in good faith, our estimate of fair value. As a result, there will be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.

Under the 1940 Act, we are required to carry our portfolio investments at market value or, if there is no readily available market value, at fair value as determined by us in accordance with our written valuation policy, with our board of directors having final responsibility for overseeing, reviewing and accepting, in good faith, our estimate of fair value. Typically, there will not be a public market for the type of investments we target. As a result, we will value these securities at least quarterly based on relevant information compiled by the Adviser and third-party pricing services (when available), and with the oversight, review and acceptance by our board of directors.

The determination of fair value and, consequently, the amount of unrealized gains and losses in our portfolio, are to a certain degree subjective and dependent on a valuation process approved and overseen by our board of directors. Certain factors that may be considered in determining the fair value of our investments include non-binding indicative bids and the number of trades (and the size and timing of each trade) in an investment. Valuation of certain investments will also be based, in part, upon third party valuation models which take into account various market inputs. Investors should be aware that the models, information and/or underlying assumptions utilized by us or such models will not always allow us to correctly capture the fair value of an asset. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities like those we hold, are inherently uncertain, they may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates. Our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if an active public market for these securities existed. Our determinations of the fair value of our investments have a material impact on our net earnings through the recording of unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments and may cause our NAV on a given date to understate or overstate, possibly materially, the value that we may ultimately realize on one or more of our investments.

16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our financial condition and results of operations depend on the Adviser’s ability to effectively manage and deploy capital.

Our ability to achieve our investment objectives depends on the Adviser’s ability to effectively manage and deploy capital, which depends, in turn, on the Adviser’s ability to identify, evaluate and monitor, and our ability to acquire, investments that meet our investment criteria.

Accomplishing our investment objectives on a cost-effective basis is largely a function of the Adviser’s handling of the investment process, its ability to provide competent, attentive and efficient services and our access to investments offering acceptable terms, either in the primary or secondary markets. Even if we are able to grow and build upon our investment operations, any failure to manage our growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The results of our operations will depend on many factors, including the availability of opportunities for investment, readily accessible short and long-term funding alternatives in the financial markets and economic conditions. Furthermore, if we cannot successfully operate our business or implement our investment policies and strategies as described in this prospectus, it could adversely impact our ability to pay dividends. In addition, because the trading methods employed by the Adviser on our behalf are proprietary, stockholders will not be able to determine details of such methods or whether they are being followed.

We are reliant on Eagle Point Credit Management continuing to serve as the Adviser.

The Adviser will manage our investments. Consequently, our success will depend, in large part, upon the skill and expertise of the Adviser’s professional personnel. There can be no assurance that the professional personnel of the Adviser will continue to serve in their current positions or continue to be employed by the Adviser. Our success is dependent upon the services of the Adviser and, in particular, Thomas P. Majewski. We can offer no assurance that such services will be available for any length of time. Furthermore, the incapacity of Mr. Majewski could have a material and adverse effect on our performance. In addition, we can offer no assurance that the Adviser will continue indefinitely as our investment adviser.

The Adviser has the right to resign on 90 days’ notice, and we would not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

The Adviser has the right, under the Investment Advisory Agreement, to resign at any time upon 90 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If the Adviser resigns, we may not be able to find a new investment adviser or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 90 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations, as well as our ability to make distributions to our stockholders and payments to the holders of the Notes, are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our securities may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and investment activities is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single institution or group of executives having the expertise possessed by the Adviser and its affiliates. Even if we are able to retain comparable management, whether internal or external, the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity with our investment objectives would likely result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

Our success will depend on the ability of the Adviser to attract and retain qualified personnel in a competitive environment.

Our growth will require that the Adviser retain and attract new investment and administrative personnel in a competitive market. The Adviser’s ability to attract and retain personnel with the requisite credentials, experience and skills will depend on several factors including its ability to offer competitive wages, benefits and professional growth opportunities. Many of the entities, including investment funds (such as private equity funds, mezzanine funds and business development companies) and traditional financial services companies, with which it will compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than does the Adviser.

17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

There are significant potential conflicts of interest which could impact our investment returns.

Our executive officers and directors, and the Adviser and its officers and employees, including the Senior Investment Team, have several conflicts of interest as a result of the other activities in which they engage. For example, the members of the Adviser’s investment team are and may in the future become affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those we intend to conduct, and may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time. Moreover, each member of the Senior Investment Team is engaged in other business activities which divert their time and attention. The professional staff of the Adviser will devote as much time to us as such professionals deem appropriate to perform their duties in accordance with the Investment Advisory Agreement. However, such persons may be committed to providing investment advisory and other services for other clients, and engage in other business ventures in which we have no interest. As a result of these separate business activities, the Adviser may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time, services and functions among us, other advisory clients and other business ventures. See “ Conflicts of Interest.

Our incentive fee structure may incentivize the Adviser to pursue speculative investments, use leverage when it may be unwise to do so, or refrain from de-levering when it would otherwise be appropriate to do so.

The incentive fee payable by us to the Adviser may create an incentive for the Adviser to pursue investments on our behalf that are riskier or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangement. Such a practice could result in our investing in more speculative securities than would otherwise be the case, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during economic downturns. The incentive fee payable to the Adviser is based on our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, as calculated in accordance with our Investment Advisory Agreement. This may encourage the Adviser to use leverage to increase the return on our investments, even when it may not be appropriate to do so, and to refrain from de-levering when it would otherwise be appropriate to do so. Under certain circumstances, the use of leverage may increase the likelihood of default, which would impair the value of our securities. See “ — Risks Related to Our Investments — We may leverage our portfolio, which would magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and will increase the risk of investing in us.

A general increase in interest rates may have the effect of making it easier for the Adviser to receive incentive fees, without necessarily resulting in an increase in our net earnings.

Given the structure of our Investment Advisory Agreement with Eagle Point Credit Management, any general increase in interest rates will likely have the effect of making it easier for the Adviser to meet the quarterly hurdle rate for payment of income incentive fees under the Investment Advisory Agreement without any additional increase in relative performance on the part of the Adviser. This risk is more acute in a low interest rate environment, such as the one we are in now. In addition, in view of the catch-up provision applicable to income incentive fees under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser could potentially receive a significant portion of the increase in our investment income attributable to such a general increase in interest rates. If that were to occur, our increase in net earnings, if any, would likely be significantly smaller than the relative increase in the Adviser’s income incentive fee resulting from such a general increase in interest rates.

We may be obligated to pay the Adviser incentive compensation even if we incur a loss or with respect to investment income that we have accrued but not received.

The Adviser is entitled to incentive compensation for each fiscal quarter based, in part, on our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, for the immediately preceding calendar quarter above a performance threshold for that quarter. Accordingly, since the performance threshold is based on a percentage of our NAV, decreases in our NAV make it easier to achieve the performance threshold. Our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for incentive compensation purposes excludes realized and unrealized capital losses or depreciation that we may incur in the fiscal quarter, even if such capital losses or depreciation result in a net loss on our statement of operations for that quarter. Thus, we may be required to pay the Adviser incentive compensation for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or we incur a net loss for that quarter. In addition, we may be required to pay the Adviser an incentive fee with respect to investment income which we accrue but as to which we do not receive cash.

18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Adviser may not be able to achieve the same or similar returns as those achieved by the Senior Investment Team while managing other portfolios.

Although the Senior Investment Team has experience managing other investment portfolios, including accounts using investment objectives, investment strategies and investment policies similar to ours, we cannot assure you that we will be able to achieve the results realized by any other vehicles managed by the Senior Investment Team.

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results.

We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including our ability or inability to make investments that meet our investment criteria, the interest rate payable on the debt securities we acquire, the level of portfolio dividend and fee income, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, our results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of our results in future periods.

Our board of directors may change our operating policies and strategies without stockholder approval, the effects of which may be adverse.

Our board of directors will have the authority to modify or waive our current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies, other than those that we have deemed to be fundamental, without prior stockholder approval. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies would have on our business, NAV, operating results and value of our securities. However, the effects of any such changes could adversely impact our ability to pay dividends and cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

We will be subject to corporate-level income tax if we are unable to maintain our RIC status for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Although we have elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code beginning with our 2014 tax year, and intend to qualify as a RIC in each of our succeeding tax years, we can offer no assurance that we will be able to maintain RIC status. To obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code, we must meet certain annual distribution, income source and asset diversification requirements.

The annual distribution requirement for a RIC will be satisfied if we distribute to our stockholders on an annual basis at least 90% of our net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. Because we may use debt financing, we are subject to certain asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act and may be subject to financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to satisfy the distribution requirement. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we could fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

The income source requirement will be satisfied if we obtain at least 90% of our income for each tax year from dividends, interest, gains from the sale of our securities or similar sources.

The asset diversification requirement will be satisfied if we meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of our tax year. Failure to meet those requirements may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because most of our investments are expected to be in CLO securities for which there will likely be no active public market, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses.

If we fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment for any reason and remain or become subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions.

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.

For federal income tax purposes, we will include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as original issue discount or market discount, which may arise if we acquire a debt

19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

security at a significant discount to par. Such discounts will be included in income before we receive any corresponding cash payments. We also may be required to include in income certain other amounts that we have not yet, and may not ever, receive in cash.

Since, in certain cases, we may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the annual distribution requirement necessary to maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. In addition, since our incentive fee is payable on our income recognized, rather than cash received, we may be required to pay advisory fees on income before or without receiving cash representing such income. Accordingly, we may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

We incur significant costs as a result of being a publicly traded company.

As a publicly traded company, we incur legal, accounting and other expenses, including costs associated with the periodic reporting requirements applicable to a company whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, as well as additional corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other rules implemented by the SEC.

A disruption or downturn in the capital markets and the credit markets could impair our ability to raise capital and negatively affect our business.

We may be materially affected by market, economic and political conditions globally and in the jurisdictions and sectors in which we invest or operate, including conditions affecting interest rates and the availability of credit. Unexpected volatility, illiquidity, governmental action, currency devaluation or other events in the global markets in which we directly or indirectly hold positions could impair our ability to carry out our business and could cause us to incur substantial losses. These factors are outside our control and could adversely affect the liquidity and value of our investments, and may reduce our ability to make attractive new investments.

In particular, economic and financial market conditions significantly deteriorated for a significant part of the past decade as compared to prior periods. Global financial markets experienced considerable declines in the valuations of debt and equity securities, an acute contraction in the availability of credit and the failure of a number of leading financial institutions. As a result, certain government bodies and central banks worldwide, including the U.S. Treasury Department and the U.S. Federal Reserve, undertook unprecedented intervention programs, the effects of which remain uncertain. The U.S. economy has experienced and continues to experience relatively high levels of unemployment and constrained lending. Although certain financial markets have improved, to the extent economic conditions experienced over the last several years recur, they may adversely impact our investments. Low interest rates related to monetary stimulus and economic stagnation may also negatively impact our returns on investments. Trends and historical events do not imply, forecast or predict future events, and past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results. There can be no assurance that the assumptions made or the beliefs and expectations currently held by the Adviser will prove correct, and actual events and circumstances may vary significantly.

We may be subject to risk arising from a default by one of several large institutions that are dependent on one another to meet their liquidity or operational needs, so that a default by one institution may cause a series of defaults by the other institutions. This is sometimes referred to as “systemic risk” and may adversely affect financial intermediaries with which we interact in the conduct of our business.

If the value of our assets declines substantially, we may fail to maintain the asset coverage imposed upon us by the 1940 Act. See “ — Risks Related to Our Investments — We may leverage our portfolio, which would magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and will increase the risk of investing in us ” and “ Regulation as a Closed-End Management Investment Company .” Any such failure would affect our ability to issue additional preferred stock and other senior securities, including borrowings, and pay dividends, which could materially impair our business operations. Our liquidity could be impaired further by an inability to access the capital markets or to obtain debt financing. For example, we cannot be certain that we would be able to obtain borrowing facilities on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Reflecting concern

20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

about the stability of the financial markets, many lenders and institutional investors have previously reduced or ceased lending to borrowers. This type of market turmoil and tightening of credit could lead to increased market volatility and widespread reduction of business activity generally, thereby limiting our investment opportunities.

If we are unable to access the capital markets or obtain debt financing on commercially reasonable terms, our liquidity will be lower than it would have been with the benefit of those activities. If we are unable to repay amounts outstanding under any borrowing facility we may in the future obtain, and are declared in default or are unable to renew or refinance any such facility, we would not be able to make new investments or to operate our business in the normal course. These situations may arise due to circumstances that we may be unable to control, such as inaccessibility to the credit markets, a severe decline in the value of the U.S. dollar, a further economic downturn or an operational problem that affects third parties or us, and could materially damage our business. Moreover, we are unable to predict when economic and market conditions may become more favorable. Even if such conditions improve broadly and significantly over the long term, adverse conditions in particular sectors of the financial markets could adversely impact our business.

We may be more susceptible than a diversified fund to being adversely affected by any single corporate, economic, political or regulatory occurrence.

We are classified as “non-diversified” under the 1940 Act. As a result, we can invest a greater portion of our assets in obligations of a single issuer than a “diversified” fund. We may therefore be more susceptible than a diversified fund to being adversely affected by any single corporate, economic, political or regulatory occurrence. In particular, because our portfolio of investments may lack diversification among CLO securities and related investments, we are susceptible to a risk of significant loss if one or more of these CLO securities and related investments experience a high level of defaults on the collateral that they hold.

Regulations governing our operation as a registered closed-end management investment company affect our ability to raise additional capital and the way in which we do so. The raising of debt capital may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.

Under the provisions of the 1940 Act, we are permitted, as a registered closed-end management investment company, to issue senior securities (including debt securities, preferred stock and/or borrowings from banks or other financial institutions); provided we meet certain asset coverage requirements ( i.e. , 300% for senior securities representing indebtedness and 200% in the case of the issuance of preferred stock). See “ — Risks Related to Our Investments — We may leverage our portfolio, which would magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and will increase the risk of investing in us ” for details concerning how asset coverage is calculated. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy this test. If that happens, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our leverage, repay a portion of our indebtedness (including by redeeming shares of the Series A Term Preferred Stock or Notes), at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous. Also, any amounts that we use to service our indebtedness would not be available for distributions to our stockholders.

We are not generally able to issue and sell shares of our common stock at a price below the then current NAV per share (exclusive of any distributing commission or discount). We may, however, sell shares of our common stock at a price below the then current NAV per share if our board of directors determines that such sale is in our best interests and holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock approve such sale. In addition, we may generally issue new shares of our common stock at a price below NAV in rights offerings to existing stockholders, in payment of dividends and in certain other limited circumstances.

Provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse effect on the price of our securities.

The General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, contains provisions that may discourage, delay or make more difficult a change in control of us or the removal of our directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that limit liability and provide for indemnification of our directors and officers. These provisions and others also may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management. We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, the application of

21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

which is subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act. This section generally prohibits us from engaging in mergers and other business combinations with stockholders that beneficially own 15% or more of our voting stock, or with their affiliates, unless our directors or stockholders approve the business combination in the prescribed manner. If our board of directors does not approve a business combination, Section 203 of the DGCL may discourage third parties from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such an offer.

We have also adopted measures that may make it difficult for a third party to obtain control of us, including provisions of our certificate of incorporation classifying our board of directors in three classes serving staggered three-year terms, and provisions of our certificate of incorporation authorizing our board of directors to classify or reclassify shares of our preferred stock in one or more classes or series, to cause the issuance of additional shares of our capital stock, and to amend our certificate of incorporation, without stockholder approval, to increase or decrease the number of shares of stock that we have authority to issue. These provisions, as well as other provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our securityholders.

We are subject to the risk of legislative and regulatory changes impacting our business or the markets in which we invest.

Legal and regulatory changes .  Legal and regulatory changes could occur and may adversely affect us and our ability to pursue our investment strategies and/or increase the costs of implementing such strategies. New or revised laws or regulations may be imposed by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or the “CFTC,” the SEC, the U.S. Federal Reserve, other banking regulators, other governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets that could adversely affect us. In particular, these agencies are empowered to promulgate a variety of new rules pursuant to recently enacted financial reform legislation in the United States. We also may be adversely affected by changes in the enforcement or interpretation of existing statutes and rules by these governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations. Such changes could adversely affect the strategies and plans set forth in this prospectus and may result in our investment focus shifting from the areas of expertise of the Adviser’s Senior Investment Team to other types of investments in which the investment team may have less expertise or little or no experience. Thus, any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.

Derivative Investments.   The derivative investments in which we may invest have recently become subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and margin requirements. In particular, certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the “Dodd-Frank Act,” which was signed into law in July 2010, requires most derivatives to be executed on a regulated market and cleared through a central counterparty, which may result in increased margin requirements and costs for us. In addition, we have claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” pursuant to Regulation 4.5 promulgated by the CFTC under the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, or the “CEA,” and CFTC No-Action Letter 12-38 issued by the staff of the CFTC Division of Swap Dealer and Intermediary Oversight on November 20, 2012. For us to continue to qualify for this exclusion, (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish our positions in derivative instruments subject to the jurisdiction of the CEA (other than positions entered into for hedging purposes) may not exceed five percent of our liquidation value, (ii) the net notional value of our aggregate investments in CEA-regulated derivative instruments (other than positions entered into for hedging purposes) may not exceed 100% of our liquidation value, or (iii) we must meet an alternative test appropriate for a “fund of funds” as set forth in CFTC No-Action Letter 12-38. In the event we fail to qualify for the exclusion and the Adviser is required to register as a “commodity pool operator” in connection with serving as our investment adviser and becomes subject to additional disclosure, recordkeeping and reporting requirements, our expenses may increase.

Loan Securitizations.   Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act added a provision, commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule,” to federal banking laws to generally prohibit various covered banking entities from engaging in proprietary trading or acquiring or retaining an ownership interest in, sponsoring or having certain relationships with a hedge fund or private equity fund (which have been broadly defined in a way which could include many CLOs), subject to certain exemptions. The Volcker Rule also provides for certain supervised

22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

nonbank financial companies that engage in such activities or have such interests or relationships to be subject to additional capital requirements, quantitative limits or other restrictions. The Final Volcker Regulations became effective on April 1, 2014, although banking entities have until July 21, 2015 to bring any existing activities and investments into full conformance, subject to up to two one-year extensions granted at the discretion of the Federal Reserve upon consideration of a variety of factors, including a determination that an extension would not be detrimental to the public interest. Although the Volcker Rule and the implementing rules contain exemptions applicable to securitizations of loans, due to the lack of clarity as to the application of the Volcker Rule and these exemptions to certain securitized products, it is unclear what effect the Volcker Rule and its implementing regulations will have on the ability or desire of certain investors subject to the Volcker Rule to invest in or to continue to hold CLO securities. As a result, the Volcker Rule as implemented may adversely affect the market value or liquidity of any or all of the investments held by us. We also note that, in an effort to qualify for the “loan securitization” exclusion provided for in the Volcker Rule, many current CLOs are undertaking amendments to their transaction documents that restrict the ability of the issuer to acquire bonds and certain other securities. The consequence of such an amendment may have the effect of reducing the return available to holders of CLO equity securities because bonds are generally higher yielding assets than loans. Furthermore, the costs associated with such an amendment are typically paid out of the cash flow of the CLO, which could adversely impact the return on our investment in any CLO equity. In addition, as a result of the uncertainty regarding the Volcker Rule, it is likely that many future CLOs will contain similar restrictions on the acquisition of bonds and certain other securities, which may result in lower returns on CLO equity securities than currently anticipated.

Also, in October 2014, six federal agencies (the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve Board, the SEC, the Department of Housing and Urban Development and the Federal Housing Finance Agency) adopted joint final rules implementing certain credit risk retention requirements contemplated in Section 941 of the Dodd-Frank Act, or the “Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules.” These rules were published in the Federal Register on December 24, 2014. With respect to the regulation of CLOs, the Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules require that either (i) the “sponsor” (which, in many cases will likely also be the manager of a CLO) retain a 5% interest in the credit risk of the assets collateralizing the CLO or (ii) the CLO buy and hold only certain “CLO-eligible loan tranches” (as defined in the Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules).

Although the Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules will not become fully effective until December 24, 2016 (such date, the “Final U.S. Risk Retention Effective Date”) and CLOs issued prior to that date will be exempt from the requirements set forth in the Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules (except in connection with any offer and sale of securities thereunder after the Final U.S. Risk Retention Effective Date), the Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules contain provisions that may adversely affect the return of our investments. The Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules would apply to any additional CLO securities issued after the Final U.S. Risk Retention Effective Date and any refinancing or any re-pricing of existing CLO securities that constitutes an offer and sale of securities that occurs on or after the Final U.S. Risk Retention Effective Date. In addition, the SEC has indicated in contexts separate from the Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules that an “offer” or a “sale” of securities may arise when amendments to securities are so material as to require holders to make an “investment decision” with respect to such amendment. Thus, if the SEC were to take a similar position with respect to the Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules, they could apply to any material amendment to the indenture governing a CLO that closed prior to the Final U.S. Risk Retention Effective Date or to such CLO’s securities, including any re-pricing of such CLO securities, to the extent such amendments require investors to make an investment decision. For this reason, many recent CLOs have made it a precondition to undertaking any such additional issuance, refinancing, re-pricing or material amendment that the collateral manager or any entity holding a retention interest in the CLO consent to such modification or amendment. We expect that such collateral manager or other entity would not consent to such event if it would cause the collateral manager or the sponsor to violate the Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules. As a result, the Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules may adversely affect the return of our investments if a CLO issuer is unable to undertake any such additional issuance, refinancing, re-pricing or material amendment.

The ultimate impact of the Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules on the loan securitization market and the leveraged loan market generally remains uncertain, and any negative impact on secondary market liquidity for

23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

securities comprising a CLO may be experienced immediately, even before the Final U.S. Risk Retention Effective Date, due to the effects of the Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules on market expectations or uncertainty, the relative appeal of other investments not impacted by the Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules and other factors. The Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules may reduce the number of collateral managers active in the market, which may result in fewer new issue CLOs and reduce the liquidity provided by CLOs to the U.S. leveraged loan market generally. Reduced liquidity in the loan market could reduce investment opportunities for CLO collateral managers, which could negatively affect the return of our investments. Any reduction in the volume and liquidity provided by CLOs to the U.S. leveraged loan market could also reduce opportunities to redeem or refinance the securities comprising a CLO in an optional redemption or refinancing and could negatively affect the ability of obligors to refinance of their collateral obligations, either of which developments could increase defaulted obligations above historic levels.

The European Union has also taken a number of actions in response to the financial crisis. European reforms related to the regulation of securitization markets include risk retention and due diligence requirements in accordance with (a) Article 122a of European Union Directive 2006/48/EC (as amended from time to time and as implemented by the Member States of the European Union) inserted by European Union Directive 2009/111/EC, or “Article 122a,” and European Union Directive 2006/49/EC (as amended by European Union Directive 2009/111/EC), or the “CRD,” together with any the guidelines and technical standards related documents published in relation thereto by the European Banking Authority, or the “EBA” (or and/or its predecessor, the Committee of European Banking Supervisors and together with any successor or replacement agency or authority), and (b) the form of Article 394(1) of the draft European Union Capital Requirements Regulation, or the “CRR,” as adopted by the European Parliament on April 16, 2013, or “Article 122a394(1)” or the “Capital Requirements Directive CRR,” as the context so requires), together with any draft or final guidance and technical standards published in relation thereto by the EBA (Article 122a, the CRD, Article 394(1) and the CRR being, together with any applicable guidelines, technical standards and related documents published by the EBA, the “Retention Requirement Laws”).

The Retention Requirement Laws apply to credit institutions in the European Union (for example, banks) that invest in or hold positions in CLO securities. Among other provisions, the Retention Requirement Laws restrict investments by European Union-regulated credit institutions (and, in some cases, consolidated group entities) in securitizations that fail to comply with certain requirements concerning retention by the originator, sponsor or original lender of the securitized assets of a portion of the securitization’s credit risk. Many CLOs are not taking steps to comply with the requirements of the Retention Requirement Laws, but to the extent a CLO intended to comply with the requirements of the Retention Requirement Laws, our ability to invest in the residual tranches of such CLOs could be limited, or we could be required to hold our investment for the life of the CLO. If a CLO has not been structured to comply with the Retention Requirement Laws, it is likely to limit the ability of European Union-regulated credit institutions to purchase CLO securities, which may adversely affect the liquidity of the securities (including the residual tranche) in the secondary market. In addition, other requirements imposed by European regulations on fund managers (including the Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive) may also limit the market for certain CLOs.

Terrorist actions and natural disasters may disrupt our operations.

Terrorist acts, acts of war or natural disasters may disrupt our operations, as well as the operations of the businesses in which we invest. Such acts have created, and continue to create, economic and political uncertainties and have contributed to global economic instability. Future terrorist activities, military or security operations, or natural disasters could further weaken the domestic/global economies and create additional uncertainties, which may adversely impact the businesses in which we invest either directly or indirectly and, in turn, could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. Losses from terrorist attacks and natural disasters are generally uninsurable.

We are subject to risks related to cyber security.

We, and our third-party service providers, are susceptible to operational and information security risks. While our third-party service providers have procedures in place with respect to information security, their technologies may become the target of cyber attacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized gathering, monitoring, release, misuse, loss or destruction of our and/or our stockholders’

24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

confidential and other information, or otherwise disrupt our operations or those of our third-party service providers. Disruptions or failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems that our third-party service providers, or cyber attacks or security breaches of the networks, systems, or devices that our third-party service providers use to service our operations, could disrupt and impact the service providers’ and our operations, potentially resulting in financial losses, the inability of our stockholders to transact business and of us to process transactions, inability to calculate our NAV, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, regulatory fines, penalties, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or additional compliance costs. Our third-party service providers’ policies and procedures with respect to information security have been established to seek to identify and mitigate the types of risk to which we and our third-party service providers are subject. As with any risk management system, there are inherent limitations to these policies and procedures as there may exist, or develop in the future, risks that have not been anticipated or identified. There can be no assurance that we or our third-party service providers will not suffer losses relating to cyber attacks or other information security breaches in the future.

Risks Related to Our Investments

Investing in senior secured loans indirectly through CLO securities involves particular risks.

We obtain exposure to underlying senior secured loans through our investments in CLOs, but may obtain such exposure directly or indirectly through other means from time to time. Such loans may become nonperforming or impaired for a variety of reasons. Nonperforming or impaired loans may require substantial workout negotiations or restructuring that may entail a substantial reduction in the interest rate and/or a substantial write-down of the principal of the loan. In addition, because of the unique and customized nature of a loan agreement and the private syndication of a loan, certain loans may not be purchased or sold as easily as publicly traded securities, and, historically, the trading volume in the loan market has been small relative to other markets. Loans may encounter trading delays due to their unique and customized nature, and transfers may require the consent of an agent bank and/or borrower. Risks associated with senior secured loans include the fact that prepayments generally may occur at any time without premium or penalty.

In addition, the portfolios of certain CLOs in which we invest may contain middle market loans. Loans to middle market companies may carry more inherent risks than loans to larger, publicly traded entities. These companies generally have more limited access to capital and higher funding costs, may be in a weaker financial position, may need more capital to expand or compete, and may be unable to obtain financing from public capital markets or from traditional sources, such as commercial banks. Middle market companies typically have narrower product lines and smaller market shares than large companies. Therefore, they tend to be more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns. These companies may also experience substantial variations in operating results. The success of a middle market business may also depend on the management talents and efforts of one or two persons or a small group of persons. The death, disability or resignation of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on the obligor. Accordingly, loans made to middle market companies may involve higher risks than loans made to companies that have greater financial resources or are otherwise able to access traditional credit sources. Middle market loans are less liquid and have a smaller trading market than the market for broadly syndicated loans and may have default rates or recovery rates that differ (and may be better or worse) than has been the case for broadly syndicated loans or investment grade securities. There can be no assurance as to the levels of defaults and/or recoveries that may be experienced with respect to middle market loans in any CLO in which we may invest. As a consequence of the forgoing factors, the securities issued by CLOs that primarily invest in middle market loans (or hold significant portions thereof) are generally considered to be a riskier investment than securities issued by CLOs that primarily invest in broadly syndicated loans.

Our investments in CLO securities and other structured finance securities involve certain risks.

Our investments consist primarily of CLO securities, and we may invest in other related structured finance securities. CLOs and structured finance securities are generally backed by an asset or a pool of assets (typically senior secured loans and other credit-related assets in the case of a CLO) that serve as collateral. We and other investors in CLO and related structured finance securities ultimately bear the credit risk of the underlying collateral. In the case of most CLOs, the structured finance securities are issued in multiple tranches, offering investors various maturity and credit risk characteristics, often categorized as senior,

25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

mezzanine and subordinated/equity according to their degree of risk. If there are defaults or the relevant collateral otherwise underperforms, scheduled payments to senior tranches of such securities take precedence over those of mezzanine tranches, and scheduled payments to mezzanine tranches have a priority in right of payment to subordinated/equity tranches.

In light of the above considerations, CLO and other structured finance securities may present risks similar to those of the other types of debt obligations and, in fact, such risks may be of greater significance in the case of CLO and other structured finance securities. For example, investments in structured vehicles, including equity and junior debt securities issued by CLOs, involve risks, including credit risk and market risk. Changes in interest rates and credit quality may cause significant price fluctuations.

In addition to the general risks associated with investing in debt securities, CLO securities carry additional risks, including: (1) the possibility that distributions from collateral assets will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (2) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (3) our investments in CLO equity and junior debt tranches will likely be subordinate in right of payment to other senior classes of CLO debt; and (4) the complex structure of a particular security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results. Additionally, changes in the collateral held by a CLO may cause payments on the instruments we hold to be reduced, either temporarily or permanently. Structured investments, particularly the subordinated interests in which we invest, are less liquid than many other types of securities and may be more volatile than the assets underlying the CLOs we may target. In addition, CLO and other structured finance securities may be subject to prepayment risk. Further, the performance of a CLO or other structured finance security may be adversely affected by a variety of factors, including the security’s priority in the capital structure of the issuer thereof, the availability of any credit enhancement, the level and timing of payments and recoveries on and the characteristics of the underlying receivables, loans or other assets that are being securitized, remoteness of those assets from the originator or transferor, the adequacy of and ability to realize upon any related collateral and the capability of the servicer of the securitized assets. There are also the risks that the trustee of a CLO does not properly carry out its duties to the CLO, potentially resulting in loss to the CLO. In addition, the complex structure of the security may produce unexpected investment results, especially during times of market stress or volatility. Investments in structured finance securities may also be subject to liquidity risk.

Our investments in the primary CLO market involve certain additional risks.

Between the closing date and the effective date of a CLO, the CLO collateral manager will generally expect to purchase additional collateral obligations for the CLO. During this period, the price and availability of these collateral obligations may be adversely affected by a number of market factors, including price volatility and availability of investments suitable for the CLO, which could hamper the ability of the collateral manager to acquire a portfolio of collateral obligations that will satisfy specified concentration limitations and allow the CLO to reach the target initial par amount of collateral prior to the effective date. An inability or delay in reaching the target initial par amount of collateral may adversely affect the timing and amount of interest or principal payments received by the holders of the CLO debt securities and distributions on the CLO equity securities and could result in early redemptions which may cause CLO debt and equity investors to receive less than face value of their investment.

Our portfolio of investments may lack diversification among CLO securities which may subject us to a risk of significant loss if one or more of these CLO securities experience a high level of defaults on collateral.

Our portfolio may hold investments in a limited number of CLO securities. Beyond the asset diversification requirements associated with our qualification as a RIC under the Code, we will not have fixed guidelines for diversification, we will not have any limitations on the ability to invest in any one CLO, and our investments may be concentrated in relatively few CLO securities. As our portfolio may be less diversified than the portfolios of some larger funds, we are more susceptible to failure if one or more of the CLOs in which we are invested experiences a high level of defaults on its collateral. Similarly, the aggregate returns we realize may be significantly adversely affected if a small number of investments perform poorly or if we need to write down the value of any one investment. We may also invest in multiple CLOs managed by the same CLO collateral manager, thereby increasing our risk of loss in the event the CLO collateral manager were to fail, experience the loss of key portfolio management employees or sell its business.

26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Failure by a CLO in which we are invested to satisfy certain tests will harm our operating results.

The failure by a CLO in which we invest to satisfy financial covenants, including with respect to adequate collateralization and/or interest coverage tests, could lead to a reduction in its payments to us. In the event that a CLO fails certain tests, holders of CLO senior debt may be entitled to additional payments that would, in turn, reduce the payments we would otherwise be entitled to receive. Separately, we may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting CLO or any other investment we may make. If any of these occur, it could materially and adversely affect our operating results and cash flows.

Negative loan ratings migration may also place pressure on the performance of certain of our investments.

Per the terms of a CLO’s indenture, assets rated “CCC+” or lower or their equivalent in excess of applicable limits do not receive full par credit for purposes of calculation of the CLO’s overcollateralization tests. As a result, negative rating migration could cause a CLO to be out of compliance with its overcollateralization tests. This could cause a diversion of cash flows away from the CLO equity and junior debt tranches in favor of the more senior CLO debt tranches until the relevant overcollateralization test breaches are cured. This could have a negative impact on our NAV and cash flows.

Our investments in CLOs and other investment vehicles result in additional expenses to us.

We invest in CLO securities and may invest, to the extent permitted by law, in the securities and other instruments of other investment companies, including private funds, and, to the extent we so invest, we bear our ratable share of a CLO’s or any such investment vehicle’s expenses, including management and performance fees. We also remain obligated to pay management and incentive fees to the Adviser with respect to the assets invested in the securities and other instruments of other investment vehicles, including CLOs. With respect to each of these investments, each holder of our common stock bears his or her share of the management and incentive fee of the Adviser as well as indirectly bearing the management and performance fees and other expenses of any investment vehicles in which we invest.

In the course of our investing activities, we pay management and incentive fees to the Adviser and reimburse the Adviser for certain expenses it incurs. As a result, investors in our securities invest on a “gross” basis and receive distributions on a “net” basis after expenses, potentially resulting in a lower rate of return than an investor might achieve through direct investments.

Our investments in CLO securities may be less transparent to us and our stockholders than direct investments in the collateral.

We invest primarily in equity and junior debt tranches of CLOs and other related investments. Generally, there may be less information available to us regarding the collateral held by such CLOs than if we had invested directly in the debt of the underlying obligors. As a result, our stockholders do not know the details of the collateral of the CLOs in which we invest. In addition, none of the information contained in certain monthly reports nor any other financial information furnished to us as a noteholder in a CLO is audited and reported upon, nor is an opinion expressed, by an independent public accountant. Our CLO investments are also subject to the risk of leverage associated with the debt issued by such CLOs and the repayment priority of senior debt holders in such CLOs.

CLO investments involve complex documentation and accounting considerations.

CLOs and other structured finance securities in which we invest are often governed by a complex series of legal documents and contracts. As a result, the risk of dispute over interpretation or enforceability of the documentation may be higher relative to other types of investments.

The accounting and tax implications of the CLO investments that we make are complicated. In particular, reported earnings from CLO equity securities are recorded under GAAP based upon a constant yield calculation. Current taxable earnings on these investments, however, will generally not be determinable until after the end of the fiscal year of each individual CLO that ends within our fiscal year, even though the investments are generating cash flow throughout the fiscal year. The tax treatment of these investments may result in higher distributable earnings in the early years and a capital loss at maturity, while for reporting purposes the totality of cash flows are reflected in a constant yield to maturity.

27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are dependent on the collateral managers of the CLOs in which we invest, and those CLOs are generally not registered under the 1940 Act.

We will rely on CLO collateral managers to administer and review the portfolios of collateral they manage. The actions of the CLO collateral managers may significantly affect the return on our investments. The ability of each CLO collateral manager to identify and report on issues affecting its securitization portfolio on a timely basis could also affect the return on our investments, as we may not be provided with information on a timely basis in order to take appropriate measures to manage our risks. We will also rely on CLO collateral managers to act in the best interests of a CLO it manages. If any CLO collateral manager were to act in a manner that was not in the best interest of the CLOs ( e.g. , gross negligence, with reckless disregard or in bad faith), this could adversely impact the overall performance of our investments.

In addition, the CLOs in which we invest are generally not registered as investment companies under the 1940 Act. As investors in these CLOs, we are not afforded the protections that stockholders in an investment company registered under the 1940 Act would have.

Our investments in CLO securities may be subject to special anti-deferral provisions that could result in us incurring tax or recognizing income prior to receiving cash distributions related to such income.

Some of the CLOs in which we invest may constitute “passive foreign investment companies,” or “PFICs.” If we acquire interests treated as equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes in PFICs (including equity tranche investments and certain debt tranche investments in CLOs that are PFICs), we may be subject to federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by us to our stockholders. Certain elections may be available to mitigate or eliminate such tax on excess distributions, but such elections (if available) will generally require us to recognize our share of the PFIC’s income for each year regardless of whether we receive any distributions from such PFIC. We must nonetheless distribute such income to maintain our status as a RIC.

If we hold more than 10% of the interests treated as equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes in a foreign corporation that is treated as a controlled foreign corporation, or “CFC” (including equity tranche investments and certain debt tranche investments in a CLO treated as a CFC), we may be treated as receiving a deemed distribution (taxable as ordinary income) each year from such foreign corporation in an amount equal to our pro rata share of the corporation’s income for the tax year (including both ordinary earnings and capital gains). If we are required to include such deemed distributions from a CFC in our income, we will be required to distribute such income to maintain our RIC status regardless of whether or not the CFC makes an actual distribution during such year.

If we are required to include amounts in income prior to receiving the cash distributions representing such income, we may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

If a CLO in which we invest fails to comply with certain U.S. tax disclosure requirements, such CLO may be subject to withholding requirements that could materially and adversely affect our operating results and cash flows.

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (commonly referred to as “FATCA”) enacted in 2010 imposes a withholding tax of 30% on U.S. source periodic payments, including interest and dividends and, after December 31, 2016, on payments of gross proceeds from the disposition of an instrument that produces U.S. source interest or dividends, to certain non-U.S. entities, including certain non-U.S. financial institutions and investment funds, unless such non-U.S. entity complies with certain reporting requirements regarding its U.S. account holders and its U.S. owners. Most CLOs in which we invest will be treated as non-U.S. financial entities for this purpose, and therefore will be required to comply with these reporting requirements to avoid the 30% withholding. If a CLO in which we invest fails to properly comply with these reporting requirements, it could reduce the amount available to distribute to equity and junior debt holders in such CLO, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results and cash flows.

28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Increased competition in the market may result in increased price volatility or a shortage of investment opportunities.

In recent years there has been a marked increase in the number of, and flow of capital into, investment vehicles established to pursue investments in CLO securities whereas the size of this market is relatively limited. While we cannot determine the precise effect of such competition, such increase may result in greater competition for investment opportunities, which may result in an increase in the price of such investments relative to the risk taken on by holders of such investments. Such competition may also result under certain circumstances in increased price volatility or decreased liquidity with respect to certain positions. We can offer no assurances that we will deploy all of our capital in a timely manner or at all. Prospective investors should understand that we may compete with other investment vehicles, as well as investment and commercial banking firms, which have substantially greater resources, in terms of financial wherewithal and research staffs, than may be available to us.

We are subject to risks associated with our wholly owned subsidiaries.

We intend to invest indirectly through one or more wholly owned subsidiaries, including a Cayman Islands subsidiary through which we expect to invest in securities of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers that are issued in private offerings without registration with the SEC pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. Our wholly owned subsidiaries are not separately registered under the 1940 Act and are not subject to all the investor protections of the 1940 Act. In addition, changes in the laws of the Cayman Islands could result in the inability of our Cayman Islands subsidiary to operate as anticipated.

We and our investments are subject to interest rate risk.

Since we incur leverage (including through the issuance of the Series A Term Preferred Stock and this offering) to make investments, our net investment income depends, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. In addition, any reduction in the level of rate of return on new investments relative to interest rates on our current investments could adversely impact our net investment income, reducing our ability to service the interest obligations on, and to repay the principal of, our indebtedness (including the Notes), as well as our capacity to pay distributions to our stockholders.

The fair value of certain of our investments may be significantly affected by changes in interest rates. Although senior secured loans are generally floating rate instruments, our investments in senior secured loans through CLOs are sensitive to interest rate levels and volatility. Although CLOs are generally structured to mitigate the risk of interest rate mismatch, there may be some difference between the timing of interest rate resets on the assets and liabilities of a CLO. Such a mismatch in timing could have a negative effect on the amount of funds distributed to CLO equity investors. In addition, CLOs may not be able to enter into hedge agreements, even if it may otherwise be in the best interests of the CLO to hedge such interest rate risk. Furthermore, in the event of a significant rising interest rate environment and/or economic downturn, loan defaults may increase and result in credit losses that may adversely affect our cash flow, fair value of our assets and operating results. In the event that our interest expense were to increase relative to income, or sufficient financing became unavailable, our return on investments and cash available for distribution to stockholders or to make payments on the Notes would be reduced. In addition, future investments in different types of instruments may carry a greater exposure to interest rate risk.

LIBOR Floor Risk .  An increase in LIBOR will increase the financing costs of CLOs. Since many of the senior secured loans within these CLOs have LIBOR floors, there may not be corresponding increases in investment income (if LIBOR increases but stays below the average LIBOR floor rate of such senior secured loans) resulting in smaller distribution payments to the equity investors in these CLOs.

LIBOR Risk .  The CLOs in which we invest typically obtain financing at a floating rate based on LIBOR. Regulators and law-enforcement agencies from a number of governments, including entities in the United States, Japan, Canada and the United Kingdom, have conducted or are conducting civil and criminal investigations into whether the banks that contribute to the British Bankers’ Association, or the “BBA,” in connection with the calculation of daily LIBOR may have been under-reporting or otherwise manipulating or attempting to manipulate LIBOR. Several financial institutions have reached settlements with the CFTC, the

29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

U.S. Department of Justice Fraud Section and the United Kingdom Financial Services Authority in connection with investigations by such authorities into submissions made by such financial institutions to the bodies that set LIBOR and other interbank offered rates. In such settlements, such financial institutions admitted to submitting rates to the BBA that were lower than the actual rates at which such financial institutions could borrow funds from other banks. Additional investigations remain ongoing with respect to other major banks. There can be no assurance that there will not be additional admissions or findings of rate-setting manipulation or that manipulations of LIBOR or other similar interbank offered rates will not be shown to have occurred. On July 9, 2013, it was announced that NYSE Euronext Rate Administration Limited would take over the administration of LIBOR from the BBA, subject to authorization from the Financial Conduct Authority and following a period of transition. Accordingly, ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (formerly NYSE Euronext Rate Administration Limited) assumed this role on February 1, 2014. Any new administrator of LIBOR may make methodological changes to the way in which LIBOR is calculated or may alter, discontinue or suspend calculation or dissemination of LIBOR. Any of such actions or other effects from the ongoing investigations could adversely affect the liquidity and value of our investments. Further, additional admissions or findings of manipulation may decrease the confidence of the market in LIBOR and lead market participants to look for alternative, non-LIBOR based types of financing, such as fixed rate loans or bonds or floating rate loans based on non-LIBOR indices. An increase in alternative types of financing at the expense of LIBOR-based CLOs may impair the liquidity of our investments. Additionally, it may make it more difficult for CLO issuers to satisfy certain conditions set forth in a CLO’s offering documents.

Historically Low Interest Rate Environment .  As of the date of this prospectus, interest rates in the United States are at, or near, historic lows, which may increase our exposure to risks associated with rising interest rates. Moreover, interest rate levels are currently impacted by extraordinarily accommodative monetary policy initiatives the effect of which is impossible to predict with certainty.

The senior secured loans underlying the CLOs in which we invest often have floating interest rates. A rising interest rate environment may increase loan defaults, resulting in losses for the CLOs in which we invest. Further, a general rise in interest rates will increase the financing costs of the CLOs. However, since many of the senior secured loans within these CLOs have LIBOR floors, there may not be corresponding increases in investment income resulting in smaller distribution payments to equity investors in these CLOs.

Given the structure of our Investment Advisory Agreement, a general increase in interest rates will likely have the effect of making it easier for the Adviser to meet the quarterly hurdle rate for payment of income incentive fees under the Investment Advisory Agreement without any additional increase in relative performance on the part of the Adviser.

For detailed discussions of the risks associated with a rising interest rate environment, see “— Risks Related to Our Investments — We and our investments are subject to interest rate risk,” “— Risks Related to Our Investments — We and our investments are subject to risks associated with investing in high-yield and unrated, or “junk,” securities,” “ — Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure — A general increase in interest rates may have the effect of making it easier for the Adviser to receive incentive fees, without necessarily resulting in an increase in our net earnings.”

Our investments are subject to credit risk.

If a CLO in which we invest, an underlying asset of any such CLO or any other type of credit investment in our portfolio declines in price or fails to pay interest or principal when due because the issuer or debtor, as the case may be, experiences a decline in its financial status either or both our income and NAV may be adversely impacted. Non-payment would result in a reduction of our income, a reduction in the value of the applicable CLO security or other credit investment experiencing non-payment and, potentially, a decrease in our NAV. With respect to our investments in CLO securities and credit investments that are secured, there can be no assurance that liquidation of collateral would satisfy the issuer’s obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled dividend, interest or principal or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of bankruptcy of an issuer, we could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of any collateral securing a CLO security or credit investment. To the extent that the credit rating assigned to a security in our portfolio is downgraded, the market price and liquidity of such security may be adversely affected. In addition, if a CLO in which we invest triggers an event of default

30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

as a result of failing to make payments when due or for other reasons, the CLO would be subject to the possibility of liquidation, which could result in full loss of value to the CLO equity and junior debt investors. CLO equity tranches are the most likely tranche to suffer a loss of all of their value in these circumstances.

Our investments are subject to prepayment risk.

Although the Adviser’s valuations and projections take into account certain expected levels of prepayments, the collateral of a CLO may be prepaid more quickly than expected. Prepayment rates are influenced by changes in interest rates and a variety of factors beyond our control and consequently cannot be accurately predicted. Early prepayments give rise to increased reinvestment risk, as we or a CLO collateral manager might realize excess cash from prepayments earlier than expected. If we or a CLO collateral manager are unable to reinvest such cash in a new investment with an expected rate of return at least equal to that of the investment repaid, this may reduce our net income and the fair value of that asset.

We may leverage our portfolio, which would magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and will increase the risk of investing in us.

We previously incurred leverage through the issuance of the Series A Term Preferred Stock, and the Notes will represent additional leverage in our capital structure. We may also incur additional leverage, directly or indirectly, through one or more special purpose vehicles, indebtedness for borrowed money, as well as in the form of Derivative Transactions, additional shares of preferred stock and other structures and instruments, in significant amounts and on terms that the Adviser and our board of directors deem appropriate, subject to applicable limitations under the 1940 Act. Such leverage may be used for the acquisition and financing of our investments, to pay fees and expenses and for other purposes. Such leverage may be secured and/or unsecured and senior and/or subordinated. Any such leverage does not include leverage embedded or inherent in the CLO structures in which we invest or in derivative instruments in which we may invest. Accordingly, there may be a layering of leverage in our overall structure.

The more leverage is employed, the more likely a substantial change will occur in our NAV. Accordingly, any event that adversely affects the value of an investment would be magnified to the extent leverage is utilized. For instance, any decrease in our income would cause net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could also negatively affect our ability to make dividend payments to our securityholders. Leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique. Our ability to service the Notes and other debt that we incur will depend largely on our financial performance and will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures. The cumulative effect of the use of leverage with respect to any investments in a market that moves adversely to such investments could result in a substantial loss that would be greater than if our investments were not leveraged.

As a registered closed-end management investment company, we will generally be required to meet certain asset coverage requirements, as defined under the 1940 Act, with respect to any senior securities. With respect to senior securities representing indebtedness ( i.e. , borrowings, such as the Notes, or deemed borrowings), other than temporary borrowings as defined under the 1940 Act, we are required to have an asset coverage of at least 300%, as measured at the time of borrowing and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount of our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness. With respect to senior securities that are stocks ( i.e. , shares of preferred stock, including Series A Term Preferred Stock), we are required to maintain asset coverage of at least 200%, as measured at the time of the issuance of any such shares of preferred stock and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount of our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness plus the aggregate liquidation preference of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. If legislation were passed that modifies this section of the 1940 Act and increases the amount of debt that we may incur, we may increase our leverage to the extent then permitted by the 1940 Act and the risks associated with an investment in us may increase.

If our asset coverage declines below 300% (or 200%, as applicable), we would not be able to incur additional debt or issue additional preferred stock, and could be required by law to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt or redeem shares of preferred stock when it is disadvantageous to do so,

31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

which could have a material adverse effect on our operations, and we would not be able to make certain distributions or pay dividends. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on the Adviser’s and our board of directors’ assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain credit at all or on terms acceptable to us.

In addition, any debt facility into which we may enter would likely impose financial and operating covenants that restrict our business activities, including limitations that could hinder our ability to finance additional loans and investments or to make the distributions required to maintain our status as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

Our investments may be highly subordinated and subject to leveraged securities risk.

Our portfolio includes equity and junior debt investments in CLOs, which involve a number of significant risks. CLO equity and junior debt securities are typically very highly levered (with CLO equity securities being leveraged nine to 13 times) and, therefore, the junior debt and equity tranches in which we are currently invested and in which we intend to invest will be subject to a higher degree of risk of total loss. In particular, investors in CLO securities indirectly bear risks of the collateral held by such CLOs. We generally have the right to receive payments only from the CLOs, and generally not have direct rights against the underlying borrowers or the entity that sponsored the CLO. While the CLOs we target generally enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of senior secured loans without the expenses associated with directly holding the same investments, we generally pay a proportionate share of the CLOs’ administrative, management and other expenses. In addition, we may have the option in certain CLOs to contribute additional amounts to the CLO issuer for purposes of acquiring additional assets or curing coverage tests, thereby increasing our overall exposure and capital at risk to such CLO. Although it is difficult to predict whether the prices of assets underlying CLOs will rise or fall, these prices (and, therefore, the prices of the CLOs’ securities) are influenced by the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. The interests we acquire in CLOs generally are thinly traded or have only a limited trading market. CLO securities are typically privately offered and sold, even in the secondary market. As a result, investments in CLO securities are illiquid.

We and our investments are subject to risks associated with investing in high-yield and unrated, or “junk,” securities.

We invest primarily in securities that are rated below investment grade or not rated by a national securities rating service. The primary assets underlying our CLO security investments are senior secured loans, although these transactions may allow for limited exposure to other asset classes including unsecured loans, high yield bonds, emerging market loans or bonds and structured finance securities with underlying exposure to CDO tranches, residential mortgage backed securities, commercial mortgage backed securities, trust preferred securities and other types of securitizations. CLOs generally invest in lower-rated debt securities that are typically rated below Baa/BBB by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch. In addition, we may obtain direct exposure to such financial assets/instruments. Securities that are not rated or are rated lower than Baa by Moody’s or lower than BBB by S&P or Fitch are sometimes referred to as “high yield” or “junk.” High-yield debt securities have greater credit and liquidity risk than investment grade obligations. High-yield debt securities are generally unsecured and may be subordinated to certain other obligations of the issuer thereof. The lower rating of high-yield debt securities and below investment grade loans reflects a greater possibility that adverse changes in the financial condition of an issuer or in general economic conditions or both may impair the ability of the issuer thereof to make payments of principal or interest.

Risks of high-yield debt securities may include:

(1) limited liquidity and secondary market support;
(2) substantial marketplace volatility resulting from changes in prevailing interest rates;
(3) subordination to the prior claims of banks and other senior lenders;
(4) the operation of mandatory sinking fund or call/redemption provisions during periods of declining interest rates that could cause us to reinvest premature redemption proceeds in lower-yielding debt obligations;

32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(5) the possibility that earnings of the high-yield debt security issuer may be insufficient to meet its debt service;
(6) the declining creditworthiness and potential for insolvency of the issuer of such high-yield debt securities during periods of rising interest rates and/or economic downturn; and
(7) greater susceptibility to losses and real or perceived adverse economic and competitive industry conditions than higher grade securities.

An economic downturn or an increase in interest rates could severely disrupt the market for high-yield debt securities and adversely affect the value of outstanding high-yield debt securities and the ability of the issuers thereof to repay principal and interest.

Issuers of high-yield debt securities may be highly leveraged and may not have available to them more traditional methods of financing. The risk associated with acquiring (directly or indirectly) the securities of such issuers generally is greater than is the case with highly rated securities. For example, during an economic downturn or a sustained period of rising interest rates, issuers of high-yield debt securities may be more likely to experience financial stress, especially if such issuers are highly leveraged. During such periods, timely service of debt obligations also may be adversely affected by specific issuer developments, or the issuer’s inability to meet specific projected business forecasts or the unavailability of additional financing. The risk of loss due to default by the issuer is significantly greater for the holders of high-yield debt securities because such securities may be unsecured and may be subordinated to obligations owed to other creditors of the issuer of such securities. In addition, we may incur additional expenses to the extent it (or any investment manager) is required to seek recovery upon a default on a high yield bond (or any other debt obligation) or participate in the restructuring of such obligation.

A portion of the loans held by CLOs in which we invest may consist of second lien loans. Second lien loans are secured by liens on the collateral securing the loan that are subordinated to the liens of at least one other class of obligations of the related obligor, and thus, the ability of the CLO issuer to exercise remedies after a second lien loan becomes a defaulted obligation is subordinated to, and limited by, the rights of the senior creditors holding such other classes of obligations. In many circumstances, the CLO issuer may be prevented from foreclosing on the collateral securing a second lien loan until the related first lien loan is paid in full. Moreover, any amounts that might be realized as a result of collection efforts or in connection with a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding involving a second lien loan must generally be turned over to the first lien secured lender until the first lien secured lender has realized the full value of its own claims. In addition, certain of the second lien loans contain provisions requiring the CLO issuer’s interest in the collateral to be released in certain circumstances. These lien and payment obligation subordination provisions may materially and adversely affect the ability of the CLO issuer to realize value from second lien loans and adversely affect our investment in the CLO’s securities.

We are subject to risks associated with loan assignments and participations.

We, or the CLOs in which we invest, may acquire interests in loans either directly (by way of assignment, or “Assignments”) or indirectly (by way of participation, or “Participations”). The purchaser by an Assignment of a loan obligation typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the selling institution and becomes a lender under the loan or credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation. In contrast, Participations acquired by us in a portion of a debt obligation held by a selling institution, or the “Selling Institution,” typically result in a contractual relationship only with such Selling Institution, not with the obligor. We would have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled under the Participation only from the Selling Institution and only upon receipt by the Selling Institution of such payments from the obligor. In purchasing a Participation, we generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the obligor with the terms of the loan or credit agreement or other instrument evidencing such debt obligation, nor any rights of setoff against the obligor, and we may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the Participation. As a result, we would assume the credit risk of both the obligor and the Selling Institution. In the event of the insolvency of the Selling Institution, we will be treated as a general creditor of the Selling Institution in respect of the Participation and may not benefit from any setoff between the Selling Institution and the obligor.

33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The holder of a Participation in a debt obligation may not have the right to vote to waive enforcement of any default by an obligor. Selling Institutions commonly reserve the right to administer the debt obligations sold by them as they see fit and to amend the documentation evidencing such debt obligations in all respects. However, most participation agreements with respect to senior secured loans provide that the Selling Institution may not vote in favor of any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) forgives principal, interest or fees, (2) reduces principal, interest or fees that are payable, (3) postpones any payment of principal (whether a scheduled payment or a mandatory prepayment), interest or fees or (4) releases any material guarantee or security without the consent of the participant (at least to the extent the participant would be affected by any such amendment, modification or waiver).

A Selling Institution voting in connection with a potential waiver of a default by an obligor may have interests different from ours, and the Selling Institution might not consider our interests in connection with its vote. In addition, many participation agreements with respect to senior secured loans that provide voting rights to the participant further provide that, if the participant does not vote in favor of amendments, modifications or waivers, the Selling Institution may repurchase such Participation at par. An investment by us in a synthetic security related to a loan involves many of the same considerations relevant to Participations.

The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

High-yield investments, including collateral held by CLOs in which we invest, generally have limited liquidity. As a result, prices of high-yield investments have at times experienced significant and rapid decline when a substantial number of holders (or a few holders of a significantly large “block” of the securities) decided to sell. In addition, we (or the CLOs in which we invest) may have difficulty disposing of certain high-yield investments because there may be a thin trading market for such securities. To the extent that a secondary trading market for non-investment grade high-yield investments does exist, it would not be as liquid as the secondary market for highly rated investments. Reduced secondary market liquidity would have an adverse impact on our direct or indirect ability to dispose of particular securities in response to a specific economic event such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuer of such securities.

As secondary market trading volumes increase, new loans frequently contain standardized documentation to facilitate loan trading that may improve market liquidity. There can be no assurance, however, that future levels of supply and demand in loan trading will provide an adequate degree of liquidity or that the current level of liquidity will continue. Because holders of such loans are offered confidential information relating to the borrower, the unique and customized nature of the loan agreement, and the private syndication of the loan, loans are not purchased or sold as easily as publicly traded securities are purchased or sold. Although a secondary market may exist, risks similar to those described above in connection with an investment in high-yield debt investments are also applicable to investments in lower rated loans.

The securities issued by CLOs generally offer less liquidity than other investment grade or high-yield corporate debt, and are subject to certain transfer restrictions that impose certain financial and other eligibility requirements on prospective transferees. Other investments that we may purchase in privately negotiated transactions may also be illiquid or subject to legal restrictions on their transfer. As a result of this illiquidity, our ability to sell certain investments quickly, or at all, in response to changes in economic and other conditions and to receive a fair price when selling such investments may be limited, which could prevent us from making sales to mitigate losses on such investments. In addition, CLOs are subject to the possibility of liquidation upon an event of default, which could result in full loss of value to the CLO equity and junior debt investors. CLO equity tranches are the most likely tranche to suffer a loss of all of their value in these circumstances.

We may be exposed to counterparty risk.

We may be exposed to counterparty risk, which could make it difficult for us or the CLOs in which we invest to collect on the obligations represented by investments and result in significant losses.

We may hold investments (including synthetic securities) that would expose us to the credit risk of our counterparties or the counterparties of the CLOs in which it invests. In the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency of such a counterparty, we or a CLO in which such an investment is held could suffer significant losses, including the loss of that part of our or the CLO’s portfolio financed through such a transaction,

34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

declines in the value of our investment, including declines that may occur during an applicable stay period, the inability to realize any gains on our investment during such period and fees and expenses incurred in enforcing our rights. If the CLO enters into or owns synthetic securities, the CLO may fall within the definition of “commodity pool” under new CFTC rules, and the collateral manager of the CLO may be required to register as a commodity pool operator with the CFTC, which could increase costs for the CLO and reduce amounts available to pay to the residual tranche.

In addition, with respect to certain swaps and synthetic securities, neither the CLOs nor we usually have a contractual relationship with the entities, referred to as “Reference Entities” whose payment obligations are the subject of the relevant swap agreement or security. Therefore, neither the CLOs nor we generally have a right to directly enforce compliance by the Reference Entity with the terms of this kind of underlying obligation, any rights of set-off against the Reference Entity or any voting rights with respect to the underlying obligation. Neither the CLOs nor we will directly benefit from the collateral supporting the underlying obligation and will not have the benefit of the remedies that would normally be available to a holder of such underlying obligation.

We are subject to risks associated with defaults on an underlying asset held by a CLO.

A default and any resulting loss as well as other losses on an underlying asset held by a CLO may reduce the fair value of our corresponding CLO investment. A wide range of factors could adversely affect the ability of the borrower of an underlying asset to make interest or other payments on that asset. To the extent that actual defaults and losses on the collateral of an investment exceed the level of defaults and losses factored into its purchase price, the value of the anticipated return from the investment will be reduced. The more deeply subordinated the tranche of securities in which we invest, the greater the risk of loss upon a default. For example, CLO equity is the most subordinated tranche within a CLO and is therefore subject to the greatest risk of loss resulting from defaults on the CLO’s collateral, whether due to bankruptcy or otherwise. Any defaults and losses in excess of expected default rates and loss model inputs will have a negative impact on the fair value of our investments, will reduce the cash flows that we receive from our investments, adversely affect the fair value of our assets and could adversely impact our ability to pay dividends. In addition, the collateral of CLOs may require substantial workout negotiations or restructuring in the event of a default or liquidation. Any such workout or restructuring is likely to lead to a substantial reduction in the interest rate of such asset and/or a substantial write-down or write-off of all or a portion the principal of such asset. Any such reduction in interest rates or principal will negatively affect the fair value of our portfolio.

We are subject to risks associated with loan accumulation facilities.

We may invest capital in loan accumulation facilities, which are short to medium term facilities often provided by the bank that will serve as the placement agent or arranger on a CLO transaction and which acquire loans on an interim basis that are expected to form part of the portfolio of such future CLO. Investments in loan accumulation facilities have risks that are similar to those applicable to investments in CLOs as described in this prospectus. In addition, there typically will be no assurance that the future CLO will be consummated or that the loans held in such a facility are eligible for purchase by the CLO. Furthermore, we likely will have no consent rights in respect of the loans to be acquired in such a facility and in the event we do have any consent rights, they will be limited. In the event a planned CLO is not consummated, or the loans are not eligible for purchase by the CLO, we may be responsible for either holding or disposing of the loans. This could expose us primarily to credit and/or mark-to-market losses, and other risks. Leverage is typically utilized in such a facility and as such the potential risk of loss will be increased for such facilities that employ leverage.

We are subject to risks associated with the bankruptcy or insolvency of an issuer or borrower of a loan that we hold or of an underlying asset held by a CLO in which we invest.

In the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency of an issuer or borrower of a loan that we hold or of an underlying asset held by a CLO or other vehicle in which we invest, a court or other governmental entity may determine that our claims or those of the relevant CLO are not valid or not entitled to the treatment we expected when making our initial investment decision.

35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Various laws enacted for the protection of debtors may apply to the underlying assets in our investment portfolio. The information in this and the following paragraph represents a brief summary of certain points only, is not intended to be an extensive summary of the relevant issues and is applicable with respect to U.S. issuers and borrowers only. The following is not intended to be a summary of all relevant risks. Similar avoidance provisions to those described below are sometimes available with respect to non-U.S. issuers or borrowers, and there is no assurance that this will be the case which may result in a much greater risk of partial or total loss of value in that underlying asset.

If a court in a lawsuit brought by an unpaid creditor or representative of creditors of an issuer or borrower of underlying assets, such as a trustee in bankruptcy, were to find that such issuer or borrower did not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value for incurring the indebtedness constituting such underlying assets and, after giving effect to such indebtedness, the issuer or borrower (1) was insolvent; (2) was engaged in a business for which the remaining assets of such issuer or borrower constituted unreasonably small capital; or (3) intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond our ability to pay such debts as they mature, such court could decide to invalidate, in whole or in part, the indebtedness constituting the underlying assets as a fraudulent conveyance, to subordinate such indebtedness to existing or future creditors of the issuer or borrower or to recover amounts previously paid by the issuer or borrower in satisfaction of such indebtedness. In addition, in the event of the insolvency of an issuer or borrower of underlying assets, payments made on such underlying assets could be subject to avoidance as a “preference” if made within a certain period of time (which may be as long as one year under U.S. Federal bankruptcy law or even longer under state laws) before insolvency.

Our underlying assets may be subject to various laws for the protection of debtors in other jurisdictions, including the jurisdiction of incorporation of the issuer or borrower of such underlying assets and, if different, the jurisdiction from which it conducts business and in which it holds assets, any of which may adversely affect such issuer’s or borrower’s ability to make, or a creditor’s ability to enforce, payment in full, on a timely basis or at all. These insolvency considerations will differ depending on the jurisdiction in which an issuer or borrower or the related underlying assets are located and may differ depending on the legal status of the issuer or borrower.

We are subject to risks associated with any hedging or derivative transactions in which we participate.

We may purchase and sell a variety of derivative instruments, including exchange-listed and over-the-counter options, futures, options on futures, swaps and similar instruments, various interest rate transactions, such as swaps, caps, floors or collars, and credit transactions and credit default swaps. We also may purchase and sell derivative instruments that combine features of these instruments. We intend to use such Derivative Transactions primarily for hedging and risk management purposes although we may use Derivative Transactions for investment purposes to the extent consistent with our investment objectives if the Adviser deems appropriate to do so. When investing in Derivative Transactions we will seek to manage our risk exposure to interest rates, credit spreads and corporate credit events. Derivative Transactions may be volatile and involve various risks different from, and in certain cases, greater than the risks presented by more traditional instruments. The risks related to Derivative Transactions include imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, possible default of the other party to the transaction, illiquidity, leverage, market risk and regulatory risk. A small investment in derivatives could have a large potential impact on our performance, effecting a form of investment leverage on our portfolio. In certain types of Derivative Transactions we could lose the entire amount of our investment. In other types of Derivative Transactions, such as short sales, the potential loss is theoretically unlimited.

The following is a general discussion of primary risk considerations concerning the use of Derivative Transactions that investors should understand before investing in our securities.

Counterparty risk .  Counterparty risk is the risk that a counterparty in a Derivative Transaction will be unable to honor its financial obligation to us, or the risk that the reference entity in a credit default swap or similar derivative will not be able to honor its financial obligations. Certain participants in the derivatives market, including larger financial institutions, have experienced significant financial hardship and deteriorating credit conditions. If our counterparty to a Derivative Transaction experiences a loss of capital, or is perceived to lack adequate capital or access to capital, it may experience margin calls or other regulatory requirements

36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to increase equity. Under such circumstances, the risk that a counterparty will be unable to honor its obligations may increase substantially. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt, we may experience significant delays in obtaining recovery (if at all) under the derivative contract in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding; if our claim is unsecured, we will be treated as a general creditor of such prime broker or counterparty and will not have any claim with respect to the underlying security. We may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances. The counterparty risk for cleared derivatives is generally lower than for uncleared OTC derivatives since generally a clearing organization becomes substituted for each counterparty to a cleared derivative and, in effect, guarantees the parties’ performance under the contract as each party to a trade looks only to the clearing house for performance of financial obligations. However, there can be no assurance that the clearing house, or its members, will satisfy its obligations to us.

Market risk .  Market risk is a general risk, attendant to all investments, that the value of a particular investment will change in a way detrimental to our interests.

Management risk .  Derivative Transactions are highly specialized instruments that require investment techniques and risk analyses different from those associated with assets such as equities and bonds. The use of a derivative instrument requires an understanding not only of the underlying instrument but also of the derivative itself, without the benefit of observing the performance of the derivative under all possible market conditions. In particular, the use and complexity of derivatives require the maintenance of adequate controls to monitor the transactions entered into, the ability to assess the risk that a derivative adds to our portfolio and the ability to forecast price or interest rate movements correctly.

Correlation risk .  When used for hedging purposes, an imperfect or variable degree of correlation between price movements of the derivative instrument and the underlying investment sought to be hedged may prevent us from achieving the intended hedging effect or expose us to the risk of loss. The imperfect correlation between the value of a derivative and our underlying assets may result in losses on the Derivative Transaction that are greater than the gain in the value of the underlying assets in our portfolio. The Adviser may not hedge against a particular risk because it does not regard the probability of the risk occurring to be sufficiently high as to justify the cost of the hedge, or because it does not foresee the occurrence of the risk. These factors may have a significant negative effect on the fair value of our assets and the market value of our securities.

Liquidity risk .  Derivative Transactions, especially when traded in large amounts, may not be liquid in all circumstances, so that in volatile markets we would not be able to close out a position without incurring a loss. Although both OTC and exchange-traded derivatives markets may experience a lack of liquidity, OTC non-standardized derivative transactions are generally less liquid than exchange-traded instruments. The illiquidity of the derivatives markets may be due to various factors, including congestion, disorderly markets, limitations on deliverable supplies, the participation of speculators, government regulation and intervention, and technical and operational or system failures. In addition, daily limits on price fluctuations and speculative position limits on exchanges on which we may conduct transactions in derivative instruments may prevent prompt liquidation of positions, subjecting us to the potential of greater losses.

Leverage risk .  Trading in Derivative Transactions can result in significant leverage and risk of loss. Thus, the leverage offered by trading in derivative instruments will magnify the gains and losses we experience and could cause our NAV to be subject to wider fluctuations than would be the case if we did not use the leverage feature in derivative instruments.

Volatility risk.   The prices of many derivative instruments, including many options and swaps, are highly volatile. Price movements of options contracts and payments pursuant to swap agreements are influenced by, among other things, interest rates, changing supply and demand relationships, trade, fiscal, monetary and exchange control programs and policies of governments, and national and international political and economic events and policies. The value of options and swap agreements also depends upon the price of the securities or currencies underlying them.

OTC trading .  Derivative Transactions that may be purchased or sold may include instruments not traded on an organized market. The risk of non-performance by the counterparty to such Derivative Transaction may

37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

be greater and the ease with which we can dispose of or enter into closing transactions with respect to such an instrument may be less than in the case of an exchange traded instrument. In addition, significant disparities may exist between “bid” and “asked” prices for derivative instruments that are not traded on an exchange. Such instruments are often valued subjectively and may result in mispricings or improper valuations. Improper valuations can result in increased cash payment requirements to counterparties or a loss of value, or both. In addition, cleared derivative transactions benefit from daily market-to-market pricing and settlement, and segregation and minimum capital requirements applicable to intermediaries. Transactions entered into directly between two counterparties generally do not benefit from such protections. This exposes us to the risk that a counterparty will not settle a transaction in accordance with its terms and conditions because of a dispute over the terms of the contract (whether or not bona fide) or because of a credit or liquidity problem, thus causing us to suffer a loss. Such “counterparty risk” is accentuated for contracts with longer maturities where events may intervene to prevent settlement, or where we have concentrated our transactions with a single or small group of counterparties. OTC trades submitted for clearing will be subject to minimum initial and variation margin requirements set by the relevant clearinghouse, as well as possible SEC or CFTC mandated margin requirements. The regulators also have broad discretion to impose margin requirements on non-cleared OTC derivatives. OTC derivatives dealers have also become subject to new business conduct standards, disclosure requirements, reporting and recordkeeping requirements, transparency requirements, position limits, limitations on conflicts of interest, and other regulatory burdens. These new margin and regulatory requirements will increase the overall costs for OTC derivatives dealers. Dealers can be expected to try to pass those increased costs along, at least partially, to market participants such as us in the form of higher fees or less advantageous dealer marks. The overall impact of the Dodd-Frank Act is highly uncertain and it is unclear how the OTC derivatives markets will adapt to this new regulatory regime.

Historically, swap transactions have been individually negotiated non-standardized transactions entered into in OTC markets and have not been subject to the same type of government regulation as exchange-traded instruments. As a result, many of the protections afforded to participants on organized exchanges and in a regulated environment have not been available in connection with these transactions. However, the OTC derivatives markets have recently become subject to comprehensive statutes and regulations. In particular, in the United States, the Dodd-Frank Act requires that certain derivatives with U.S. persons must be executed on a regulated market and a substantial portion of OTC derivatives must be submitted for clearing to regulated clearinghouses. As a result, swap transactions may become subject to various requirements applicable to swaps under the Dodd-Frank Act, including clearing, exchange-execution, reporting and recordkeeping requirements, which may make it more difficult and costly for us to enter into swap transactions and may also render certain strategies in which we might otherwise engage impossible or so costly that they will no longer be economical to implement. Furthermore, the number of counterparties that may be willing to enter into swap transactions with us may also be limited if the swap transactions with us are subject to the swap regulation under the Dodd-Frank Act.

Failure of Futures Commission Merchants and Clearing Organizations .  We may deposit funds required to margin open positions in the derivative instruments subject to the CEA with a clearing broker registered as a “futures commission merchant,” or “FCM.” The CEA requires an FCM to segregate all funds received from customers with respect to any orders for the purchase or sale of U.S. domestic futures contracts and cleared swaps from the FCM’s proprietary assets. Similarly, the CEA requires each FCM to hold in a separate secure account all funds received from customers with respect to any orders for the purchase or sale of foreign futures contracts and segregate any such funds from the funds received with respect to domestic futures contracts. However, all funds and other property received by a clearing broker from its customers are held by the clearing broker on a commingled basis in an omnibus account and may be freely accessed by the clearing broker, which may also invest any such funds in certain instruments permitted under the applicable regulation. There is a risk that assets deposited by us with any swaps or futures clearing broker as margin for futures contracts or cleared swaps may, in certain circumstances, be used to satisfy losses of other clients of our clearing broker. In addition, our assets may not be fully protected in the event of the clearing broker’s bankruptcy, as we would be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of all available funds segregated on behalf of the clearing broker’s combined domestic customer accounts.

38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Similarly, the CEA requires a clearing organization approved by the CFTC as a derivatives clearing organization to segregate all funds and other property received from a clearing member’s clients in connection with domestic futures, swaps and options contracts from any funds held at the clearing organization to support the clearing member’s proprietary trading. Nevertheless, with respect to futures and options contracts, a clearing organization may use assets of a non-defaulting customer held in an omnibus account at the clearing organization to satisfy payment obligations of a defaulting customer of the clearing member to the clearing organization. As a result, in the event of a default or the clearing broker’s other clients or the clearing broker’s failure to extend own funds in connection with any such default, we would not be able to recover the full amount of assets deposited by the clearing broker on our behalf with the clearing organization.

We and our investments are subject to reinvestment risk.

As part of the ordinary management of its portfolio, a CLO will typically generate cash from asset repayments and sales and reinvest those proceeds in substitute assets, subject to compliance with its investment tests and certain other conditions. The earnings with respect to such substitute assets will depend on the quality of reinvestment opportunities available at the time. The need to satisfy the CLO’s covenants and identify acceptable assets may require the CLO collateral manager to purchase substitute assets at a lower yield than those initially acquired or require that the sale proceeds be maintained temporarily in cash. Either such action by the CLO collateral manager may reduce the yield that the CLO collateral manager is able to achieve. The investment tests may incentivize a CLO collateral manager to buy riskier assets than it otherwise would, which could result in additional losses. These factors could reduce our return on investment and may have a negative effect on the fair value of our assets and the market value of our securities. In addition, the reinvestment period for a CLO may terminate early, which may cause the holders of the CLO’s securities to receive principal payments earlier than anticipated. There can be no assurance that we will be able to reinvest such amounts in an alternative investment that provides a comparable return relative to the credit risk assumed.

We and our investments are subject to risks associated with non-U.S. investing.

While we invest primarily in CLOs that hold underlying U.S. assets, these CLOs may be organized outside the United States and we may also invest in CLOs that hold collateral that are non-U.S. assets. Investing in foreign entities may expose us to additional risks not typically associated with investing in U.S. issuers. These risks include changes in exchange control regulations, political and social instability, restrictions on the types or amounts of investment, expropriation, imposition of foreign taxes, less liquid markets and less available information than is generally the case in the U.S., higher transaction costs, less government supervision of exchanges, brokers and issuers, less developed bankruptcy laws, difficulty in enforcing contractual obligations, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards, currency fluctuations and greater price volatility. Further, we, and the CLOs in which we invest, may have difficulty enforcing creditor’s rights in foreign jurisdictions.

Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have failed to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Delays in settlement could result in periods when our assets are uninvested. Our inability to make intended investments due to settlement problems or the risk of intermediary counterparty failures could cause it to miss investment opportunities. The inability to dispose of an investment due to settlement problems could result either in losses to the Funds due to subsequent declines in the value of such investment or, if we have entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible liability to the purchaser. Transaction costs of buying and selling foreign securities also are generally higher than those involved in domestic transactions. Furthermore, foreign financial markets have, for the most part, substantially less volume than U.S. markets, and securities of many foreign companies are less liquid and their prices more volatile than securities of comparable domestic companies.

The economies of individual non-U.S. countries may also differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product, rate of inflation, volatility of currency exchange rates, depreciation, capital reinvestment, resources self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.

Currency Risk.   Any of our investments that are denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars will be subject to the risk that the value of such currency will decrease in relation to the U.S. dollar. Although we

39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

will consider hedging any non-U.S. dollar exposures back to U.S. dollars, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to other currencies in which we make investments would otherwise reduce the effect of increases and magnify the effect of decreases in the prices of our non-U.S. dollar denominated investments in their local markets. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates will similarly affect the U.S. dollar equivalent of any interest, dividends or other payments made that are denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars.

Any unrealized losses we experience on our portfolio may be an indication of future realized losses, which could reduce our income available for distribution or to make payments on the Notes.

As a registered closed-end management investment company, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at the fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. Decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments are recorded as unrealized depreciation. Any unrealized losses in our portfolio could be an indication of an issuer’s inability to meet its repayment obligations to us with respect to the affected investments. This could result in realized losses in the future and ultimately in reductions of our income available for distribution or to make payments on the Notes in future periods.

If our distributions exceed our taxable income and capital gains realized during a taxable year, all or a portion of the distributions made in the same taxable year may be recharacterized as a return of capital to our common stockholders. A return of capital distribution will generally not be taxable to our stockholders. However, a return of capital distribution will reduce a stockholder’s cost basis in shares of our common stock on which the distribution was received, thereby resulting in a higher reported capital gain or lower reported capital loss when those shares of our common stock are sold or otherwise disposed of.

A portion of our income and fees may not be qualifying income for purposes of the income source test.

Some of the income and fees that we may recognize will not satisfy the qualifying income test applicable to RICs. In order to ensure that such income and fees do not disqualify us as a RIC for a failure to satisfy such test, we may be required to recognize such income and fees indirectly through one or more entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such corporations will be required to pay U.S. corporate income tax on their earnings, which ultimately will reduce our return on such income and fees.

Risks Relating to an Investment in the Notes

The Notes will be unsecured and therefore will be effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness we may incur in the future.

The Notes will not be secured by any of our assets or any of the assets of our subsidiaries. As a result, the Notes are subordinated to any secured indebtedness we or our subsidiaries may incur in the future (or any indebtedness that is initially unsecured to which we subsequently grant security) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. In any liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy or other similar proceeding, the holders of any of our future secured indebtedness and the secured indebtedness of our subsidiaries may assert rights against the assets pledged to secure that indebtedness in order to receive full payment of their indebtedness before the assets may be used to pay other creditors, including the holders of the Notes.

The Notes will be structurally subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries.

The Notes are obligations exclusively of Eagle Point Credit Company Inc. and not of any of our subsidiaries. None of our subsidiaries is or acts as a guarantor of the Notes and the Notes are not required to be guaranteed by any subsidiaries we may acquire or create in the future. The assets of any such subsidiary are not directly available to satisfy the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Notes.

Except to the extent we are a creditor with recognized claims against our subsidiaries, all claims of creditors (including holders of preferred stock, if any) of our subsidiaries will have priority over our equity interests in such subsidiaries (and therefore the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Notes) with respect to the assets of such subsidiaries. Even if we are recognized as a creditor of one or more of our subsidiaries, our claims would still be effectively subordinated to any security interests in the assets of any such subsidiary and to any indebtedness or other liabilities of any such subsidiary senior to our claims.

40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Consequently, the Notes will be structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of our subsidiaries and any subsidiaries that we may in the future acquire or establish as financing vehicles or otherwise.

There is no active trading market for the Notes. If an active trading market does not develop for the Notes you may not be able to sell them.

The Notes are a new issue of debt securities for which currently there is no trading market. We do not intend to list the Notes on any securities exchange or for quotation on any automated dealer quotation system. If the Notes are traded after their initial issuance, they may trade at a discount to their initial offering price depending on prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities, our credit ratings, our financial condition or other relevant factors. The underwriter may discontinue any market-making in the Notes at any time at its sole discretion. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that a liquid trading market will develop for the Notes, that you will be able to sell your Notes at a particular time or that the price at which you may be able to sell your Notes will be favorable. To the extent an active trading market does not develop, the liquidity and trading price of the Notes may be harmed. Accordingly, you may be required to bear the financial risk of an investment in the Notes for an indefinite period of time.

A downgrade, suspension or withdrawal of the credit rating assigned by a rating agency to us or the Notes, if any, or change in the debt markets could cause the liquidity or market value of the Notes to decline significantly.

Our credit ratings are an assessment by rating agencies of our ability to pay our debts when due. Consequently, real or anticipated changes in our credit ratings will generally affect the market value of the Notes. These credit ratings may not reflect the potential impact of risks relating to the structure or marketing of the Notes. Credit ratings are not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold any security, and may be revised or withdrawn at any time by the issuing organization in its sole discretion. Neither we nor any underwriter undertakes any obligation to maintain our credit ratings or to advise holders of Notes of any changes in our credit ratings. The Notes are expected to be rated by Egan-Jones Ratings Company. There can be no assurance that the initial credit rating will remain for any given period of time or that such credit rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by Egan-Jones Ratings Company if, in its judgment, future circumstances relating to the basis of the credit rating, such as adverse changes in our company, so warrant.

The indenture under which the Notes will be issued will contain limited protection for holders of the Notes.

The indenture under which the Notes will be issued offers limited protection to holders of the Notes. The terms of the indenture and the Notes do not restrict our or any of our subsidiaries’ ability to engage in, or otherwise be a party to, a variety of corporate transactions, circumstances or events that could have an adverse impact on your investment in the Notes. In particular, the terms of the indenture and the Notes will not place any restrictions on our or our subsidiaries’ ability to:

issue securities or otherwise incur additional indebtedness or other obligations, including (1) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be equal in right of payment to the Notes, (2) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be secured and therefore rank effectively senior in right of payment to the Notes to the extent of the values of the assets securing such debt, (3) indebtedness of ours that is guaranteed by one or more of our subsidiaries and which therefore would rank structurally senior to the Notes and (4) securities, indebtedness or other obligations issued or incurred by our subsidiaries that would be senior in right of payment to our equity interests in our subsidiaries and therefore would rank structurally senior in right of payment to the Notes with respect to the assets of our subsidiaries, in each case other than an incurrence of indebtedness or other obligation that would cause a violation of Section 18(a)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act or any successor provisions;
pay dividends on, or purchase or redeem or make any payments in respect of, capital stock or other securities ranking junior in right of payment to the Notes;
sell assets (other than certain limited restrictions on our ability to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets);

41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

enter into transactions with affiliates;
create liens (including liens on the shares of our subsidiaries) or enter into sale and leaseback transactions;
make investments; or
create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us from our subsidiaries.

Furthermore, the terms of the indenture and the Notes do not protect holders of the Notes in the event that we experience changes (including significant adverse changes) in our financial condition, results of operations or credit ratings, as they do not require that we or our subsidiaries adhere to any financial tests or ratios or specified levels of net worth, revenues, income, cash flow or liquidity, except as required under the 1940 Act.

Our ability to recapitalize, incur additional debt and take a number of other actions that are not limited by the terms of the Notes may have important consequences for you as a holder of the Notes, including making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the Notes or negatively affecting the trading value of the Notes.

Other debt we issue or incur in the future could contain more protections for its holders than the indenture and the Notes, including additional covenants and events of default. The issuance or incurrence of any such debt with incremental protections could affect the market for and trading levels and prices of the Notes.

The optional redemption provision may materially adversely affect your return on the Notes.

The Notes are redeemable in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at our sole option at the redemption price set forth under the caption “ Description of the Notes — Optional Redemption .” We may choose to redeem the Notes at times when prevailing interest rates are lower than the interest rate paid on the Notes. In this circumstance, you may not be able to reinvest the redemption proceeds in a comparable security at an effective interest rate as high as the Notes being redeemed.

If we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the Notes.

Any default under any agreements governing our future indebtedness or under other indebtedness to which we may be a party that is not waived by the required lenders or holders, and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness could make us unable to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and substantially decrease the market value of the Notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and operating covenants, in the instruments governing any future indebtedness, we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, the lenders of the debt we may incur in the future could elect to terminate their commitments, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to seek to obtain waivers from the required lenders or holders of any debt that we may incur in the future to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under our debt and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders or holders of the debt. If this occurs, we would be in default and our lenders or debt holders could exercise their rights as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If we are unable to repay debt, lenders having secured obligations could proceed against the collateral securing the debt. Because any future debt will likely have customary cross-default provisions, if the indebtedness thereunder or under any future credit facility is accelerated, we may be unable to repay or finance the amounts due. See “ Description of the Notes .”

FATCA withholding may apply to payments to certain foreign entities.

Payments made under the Notes to a foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity (including such an institution or entity acting as an intermediary) may be subject to a U.S. withholding tax of 30% under FATCA. This tax may apply to certain payments of interest on the Notes as well as, after December 31, 2016, to payments made

42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

upon maturity, redemption, or sale of the Notes, unless the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity complies with certain information reporting, withholding, identification, certification and related requirements imposed by FATCA. You should consult your own tax advisors regarding FATCA and how it may affect your investment in the notes. See “ U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters — Taxation of Note Holders — FATCA Withholding on Payments to Certain Foreign Entities ” in this prospectus for more information.

Given the risks described above, an investment in the Notes may not be appropriate for all investors. You should carefully consider your ability to assume these risks before making an investment in the Notes.

43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS

The net proceeds of this offering are expected to be approximately $     million (or approximately $     million if the underwriter exercises the over-allotment option in full) after deducting the payment of underwriting discounts and commissions of $     million (or approximately $     million if the underwriter exercises the over-allotment option in full) and estimated offering expenses payable by us of $       .

We intend to use the proceeds from the sale of our securities pursuant to this prospectus to acquire investments in accordance with our investment objectives and strategies described in this prospectus and for general working capital purposes. We currently anticipate that it will take approximately two to six months to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering in our targeted investments, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities consistent with our investment objectives and market conditions. We cannot assure you we will achieve our targeted investment pace, which may negatively impact our returns. During this period, we will invest in temporary investments, such as cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less, which we expect will have returns substantially lower than the returns that we anticipate earning from investments in CLO securities and related investments. Investors should expect, therefore, that before we have fully invested the proceeds of the offering in accordance with our investment objectives and policies, assets invested in these instruments would earn interest income at a modest rate, which may not exceed our expenses during this period. To the extent that the net proceeds from this offering have not been fully invested in accordance with our investment objectives and strategies prior to the next payment of a distribution to our stockholders, a portion of the net proceeds may be used to pay such distribution.

44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRO FORMA RATIO OF EARNINGS TO COMBINED FIXED CHARGES
AND PREFERRED DIVIDENDS

The following table contains our pro forma ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred dividends for the period indicated, computed as set forth below. You should read these ratios of earnings to pro forma combined fixed charges and pro forma preferred dividends in connection with our financial statements, including the notes to those statements, included in this prospectus.

 
     For the
Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2015 (2)
Earnings to Pro Forma Combined Fixed Charges and Pro Forma Preferred Dividends (1)      

(1) Earnings include net realized and unrealized gains or losses. Net realized and unrealized gains or losses can vary substantially from period to period. These pro forma rates are calculated as if this offering and the issuance of the Series A Term Preferred Stock were completed during the period shown and the proceeds thereof were invested pro rata across all of our investments during such period.
(2) Based on unaudited consolidated financial statements as of and for the quarter ended March 31, 2015.

For purposes of computing the ratios of earnings to pro forma fixed charges and pro forma preferred dividends, earnings represent net increase in net assets resulting from operations plus (or minus) income tax expense (benefit) including excise tax expense plus fixed charges. Fixed charges include interest and related expenses on the Notes.

45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our unaudited capitalization as of March 31, 2015:

on an actual basis;
on a pro forma basis to give effect to the issuance and sale of 1,818,000 shares of Series A Term Preferred Stock in May and June 2015 pursuant to a public offering; and
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of the shares of Series A Term Preferred Stock noted above and the completion of this offering and the application of the estimated net proceeds of this offering (as described under “ Use of Proceeds ”), assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised.

     
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma,
As adjusted
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Assets:
                          
Total assets   $ 278,782     $ 322,129     $         
Liabilities:
                          
Notes   $     $     $  
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share; 20,000,000 shares authorized, actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; No shares issued and outstanding, actual; 1,818,000 issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted           45,450       45,450  
Deferred issuance costs           (2,103 )        
Other liabilities     19,720       19,720       19,720  
Total liabilities   $ 19,720     $ 63,067     $  
Net Assets applicable to 13,811,358 shares of common stock as of March 31, 2015   $ 259,062     $ 259,062     $ 259,062  
Net Assets consist of:
                          
Paid in capital   $ 270,148     $ 270,148     $ 270,148  
Accumulated net realized gain (loss) on investment
    631       631       631  
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments
    (5,514 )       (5,514 )       (5,514 )  
Distributions in excess of net investment income
    (6,202 )       (6,202 )       (6,202 )  
Total net assets
    259,062       259,062       259,062  

46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS

Eagle Point Credit Company Inc. is an externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act.

Our Structure

We were organized as Eagle Point Credit Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on March 24, 2014 and converted into a Delaware corporation on October 6, 2014. We have two wholly owned subsidiaries: (1) Eagle Point Credit Company Sub LLC and (2) the Cayman Subsidiary. We generally gain access to certain newly issued Regulation S securities through the Cayman Subsidiary. Regulation S securities are securities of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers that are issued through offerings made pursuant to Regulation S of the Securities Act. Both of our subsidiaries are advised by the Adviser pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement. The following chart reflects our organizational structure and our relationship with our investment adviser and administrator as of the date of this prospectus:

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Investment Objectives

Our primary investment objective is to generate high current income, with a secondary objective to generate capital appreciation. We seek to achieve our investment objectives by investing primarily in equity and junior debt tranches of CLOs that are collateralized by a portfolio consisting primarily of below investment grade U.S. senior secured loans with large numbers of distinct underlying borrowers across various industry sectors. We may also invest in other securities and instruments that are related to these investments or that the Adviser believes are consistent with our investment objectives, including, among other investments, senior debt tranches of CLOs and loan accumulation facilities. The amount that we invest in these other securities and instruments may vary from time to time and, as such, may constitute a material part of our portfolio on any given date, all as based on the Adviser’s assessment of prevailing market conditions. The CLO securities in which we primarily seek to invest are unrated or rated below investment grade and are considered speculative with respect to timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. Unrated and below investment grade securities are also sometimes referred to as “junk” securities. These investment objectives may be changed by our board of directors without prior approval of our common stockholders.

Investment Strategy

In the primary CLO market ( i.e. , acquiring securities at the inception of a CLO), we seek to invest in CLO securities that the Adviser believes have the potential to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns and to outperform other similar CLO securities issued within the respective vintage period. In the secondary CLO market ( i.e. , acquiring existing CLO securities), we seek to invest in CLO securities that the Adviser believes have the potential to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns.

The Adviser pursues a differentiated strategy within the CLO market focused on:

proactive sourcing and identification of investment opportunities;
utilization of our methodical and rigorous investment analysis and due diligence process;
active involvement at the CLO structuring and formation stage; and
taking, in many instances, significant stakes in CLO equity and junior debt tranches.

47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We believe that the Adviser’s direct and often longstanding relationships with CLO collateral managers, its CLO structural expertise and its relative scale in the CLO market will enable us to source and execute investments with attractive economics and terms relative to other CLO opportunities.

When we make a significant primary market investment in a particular CLO tranche, we generally expect to be able to influence the CLO’s key terms and conditions. In particular, the Adviser believes that, although typically exercised only a minority of the time in the Adviser’s experience, the protective rights associated with holding a majority position in a CLO equity tranche (such as the ability to call the CLO after the non-call period, to refinance/reprice certain CLO debt tranches after a period of time and to influence potential amendments to the governing documents that may arise) may reduce our risk in these investments. We may acquire a majority position in a CLO tranche directly or we may benefit from the advantages of a majority position where both we and other accounts managed by the Adviser collectively hold a majority position, subject to any restrictions on our ability to invest alongside such other accounts. See “—  Other Investment Techniques — Co-Investment with Affiliates .”

We seek to construct a portfolio of CLO securities that provides varied exposure across a number of key categories, including:

number of borrowers underlying each CLO;
industry type of a CLO’s underlying borrowers;
number and investment style of CLO collateral managers; and
CLO vintage period.

The Adviser has a long-term investment horizon and invests primarily with a buy-and-hold mentality. However, on an ongoing basis, the Adviser actively monitors each investment and may sell positions if circumstances change from the time of investment or if the Adviser believes it is in our best interest to do so.

CLO Overview

Our investment portfolio is comprised primarily of investments in the equity and junior debt tranches of CLOs. The CLOs that we target are securitization vehicles that pool portfolios of primarily below investment grade U.S. senior secured loans. Such pools of underlying assets are often referred to as a CLO’s “collateral.” While the vast majority of the portfolio of most CLOs consists of senior secured loans, many CLOs enable the CLO collateral manager to invest up to 10% of the portfolio in assets that are not first lien senior secured loans, including second lien loans, unsecured loans, senior secured bonds and senior unsecured bonds.

CLOs are generally required to hold a portfolio of assets that is highly diversified by underlying borrower and industry, and is subject to a variety of asset concentration limitations. Most CLOs are revolving structures that generally allow for reinvestment over a specific period of time (typically three to five years). In cash flow CLOs, which are the type of CLOs we target, the terms and covenants of the structure are, with certain exceptions, based primarily on the cash flow generated by, and the par value (as opposed to the market price) of, the CLO collateral. These covenants include collateral coverage tests, interest coverage tests and collateral quality tests.

A CLO funds the purchase of a portfolio of primarily senior secured loans via the issuance of CLO equity and debt instruments in the form of multiple, primarily floating rate debt, tranches. The CLO debt tranches typically are rated “AAA” (or its equivalent) at the most senior level down to “BB” or “B” (or its equivalent), which is below investment grade, at the most junior level by Moody’s, S&P and/or Fitch. The CLO equity tranche is unrated and typically represents approximately 8% to 11% of a CLO’s capital structure. Below investment grade and unrated securities are sometimes referred to as “junk” securities. A CLO’s equity tranche represents the first loss position in the CLO.

48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The diagram below is for illustrative purposes only. The CLO structure highlighted below is a hypothetical structure, and the structure of CLOs in which we invest may vary substantially from the example set forth below.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Since a CLO’s indenture requires that the maturity dates of a CLO’s assets (typically five to eight years from the date of issuance of a senior secured loan) be shorter than the maturity date of the CLO’s liabilities (typically 11 to 12 years from the date of issuance), CLOs generally do not face refinancing risk on the CLO debt.

CLOs have two priority-of-payment schedules (commonly called “waterfalls”), which are detailed in a CLO’s indenture, that govern how cash generated from a CLO’s underlying collateral is distributed to the CLO debt and equity investors. One waterfall (the interest waterfall) applies to interest payments received on a CLO’s underlying collateral. The second waterfall (the principal waterfall) applies to cash generated from principal on the underlying collateral, primarily through loan repayments and sales.

Through the interest waterfall, any excess interest-related cash flow available after the required quarterly interest payments to CLO debt investors are made and certain CLO expenses (such as administration and management fees) are paid is then distributed to the CLO’s equity investors each quarter, subject to compliance with certain tests. The Adviser believes that excess interest-related cash flow is an important driver of CLO equity returns. In addition, relative to certain other high-yielding credit investments such as mezzanine or subordinated debt, CLO equity is expected to have a shorter payback period with higher front-end loaded quarterly cash flows (often in excess of 20% per annum of face value) during the early years of a CLO’s life if there is no disruption in the interest waterfall due to a failure to remain in compliance with certain tests.

Most CLOs are revolving structures that generally allow for reinvestment over a specific period of time (typically three to five years). Specifically, a CLO’s collateral manager normally has broad latitude — within a specified set of asset eligibility and diversity criteria — to manage and modify a CLO’s portfolio over time. We believe that skilled CLO collateral managers can add significant value through a combination of (1) their credit expertise and (2) a strong understanding of how to manage effectively within the rules-based structure of a CLO and optimize CLO equity returns.

After the CLO’s reinvestment period has ended, in accordance with the CLO’s principal waterfall, cash generated from principal payments or other proceeds are generally distributed to repay CLO debt investors in order of seniority. That is, the AAA tranche investors are repaid first, the AA tranche investors second and so on, with any remaining principal being distributed to the equity tranche investors. In certain instances, principal may be reinvested after the end of the reinvestment period. The Adviser believes this is generally beneficial to holders of the CLO’s equity.

CLOs contain a variety of covenants that are designed to enhance the credit protection of CLO debt investors, including overcollateralization tests and interest coverage tests. The overcollateralization tests and interest coverage tests require CLOs to maintain certain levels of overcollateralization (measured as par value of assets to liabilities subject to certain adjustments) and interest coverage, respectively. If a CLO breaches an

49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

overcollateralization test or interest coverage test, excess cash flow that would otherwise be available for distribution to the CLO equity tranche investors is diverted to prepay CLO debt investors in order of seniority until such time as the covenant breach is cured. If the covenant breach is not or cannot be cured, the CLO equity investors (and potentially other debt tranche investors) may experience a partial or total loss of their investment. For this reason, CLO equity investors are often referred to as being in a first loss position.

Some CLOs also have interest diversion tests, which also act to ensure that CLOs maintain adequate overcollateralization. If a CLO breaches an interest coverage test, excess interest cash flow that would otherwise be available for distribution to the CLO equity tranche investors is diverted to acquire new collateral obligations until the coverage test is satisfied. Such diversion would lead to payments to the equity investors being delayed and/or reduced.

Cash flow CLOs do not have mark-to-market triggers and, with limited exceptions (such as the proportion of assets rated “CCC+” or lower (or their equivalent) by which such assets exceed a specified concentration limit, discounted purchases and defaulted assets), CLO covenants are calculated using the par value of collateral, not the market value or purchase price. As a result, a decrease in the market price of a CLO’s performing portfolio does not generally result in a requirement for the CLO collateral manager to sell assets ( i.e. , no forced sales) or for CLO equity investors to contribute additional capital ( i.e. , no margin calls).

Overview of Senior Secured Loans

Senior secured loans represent a large and mature segment of the U.S. corporate credit market. According to S&P Capital IQ, as of June 30, 2015, the amount of institutional senior secured loans outstanding was $838 billion.

Broadly syndicated senior secured loans are typically originated and structured by banks on behalf of corporate borrowers with proceeds often used for leveraged buyout transactions, mergers and acquisitions, recapitalizations, refinancings, and financing capital expenditures. Broadly syndicated senior secured loans are typically distributed by the arranging bank to a diverse group of investors primarily consisting of: CLOs, senior secured loan and high yield bond mutual funds and closed-end funds, hedge funds, banks, insurance companies, and finance companies. CLOs represent the largest source of capital for institutional senior secured loans, representing a range of approximately 33% to 57% of the demand for newly issued highly leveraged loans from 2002 through the second quarter of 2015, according to S&P Capital IQ.

Senior secured loans are floating rate instruments, typically making quarterly interest payments based on a spread over LIBOR. LIBOR is based on rates that contributor banks in London charge each other for interbank deposits and is typically used to set coupon rates on floating rate debt securities. Today, many senior secured loans have a LIBOR floor, which is currently set above the current market level for LIBOR.

We believe that senior secured loans represent an attractive and stable base of collateral for CLOs. In particular, the primary attributes of senior secured loans include:

Senior:   Senior position in a company’s capital structure
Secured:   First lien security interest in a company’s assets
Floating Rate:   Reduces interest rate risk associated with fixed rate bonds
Low LTV:   On average, senior secured loans have a loan-to-value ratio of approximately 40% to 60% at the time of origination

50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The table below depicts a representative capital structure for a company issuing a senior secured loan and illustrates the cushion provided by subordinated debt and equity capital.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

We believe that the attractive historical performance of CLO securities is attributable, in part, to the relatively low historical average default rate and relatively high historical average recovery rate on senior secured loans, which comprise the vast majority of most CLO portfolios. The graph below illustrates the lagging 12-month default rate on by principal amount on the S&P/LSTA Leveraged Loan Index from December 31, 2000 to June 30, 2015. The average lagging 12-month default rate during this period of time was 3.1% and the lagging 12-month default rate as of June 30, 2015 was 1.2%.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Over time, the senior secured loan market has experienced relatively consistent total returns for the senior secured loan market. Specifically, from a total return perspective, since 2001 the S&P/LSTA Leveraged Loan Index experienced only one down year (2008) yet still delivered a positive total return for the two-year period ended December 31, 2009.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

CLO Market Opportunity

We believe that CLO securities represent a large and attractive market. According to Thomson Reuters LPC, as of June 30, 2015, the aggregate principal balance of the U.S. CLO market was approximately $413 billion based on a universe of 948 CLOs. The chart below illustrates annual CLO issuance according to S&P Capital IQ. During the first half of 2015, CLO issuance totalled $59 billion according to S&P Capital IQ.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

As CLO securities are somewhat complex and because most investors do not have the requisite experience, skills and resources in-house to devote to fully understanding the asset class, many investors have little to no exposure to CLO securities. We believe knowledgeable and experienced investors with specialized experienced in CLO securities can earn an attractive risk-adjusted return and outperform the CLO market generally.

52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Based on the Adviser’s analysis of available market data, the Adviser believes that only approximately 4% of U.S. cash flow CLOs issued between 2002 and 2011 will have a negative internal rate of return, or “IRR,” whereas nearly half of such CLOs are projected to have IRRs over 15%.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Depending on the Adviser’s assessment of market conditions, our investment focus may vary from time to time between CLO equity and CLO debt investments.

We believe that CLO equity has the following attractive fundamental attributes:

Potential for strong absolute and risk-adjusted returns :  We believe that CLO equity offers a potential total return profile that is attractive on a risk-adjusted basis compared to U.S. public equity markets.
Expected shorter duration high-yielding credit investment with the potential for high quarterly cash distributions :  Relative to certain other high-yielding credit investments such as mezzanine or subordinated debt, CLO equity is expected to have a shorter payback period with higher front-end loaded quarterly cash flows (often in excess of 20% per annum of face value) during the early years of a CLO’s life.
Expected protection against rising interest rates :  Since a CLO’s asset portfolio is typically comprised principally of floating rate loans and the CLO’s liabilities are also generally floating rate instruments, we expect CLO equity to provide potential protection against rising interest rates after LIBOR has increased above the average LIBOR floor on a CLO’s assets. However, CLO equity is still subject to other forms of interest rate risk. For a discussion of the interest rate risks associated with CLO equity, see “ Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Investments — We and our investments are subject to interest rate risk ” and “—  CLO Overview .”
Expected low-to-moderate correlation with fixed income and equity markets :  Given that CLO assets and liabilities are primarily floating rate, we expect CLO equity investments to have a low-to-moderate correlation with U.S. fixed income securities. In addition, because CLOs generally allow for the reinvestment of principal during the reinvestment period regardless of the market price of the underlying collateral if the respective CLO remains in compliance with its covenants, we expect CLO equity investments to have a low-to-moderate correlation with the U.S. equity markets.

CLO securities are also subject to a number of risks as discussed in the “ Risk Factors ” section of this prospectus. Among our primary targeted investments, the risks associated with CLO equity are generally greater than those associated with CLO debt.

53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Competitive Advantages

We believe that we are well positioned to take advantage of investment opportunities in CLO securities and related investments due to the following competitive advantages:

Specialist in CLO securities with a proven track record .  The Adviser focuses exclusively on CLO securities and related investments. Each member of the Senior Investment Team is a CLO specialist who has been involved with the CLO market for the majority of his career and brings a distinct and complementary skill set that the Adviser believes is necessary for our success. We believe that the combination of the Adviser’s broad and often longstanding relationships with CLO collateral managers and our relative scale in the CLO market will enable us to source and execute investments with attractive economics and terms relative to other CLO market opportunities.
Deep CLO structural experience and expertise .  Members of the Senior Investment Team have significant experience structuring, valuing and investing in CLOs throughout their careers. The Adviser believes that the initial structuring of a CLO is an important contributor to the ultimate risk-adjusted returns, and that experienced and knowledgeable investors can add meaningful value relative to other market participants by selecting those investments with the most advantageous structures.
Methodical and rigorous investment process .  The objective of the Adviser’s investment process is to source, evaluate and execute investments in CLO securities and related investments that the Adviser believes have the potential to outperform the CLO market generally. This process, augmented by the first-hand CLO industry experience of the Senior Investment Team, is designed to be repeatable and is focused on key areas for analysis that the Adviser believes are most relevant to potential future performance. The Adviser believes that its investment and security selection process, with its strong emphasis on assessing the skill of the CLO collateral manager and analyzing the structure of the CLO, differentiates its approach to investing in CLO securities. See “—  Investment Process .”
Efficient vehicle for gaining exposure to CLO equity .  We believe that we are structured as an efficient vehicle for investors to gain exposure to CLO securities and related investments. Based on our long-term stable capital, the Adviser can focus principally on managing the portfolio and maximizing long-term risk-adjusted returns. We believe that our closed-end structure enables the Adviser to effectively implement our primarily long-term buy-and-hold investment philosophy.
Alignment of Interests .  As of July 30, the Trident V Funds, which are managed by Stone Point (an affiliate of the Adviser), held 55.1% of the outstanding shares of our voting securities, and the Adviser and the Senior Investment Team held an aggregate of 1.3% of the outstanding shares of our voting securities. See “ Control Persons and Principal Stockholders . ” Their significant holdings in our common stock and our preferred stock align the interests of the Adviser and the Senior Investment Team with ours. In addition, our fee structure includes an incentive fee component whereby we pay the Adviser an incentive fee only if our net income exceeds a hurdle rate. See “ The Adviser and the Administrator — Investment Advisory Agreement — Management Fee and Incentive Fee .”

Investment Process

The objective of the Adviser’s investment process is to source, evaluate and execute investments in CLO securities and related investments that the Adviser believes have the potential to outperform the CLO market generally. This process, augmented by the first-hand CLO industry experience of the Senior Investment Team, is designed to be repeatable and is focused on key areas for analysis that the Adviser believes are most relevant to potential future performance. The Adviser seeks to implement its investment process, described below, in a methodical and disciplined fashion.

Proactive Sourcing of Investment Opportunities

The Senior Investment Team maintains regular dialogue with many CLO collateral managers and the investment banks active in the CLO market. The Adviser believes that there are in excess of 75 active CLO

54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

collateral managers. The Adviser has met or conducted calls with the majority of these firms. In addition, members of the Senior Investment Team have longstanding relationships with many CLO collateral managers, some dating back over a decade.

The Adviser takes a partnership approach with CLO collateral managers, seeking to serve as a knowledgeable, value-added and stable long-term capital provider that will invest, in many instances, in scale. The Senior Investment Team’s first-hand relationships with, and knowledge of, CLO collateral managers and their past investment activities and behavior is supplemented by utilizing the Adviser’s customized database of performance statistics on over 650 U.S. cash flow CLOs issued since 1999.

Investment Analysis and Due Diligence

The Adviser employs a methodical and rigorous investment analysis and due diligence process that we believe is more akin to a private equity style investment approach than to the typical process used by many investors in freely tradable fixed income securities, such as CLO equity and debt. The Adviser views its investment analysis and due diligence process as broadly being comprised of four key areas for evaluation: (1) analysis of a CLO collateral manager’s investment strategy and approach, (2) analysis of the quality of a CLO collateral manager and its investment team, (3) analysis of a CLO collateral manager’s historical investment performance across both CLO and total return strategies, and (4) analysis of the particular CLO’s structure, including the negotiation of terms and protections where appropriate.

In its intensive investment analysis and due diligence, the Adviser has a “minimize surprises/trust but verify” philosophy which typically includes requesting that prospective CLO collateral managers complete an extensive questionnaire, the Adviser recalculating historical investment returns based on data provided by third parties and the CLO collateral manager and the utilization of a third-party firm to conduct background checks on the key entities and professionals associated with the CLO collateral manager.

CLO Structural Analysis and Valuation

Members of the Senior Investment Team have significant experience structuring, valuing and investing in CLOs throughout their careers and the Adviser believes that its first-hand experience with and knowledge of CLO structures is a core competency. The Adviser believes that the initial structuring of a CLO is an important factor in the ultimate risk-adjusted returns, and that experienced and knowledgeable investors can add meaningful value relative to other market participants by selecting those investments with the most advantageous structures.

When we make a significant primary market investment in a particular CLO tranche, we generally expect to be able to influence the CLO’s key terms and conditions. In particular, the Adviser believes that the protective rights associated with holding a majority position in a CLO equity tranche (such as the ability to call the CLO after the non-call period, to refinance/reprice certain CLO debt tranches after a period of time and to influence potential amendments to the governing documents that may arise) may reduce our risk in these investments. We may acquire a majority position in a CLO tranche directly or we may benefit from the advantages of a majority position where both we and other accounts managed by the Adviser collectively hold a majority position, subject to any restrictions on our ability to invest alongside such other accounts. See “ — Other Investment Techniques — Co-Investment with Affiliates .”

Monitoring

Active investment monitoring is a critical component of the Adviser’s risk management and mitigation objectives. Such monitoring also contributes to the ongoing due diligence of the CLO collateral managers in the context of existing and potential future investments.

From data contained primarily within the CLO trustee reports (which detail each asset in the CLO portfolio as well as any purchases and sales that the CLO collateral manager made during the period), the Adviser updates its internal portfolio monitoring report. This report contains a summary of key metrics we analyze for each CLO security as well as a listing of watch list credits within each CLO that out Adviser has identified based on its screens and general market intelligence as well as from communications with the CLO collateral managers. The Adviser then typically holds regular monthly calls with the CLO collateral managers to discuss the watch list credits and portfolio activity as well as loan market and CLO market developments. Additional factors that the Adviser actively monitors, which these regular calls help to illuminate, include any

55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

shifts in investment strategy, personnel changes or other organizational developments at the CLO collateral manager which may impact future performance.

In addition, the Adviser reviews the quarterly CLO cash distributions received and analyzes the reason for any deviations from the Adviser’s projections. The Adviser has a long-term oriented investment philosophy and seeks to invest primarily with a buy-and-hold mentality, however, the Adviser may sell positions if circumstances have changed from the time of underwriting or if the Adviser deems doing so is in our best interest.

Portfolio

As of June 30, 2015, we estimate that 89.9% of our investments were in equity tranches of CLOs, 2.7% in debt tranches and 7.4% in loan accumulation facilities. These investments had 20 different CLO collateral managers and an aggregate fair value of $257.2 million. Below is an unaudited summary description of our portfolio investments as of June 30, 2015:

 
Number of unique underlying borrowers     1,048  
Largest exposure to any individual borrower     0.87 %  
Average individual borrower exposure     0.10 %  
Aggregate exposure to 10 largest borrowers     6.74 %  
Aggregate exposure to senior secured loans     96.96 %  
Weighted average stated spread     3.98 %  
Weighted average LIBOR floor     0.96 %  
Weighted average percentage of floating rate loans with LIBOR floors     98.65 %  
Weighted average credit rating of underlying collateral     B+/B  
Weighted average junior OC cushion     4.96 %  
Weighted average market value of underlying collateral     98.81 %  
Weighted average maturity of underlying collateral     5.4 years  
U.S. dollar currency exposure     100 %  

Other Investment Techniques

Leverage.   We previously incurred leverage through the issuance of the Series A Term Preferred Stock, and the Notes will represent additional leverage in our capital structure. After issuance of the Notes in this offering, we anticipate that leverage, including the Notes and the Series A Term Preferred Stock, will represent approximately     % of our total assets (as determined immediately before taking such leverage into account). We may incur additional leverage as and to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. We are permitted to obtain leverage using any form of financial leverage instruments, including funds borrowed from banks or other financial institutions, margin facilities, notes or preferred stock and leverage attributable to reverse repurchase agreements or similar transactions. We may further increase our leverage through entry into a credit facility or other leveraging instruments. Instruments that create leverage are generally considered to be senior securities under the 1940 Act. With respect to senior securities representing indebtedness ( i.e. , borrowing, such as the Notes, or deemed borrowing), other than temporary borrowings as defined under the 1940 Act, we are required to have an asset coverage of at least 300%, as measured at the time of borrowing and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount of our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness. With respect to senior securities that are stocks ( i.e. , shares of preferred stock, including the Series A Term Preferred Stock), we are required to have an asset coverage of at least 200%, as measured at the time of the issuance of any such shares of preferred stock and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount of our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness plus the aggregate liquidation preference of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. See “ Description of our Capital Stock — Preferred Stock .”

Subject to the limitations under the 1940 Act, after the issuance of the Notes, we may incur additional leverage opportunistically or not at all and may choose to increase or decrease our leverage. We may use different types or combinations of leveraging instruments at any time based on the Adviser’s assessment of market conditions and the investment environment. In addition, we may borrow for temporary or other

56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

purposes as permitted under the 1940 Act, which indebtedness would be in addition to the asset coverage requirements described above. By leveraging our investment portfolio, we may create an opportunity for increased net income and capital appreciation. However, the use of leverage also involves significant risks and expenses and our leverage strategy may not be successful. Any event that adversely affects the value of an investment would be magnified to the extent leverage is utilized. Accordingly, the more leverage is employed, the more likely a substantial change will occur in our NAV. See “ Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Investments — We may leverage our portfolio which would magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and will increase the risk of investing in us .” The Adviser intends to leverage our portfolio only when it believes that the potential return on the additional investments acquired through the use of leverage is likely to exceed the costs incurred in connection with the use of leverage. There can be no assurance that we will borrow in order to leverage our assets or, if it does borrow, what percentage of our assets such borrowings will represent.

To the extent the income derived from investments purchased with funds received from leverage exceeds the cost of leverage, our return will be greater than if leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the income from the securities purchased with such funds is not sufficient to cover the cost of leverage or if we incur capital losses, our return will be less than if leverage had not been used, and therefore the amount available for distribution to holders of our capital stock as dividends and other distributions will be reduced or potentially eliminated. The Adviser may determine to maintain our leveraged position if it expects that the long-term benefits of maintaining the leveraged position will outweigh the current reduced return. We may be required to maintain minimum average balances in connection with borrowings or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit. Either of these requirements will increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate. In addition, capital raised through the issuance of preferred stock, such as the Series A Term Preferred Stock, or borrowing, such as the Notes, will be subject to dividend payments or interest costs that may or may not exceed the income and appreciation on the assets purchased.

In connection with any credit facility, the lender may impose specific restrictions as a condition to borrowing. The credit facility fees may include up front structuring fees and ongoing commitment fees (including fees on amounts undrawn on the facility) in addition to the traditional interest expense on amounts borrowed. The credit facility may involve a lien on our assets. Similarly, to the extent we issue preferred shares or notes, we may be subject to fees, covenants and investment restrictions required by a national securities rating agency, as a result. Such covenants and restrictions imposed by a rating agency or lender may include asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on us by the 1940 Act. While it is not anticipated that these covenants or restrictions will significantly impede the Adviser in managing our portfolio in accordance with our investment objectives and policies, if these covenants or guidelines are more restrictive than those imposed by the 1940 Act, we would not be able to utilize as much leverage as it otherwise could have, which could reduce our investment returns. In addition, we expect that any notes it issues or credit facility it enters into would contain covenants that may impose geographic exposure limitations, credit quality minimums, liquidity minimums, concentration limitations and currency hedging requirements on us. These covenants would also likely limit our ability to pay distributions in certain circumstances, incur additional debt, change fundamental investment policies and engage in certain transactions, including mergers and consolidations. Such restrictions could cause the Adviser to make different investment decisions than if there were no such restrictions and could limit the ability of the board of directors and our stockholders to change fundamental investment policies.

Our willingness to utilize leverage, and the amount of leverage we will assume, will depend on many factors, the most important of which are market conditions and interest rates. Successful use of a leveraging strategy may depend on our ability to predict correctly interest rates and market movements, and there is no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is employed. Any leveraging cannot be achieved until the proceeds resulting from the use of leverage have been invested in accordance with our investment objectives and policies. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Investments — We may leverage our portfolio, which would magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and will increase the risk of investing in us.”

Preferred Stock.   We are authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, of which 1,818,000 shares have been issued as Series A Term Preferred Stock. The costs of any offering of preferred

57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

stock will be borne immediately at such time by the holders of our common stock and result in a reduction of the NAV per share of common stock at that time. Under the requirements of the 1940 Act, we must, immediately after the issuance of any preferred stock have an asset coverage of at least 200%. Asset coverage means the ratio by which the value of our total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities (as defined in the 1940 Act), bears to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing our indebtedness, if any, plus the aggregate liquidation preference of the preferred stock. If we seek a rating of preferred stock, additional asset coverage requirements, which may be more restrictive than those imposed by the 1940 Act, may be imposed. See “Description of our Capital Stock — Preferred Stock.”

Leverage Effects.   The extent that we employ leverage, if any, will depend on many factors, the most important of which are investment outlook, market conditions and interest rates. Successful use of a leveraging strategy depends on the Adviser’s ability to predict correctly interest rates and market movements. There is no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is employed. On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the issuance of 1,818,000 shares of Series A Term Preferred Stock (which accumulate dividends at an annual rate of 7.75% of the per share liquidation preference) and this offering and assuming that leverage we incur in connection with this offering represents    % of our total assets at a projected annual interest rate of     %, the rate of return on our investments as of March 31, 2015 would have needed to exceed     % in order to cover the costs of dividend payments on the Series A Term Preferred Stock and interests payments on the Notes. We may incur additional leverage, including through entry into a credit facility, opportunistically or not at all and may choose to increase or decrease our leverage.

Derivative Transactions.   We may engage in “Derivative Transactions,” as described below. To the extent we engage in Derivative Transactions, we expect to do so for hedging purposes and not for speculative purposes, although we may use Derivative Transactions for investment purposes to the extent consistent with our investment objectives if the Adviser deems it appropriate to do so. In particular, we may use Derivative Transactions to hedge against interest rate and/or credit risks. No assurance can be given that our hedging strategy and our use of derivatives will be successful. Successful use of Derivatives Transactions is subject to the ability of the Adviser to ascertain the appropriate correlation between the transaction being hedged and the price movements of the derivatives. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, liquidity risk, counterparty risk, market spreads or other applicable factors, our investment performance would diminish compared with what it would have been if these hedging techniques were not used. Moreover, even if the Adviser is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that a derivative position may fail to correlate or correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being protected. We may purchase and sell a variety of derivative instruments, including exchange-listed and over-the-counter options, futures, options on futures, swaps and similar instruments, various interest rate transactions, such as swaps, caps, floors or collars, and credit transactions and credit default swaps. We also may purchase and sell derivative instruments that combine features of these instruments. Collectively, we refer to these financial management techniques as “Derivative Transactions.” Our use of Derivative Transactions, if any, will generally be deemed to create leverage for us and involves significant risks.

We generally expect to use Derivative Transactions as a portfolio management or hedging technique to seek to protect against possible adverse changes in the market value of securities held in or to be purchased for our portfolio, protect the value of our portfolio, facilitate the sale of certain securities for investment purposes, manage our effective interest rate exposure, manage the effective maturity or duration of our portfolio or establish positions in the derivatives markets as a substitute for purchasing or selling particular securities. We have claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the CEA pursuant to CFTC Regulation 4.5 under the CEA promulgated by the CFTC and CFTC No-Action Letter 12-38 issued by the staff of the CFTC Division of Swap Dealer and Intermediary Oversight on November 20, 2012, and we currently intend to operate in a manner that would permit us to continue to claim such exclusion. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure — We are subject to the risk of legislative and regulatory changes impacting our business or the markets in which we invest ” and “ Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Investments — We are subject to risks associated with any hedging or derivative transactions in which we participate.”

58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Illiquid Transactions.   Generally, investments will be purchased or sold by us in private markets, including securities that are not publicly traded or that are otherwise illiquid and securities acquired directly from the issuer.

Temporary Defensive Position.   We may take a temporary defensive position and invest all or a substantial portion of our total assets in cash or cash equivalents, government securities or short-term fixed income securities. As the CLOs and loan accumulation facilities in which we invest are generally illiquid in nature, we may not be able to dispose of such investments and take a defensive position. To the extent that we invest defensively, we likely will not achieve our investment objectives.

Co-Investment with Affiliates.   In certain instances, we may co-invest on a concurrent basis with affiliates of the Adviser, subject to compliance with applicable regulations and regulatory guidance and our written allocation procedures. We have been granted an order by the SEC that permits us to participate in certain negotiated co-investments alongside other accounts managed by the Adviser, subject to certain conditions including (i) that a majority of our directors who have no financial interest in the transaction and a majority of our directors who are not interested persons, as defined in the 1940 Act, approve the co-investment and (ii) the price, terms and conditions of the co-investment will be the same for each participant. A copy of our application for exemptive relief, including all of the conditions, and the related order are available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov .

Competition

We compete for investments in CLO securities with other investment funds (including business development companies, mutual funds, pension funds, private equity funds and hedge funds) as well as traditional financial services companies such as commercial banks, investment banks, finance companies and insurance companies.

Additionally, because competition for higher yielding investment opportunities generally has increased, many new investors have entered the CLO market over the past few years. As a result of these new entrants, competition for investment opportunities in CLO securities may intensify. Many of these entities have greater financial and managerial resources than we do. We believe we are able to compete with these entities on the basis of the Adviser’s deep and highly-specialized CLO market experience, longstanding relationships with many CLO collateral managers and a willingness to commit to a significant portion of a CLO tranche.

59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE ADVISER AND THE ADMINISTRATOR

Our board of directors is responsible for the overall management and supervision of our business and affairs, including the appointment of advisers and sub-advisers. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, our board of directors has appointed Eagle Point Credit Management as our investment adviser.

The Adviser

The Adviser is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC and, as of June 30, 2015, had approximately $1 billion of assets under management for investment in CLO securities and related investments, including capital commitments that were undrawn as of such date. The Adviser was established in November 2012 by Thomas P. Majewski and Stone Point, as investment manager of the Trident V Funds. Stone Point, an investment adviser registered with the SEC, is a specialized private equity firm focused exclusively on the financial services industry. Since its inception, Stone Point (including a predecessor entity) has raised six private equity funds with aggregate committed capital of approximately $13 billion. The Trident V Funds are a group of private equity funds managed by Stone Point. The Adviser is primarily owned by the Trident V Funds through intermediary holding companies. In addition, the Senior Investment Team holds an indirect ownership interest in the Adviser. The Adviser is governed by a board of directors, which is comprised of Mr. Majewski and certain principals of Stone Point. See “ — Board of Managers. ” The Adviser is located at 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, CT 06830.

In addition to managing our investments, the Adviser manages investment accounts for other clients, including a privately offered pooled investment vehicle that pursues many of the same investment opportunities that we pursue. A ratable portion of each investment held by Eagle Point Credit Partners LP, a private fund managed by the Adviser, was indirectly contributed to us on June 6, 2014 in connection with our formation and initial public offering. The Adviser’s affiliation with Stone Point and the Trident V Funds, and the Adviser’s management of Eagle Point Credit Partners LP, give rise to certain conflicts of interest. See “Conflicts of Interest.”

Portfolio Managers

We are managed by members of the Senior Investment Team. The Senior Investment Team is led by Mr. Majewski, Managing Partner of the Adviser, and is also comprised of Daniel W. Ko, Portfolio Manager, and Daniel M. Spinner, Portfolio Manager. The Senior Investment Team is primarily responsible for our day-to-day management and the implementation of our investment strategy and process.

Each member of the Senior Investment Team is a CLO industry specialist who has been directly involved in the CLO market for the majority of his career and has built relationships with key market participants, including CLO collateral managers, investment banks and investors. Members of the Senior Investment Team have been involved in the CLO market as:

the head of the CLO business at various investment banks;
a lead CLO structurer and CDO workout specialist at an investment bank;
a CLO equity and debt investor;
a principal investor in CLO collateral management firms; and
a lender and mergers and acquisitions adviser to CLO collateral management firms.

We believe that the complementary, yet highly specialized, skill set of each member of the Senior Investment Team provides the Adviser with a competitive advantage in its CLO-focused investment strategy.

Biographical information on the Senior Investment Team, each of whom has served as a portfolio manager since our inception, is set forth below:

Thomas P. Majewski, Managing Partner (Since November 2012) .   Mr. Majewski is a Managing Partner and founder of Eagle Point Credit Management. Mr. Majewski has been involved in the formation and/or monetization of many CLO transactions across multiple market cycles. Mr. Majewski led the creation of some of the earliest refinancing CLOs, introducing techniques that are now commonplace in the market. He has

60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

spent his entire career in the structured finance and credit markets. Mr. Majewski is a member of the Adviser’s board of managers. Mr. Majewski’s experience in the CLO market dates back to the 1990s.

Prior to joining Eagle Point Credit Management in September 2012, Mr. Majewski was a Managing Director and U.S. Head of CLO Banking at RBS Securities Inc., or “RBS,” from September 2011 through September 2012, where he was responsible for all aspects of RBS’s new-issue CLO platform. Prior to joining RBS, Mr. Majewski was the U.S. country head at AMP Capital Investors (US) Ltd., from August 2010 through September 2011, and AE Capital Advisers (US) LLC, from April 2008 through August 2010, where he was responsible for investing in credit, structured products and other private assets on behalf of several Australian investors. Prior to this, Mr. Majewski was a Managing Director and head of CLO Banking at Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner and Smith Inc. Mr. Majewski also has held leadership positions within the CLO groups at JPMorgan Securities Inc. and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. Mr. Majewski serves as a director of Black Mountain Systems, LLC, a Trident Fund portfolio company. Mr. Majewski has a B.S. in accounting from Binghamton University and has been a Certified Public Accountant (inactive).

Daniel W. Ko, Portfolio Manager (Since December 2012).   Mr. Ko is a Portfolio Manager of Eagle Point Credit Management. He is responsible for manager evaluation and structuring investment opportunities in the primary CLO market, analyzing secondary CLO market opportunities, executing trades and monitoring investments. Mr. Ko has specialized in structured finance throughout his entire career.

Prior to joining Eagle Point Credit Management in December 2012, Mr. Ko was with Bank of America Merrill Lynch, or “BAML,” for the previous six years, most recently as Vice President of the CLO structuring group, where he was responsible for modeling the projected deal cash flows, negotiating deal terms with both debt and equity investors and coordinating the rating process. In addition, he was responsible for exploring non-standard structuring initiatives such as financing trades with dynamic leverage, emerging market collateralized bond obligations and European CLOs. Prior to joining the CLO structuring group, Mr. Ko managed BAML’s legacy CLO, trust-preferred securities CDO and asset-backed securities CDO portfolios. Prior to Bank of America’s merger with Merrill Lynch, Mr. Ko was an associate in Merrill Lynch’s CDO structuring group, Mr. Ko graduated Magna Cum Laude from the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School with a B.S. in finance and accounting.

Daniel M. Spinner (CAIA), Portfolio Manager (Since February 2013) .   Mr. Spinner is a Portfolio Manager of Eagle Point Credit Management. He is primarily responsible for manager evaluation and due diligence and for monitoring investments. Mr. Spinner is also actively involved with investor relations and communications. Mr. Spinner is an alternative asset management industry specialist with 19 years of experience advising, financing and investing in alternative asset management firms and funds. Mr. Spinner’s experience in the CLO market dates back to the late 1990s.

Prior to joining Eagle Point Credit Management in February 2013, Mr. Spinner was an Investment Analyst at the 1199SEIU Benefit and Pension Funds, from June 2009 to February 2013, where he oversaw the private equity, special opportunities credit and real estate allocations. The 1199SEIU Benefit and Pension Funds are collectively among the largest Taft-Hartley plans in the United States. Prior to this, Mr. Spinner was a Managing Director at Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. focused on alternative asset managers. Prior to Bear Stearns, Mr. Spinner was the co-founder and president of Structured Capital Partners, Inc., a financial holding company formed to invest in structured credit managers. Mr. Spinner began his career as an investment banker in the Financial Institutions Group at JPMorgan Securities Inc., where he had coverage responsibility for asset management firms including CLO collateral managers. Mr. Spinner earned a B.A., summa cum laude, from Gettysburg College and an M.B.A. from Columbia University.

61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table sets forth other accounts within each category listed for which members of the Senior Investment Team are jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day portfolio management as of December 31, 2014. Each of the accounts is subject to a performance fee, except one account listed under “other accounts” with total assets of $41.0 million as of December 31, 2014.

           
  Registered
Investment Companies
  Other Pooled
Investment Vehicle
  Other
Accounts
Portfolio Manager   Number of
Accounts
  Total Assets
(in millions)
  Number of
Accounts
  Total Assets
(in millions)
  Number of
Accounts
  Total Assets
(in millions)
Thomas P. Majewski     1     $ 263.6       1     $ 413.0       3     $ 149.3  
Daniel W. Ko     1       263.6       1       413.0       3       149.3  
Daniel M. Spinner     1       263.6       1       413.0       3       149.3  

Compensation of Portfolio Managers.   The Adviser pays its investment professionals out of its total revenues, including the advisory fees earned with respect to providing advisory services to us. Professional compensation at the Adviser is structured so that key professionals benefit from strong investment performance generated on the accounts that the Adviser manages and from their longevity with the Adviser. Each member of the Senior Investment Team has indirect equity ownership interests in the Adviser and related long-term incentives. Members of the Senior Investment Team also receive a fixed base salary and an annual market and performance-based cash bonus. The bonus is determined by the Adviser’s board of directors, and is based on both quantitative and qualitative analysis of several factors, including the profitability of the Adviser and the contribution of the individual employee. Many of the factors considered by management in reaching its compensation determinations will be impacted by our long-term performance and the value of our assets as well as the portfolios managed for the Adviser’s other clients.

Securities Owned in the Company by Portfolio Managers.   The table below sets forth the dollar range of the value of the shares of our common stock that are owned beneficially by each portfolio manager as of December 31, 2014. For purposes of this table, beneficial ownership is defined to mean a direct or indirect pecuniary interest.

 
Name of Portfolio Manager   Dollar Range
of Equity Securities
in the Company (1)
Thomas P. Majewski     over $1,000,000  
Daniel W. Ko     $500,001 – $1,000,000  
Daniel M. Spinner     $500,001 – $1,000,000  

(1) Dollar ranges are as follows: None, $1 – $10,000, $10,001 – $50,000, $50,001 – $100,000, $100,001 – $500,000, $500,001 – $1,000,000 and over $1,000,000.

Board of Managers

The Adviser has a board of managers comprised of Mr. Majewski, Mr. James Carey, Ms. Meryl Hartzband and Mr. James Matthews. The board of managers is responsible for the overall activities of the Adviser. Mr. Majewski’s biographical information is included above under “ — Portfolio Managers” and Mr. Matthews’ biographical information is included under “Management — Biographical Information about each Director ” below. Biographical information regarding each other member of the Adviser’s board of managers is summarized below:

James D. Carey.   Mr. Carey is a Senior Principal of Stone Point and a member of the investment committees of the Trident family of funds managed by Stone Point, or the “Trident Funds.” He joined Stone Point in 1997 from Merrill Lynch & Co. Prior to joining Merrill Lynch & Co., Mr. Carey was a corporate attorney with Kelley Drye & Warren LLP. He is also a director of companies in which the Trident Funds have invested, including Citco III Limited, Enstar Group Limited, Merchant Capital Solutions LLC, Pierpont Capital Holdings LLC, Privilege Underwriters, Inc. and Sedgwick Claims Management Services, Inc.

Mr. Carey holds a B.S. from Boston College, a J.D. from Boston College Law School and an M.B.A. from the Duke University Fuqua School of Business.

62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Meryl D. Hartzband.   Ms. Hartzband is the Chief Investment Officer of Stone Point and a member of the investment committees of the Trident Funds. Before joining Stone Point in 1999, Ms. Hartzband was a Managing Director at J.P. Morgan & Co., where, during a 16-year career, she specialized in managing private equity investments in the financial services industry. Ms. Hartzband worked closely with Stone Point and its predecessor operations during her tenure at J.P. Morgan & Co. in connection with that firm’s role as co-sponsor of Trident I and of most of the platform’s pre-Trident investments. She is also a director of companies in which the Trident Funds have invested, including SKY Harbor Capital Holdings LLC, and is a former director of several portfolio companies of the Trident Funds, including Alterra Capital Holdings Limited and AXIS Capital Holdings Limited. She also previously served as a director of ACE Limited and St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc.

Ms. Hartzband holds a B.A. from Cornell University and an M.B.A. from the Columbia University Graduate School of Business.

Investment Advisory Agreement.

Services.   Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, the Adviser manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory and management services to, us. Under the terms of our Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser:

determines the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes;
identifies, evaluates and negotiates the structure of the investments we make (including performing due diligence on our prospective investments);
closes and monitors the investments we make; and
provides us with other investment advisory, research and related services as we may from time to time require.

Eagle Point Credit Management’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement are not exclusive, and both it and its members, officers and employees are free to furnish similar services to other persons and entities so long as its services to us are not impaired.

A discussion regarding the basis for the board of directors’ approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement is available in our semi-annual report for the period ended June 30, 2014.

Duration and Termination.   Unless earlier terminated as described below, the Investment Advisory Agreement will remain in effect if approved annually (after the initial two-year period) by our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, including, in either case, approval by a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons” of any party to such agreement, as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. The Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The Investment Advisory Agreement may also be terminated by us without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser and by the Adviser upon not less than 90 days’ written notice to us.

Indemnification.   The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, the Adviser and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Adviser’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as our investment adviser.

Management Fee and Incentive Fee.   We pay the Adviser a fee for its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement consisting of two components — a base management fee and an incentive fee.

The base management fee is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears and equals an annual rate of 1.75% of our “Total Equity Base.” “Total Equity Base” means the NAV of our common stockholders and the paid-in capital of our preferred stock. These management fees are paid by our common stockholders and are

63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

not paid by holders of preferred stock or the holders of any other types of securities that we may issue, including the Notes. Base management fees for any partial calendar quarter will be appropriately pro-rated. The base management fee does not increase when we borrow funds, but will increase if we issue preferred stock, which we may do within the first twelve months following the completion of this offering.

In addition, we pay the Adviser an incentive fee based on our performance. The incentive fee is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears and equals 20% of our “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for the immediately preceding quarter, subject to a preferred return, or “hurdle,” and a “catch up” feature. No incentive fees are payable to our investment adviser in respect of any capital gains. For this purpose, “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from an investment) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement to Eagle Point Administration, and any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income includes accrued income that we have not yet received in cash, such as the amount of any market discount we may accrue on debt instruments we purchase below par value, as well as any such amounts received (or accrued) in kind. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any capital gains.

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, is compared to a hurdle of 2.00% of our NAV per quarter (8.00% annualized). For such purposes, our quarterly rate of return is determined by dividing our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income by our reported net assets as of the prior period end. Our net investment income used to calculate this part of the incentive fee is also included in the calculation of the Total Equity Base which is used to calculate the 1.75% base management fee.

The incentive fee is paid to the Adviser as follows:

no incentive fee in any calendar quarter in which our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the hurdle of 2.00% of our NAV;
100% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle but is less than 2.50% of our NAV in any calendar quarter (10.00% annualized). We refer to this portion of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (which exceeds the hurdle but is less than 2.50% of our NAV) as the “catch-up.” The “catch-up” is meant to provide the Adviser with 20% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as if a hurdle did not apply if this net investment income meets or exceeds 2.50% of our NAV in any calendar quarter; and
20% of the amount of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 2.50% of our NAV in any calendar quarter (10.00% annualized) is payable to the Adviser (that is, once the hurdle is reached and the catch-up is achieved, 20% of all Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income thereafter is paid to the Adviser).

You should be aware that a rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to our investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates would make it easier for us to meet or exceed the incentive fee hurdle rate and may result in a substantial increase of the amount of incentive fees payable to the Adviser with respect to Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income.

The portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (such as payment-in-kind, or “PIK,” interest or original issue discount) will be paid to the Adviser, without interest, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. Any reversal of such amounts would reduce net income for the quarter by the net amount of the reversal (after taking into account the reversal of incentive fees payable) and would result in a reduction of the incentive fees for such quarter.

64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

No incentive fee is payable to the Adviser on capital gains, whether realized or unrealized. In addition, the amount of the incentive fee is not affected by any realized or unrealized losses that we may suffer.

The following is a graphical representation of the calculation of the incentive fee as well as examples of its application.

Quarterly Incentive Fee Based on Net Investment Income
 
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income
(expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets)

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Examples of Quarterly Incentive Fee Calculation (amounts expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets, and are not annualized)*

Alternative 1:

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, distributions, fees, etc.) = 1.25%

Hurdle rate (1) = 2.00%

Base management fee (2) = 0.4375%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.25%

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income

(investment income – (base management fee + other expenses)) = 0.5625%

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the Hurdle Rate, therefore there is no incentive fee.

Alternative 2:

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, distributions, fees, etc.) = 2.70%

Hurdle rate (1) = 2.00%

Base management fee (2) = 0.4375%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.25%

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income

(investment income – (base management fee + other expenses)) = 2.0125%

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds the hurdle rate, therefore there is an incentive fee.

Incentive fee = (100% × “Catch-Up”) + (the greater of 0% AND (20% × (Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income – 2.50%)))

= (100.0% × (Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income – 2.00%)) + 0%

= 100.0% × (2.0125% – 2.00%)

= 100.0% × 0.0125%

= 0.0125%

65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Alternative 3:

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, distributions, fees, etc.) = 3.25%

Hurdle rate (1) = 2.00%

Base management fee (2) = 0.4375%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.25%

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income

(investment income – (base management fee + other expenses)) = 2.5625%

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds the hurdle rate, therefore there is a incentive fee.

Incentive fee = (100% × “Catch-Up”) + (the greater of 0% AND (20% × (Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income – 2.50%)))

= (100.0% × (2.50% – 2.00%)) + (20% × (Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income – 2.50%))

= (100.0% × (2.50% – 2.00%)) + (20% × (2.5625% – 2.50%))

= 0.5000% + .0125%

= 0.5125%

(*) The hypothetical amount of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income shown is based on a percentage of net assets.
(1) Represents 8.00% annualized hurdle rate.
(2) Represents 1.75% annualized base management fee.
(3) Excludes organizational and offering expenses.

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, we accrued $1.1 million in fees payable to the Adviser under the Investment Advisory Agreement, all of which remained payable as of December 31, 2014.

Payment of Expenses.   The Adviser’s investment team, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of such personnel allocable to such services, are provided and paid for by the Adviser. We will bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including (without limitation): (1) the cost of calculating our NAV (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm); (2) interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments; (3) fees and expenses incurred by the Adviser or payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, making or disposing of investments, including legal fees and expenses, travel expenses and other fees and expenses incurred by the Adviser or payable to third parties in performing due diligence on prospective investments, monitoring our investments and, if necessary, enforcing our rights; (4) brokerage fees and commissions; (5) federal and state registration fees and exchange listing fees; (6) federal, state and local taxes; (7) costs of offerings or repurchases of our common stock and other securities; (8) the base management fee and any incentive fee; (9) distributions on our shares; (10) administration fees payable to Eagle Point Administrator under the Administration Agreement; (11) direct costs and expenses of administration and operation, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone and staff; (12) transfer agent and custody fees and expenses; (13) independent director fees and expenses; (14) the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to our stockholders, including printing costs; (15) costs of holding stockholder meetings; (16) litigation, indemnification and other non-recurring or extraordinary expenses; (17) fees and expenses associated with marketing and investor relations efforts; (18) dues, fees and charges of any trade association of which we are a member; (19) fees and expenses associated with independent audits and outside legal costs; (20) fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; (21) costs associated with our reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act and applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws; and (22) all other expenses reasonably incurred by us or the Administrator in connection with administering our business, such as the allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its

66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions, and our allocable portion of the costs of compensation and related expenses of our chief compliance officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer and any support staff.

License Agreement

We have entered into the License Agreement with the Adviser pursuant to which the Adviser has granted us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the “Eagle Point Credit” name and logo. Under the License Agreement, we have a right to use the “Eagle Point Credit” name and logo, for so long as the Adviser or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. The License Agreement is terminable by either party at any time in its sole discretion upon 60 days’ prior written notice and is also terminable by the Adviser in the case of certain events of non-compliance. Other than with respect to this license, we have no legal right to the “Eagle Point Credit” name and logo.

The Administrator and the Administration Agreement

We have entered into an Administration Agreement, pursuant to which Eagle Point Administration furnishes us with office facilities, equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and record-keeping services at such facilities. Under the Administration Agreement, Eagle Point Administration performs, or arranges for the performance of, our required administrative services, which include being responsible for the financial records which we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders. In addition, Eagle Point Administration provides us with accounting services; assists us in determining and publishing our NAV; oversees the preparation and filing of our tax returns; monitors our compliance with tax laws and regulations; and prepares, and assists us with any audits by an independent public accounting firm of, our financial statements. The Administrator is also responsible for the printing and dissemination of reports to our stockholders and the maintenance of our website; provides support for our investor relations; generally oversees the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others; and provides such other administrative services as we may from time to time designate. Payments under the Administration Agreement are equal to an amount based upon our allocable portion of Eagle Point Administration’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions and our allocable portion of the compensation of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and our allocable portion of the compensation of any administrative support staff. To the extent the Administrator outsources any of its functions, we pay the fees on a direct basis, without profit to the Administrator. Certain accounting and other administrative services have been delegated by the Administrator to SS&C Technologies, Inc. for which the fee is calculated based on our net assets (subject to a monthly minimum). The Administration Agreement may be terminated by us without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to Eagle Point Administration and by Eagle Point Administration upon not less than 90 days’ written notice to us. The Administration Agreement will be approved by the board of directors, including by a majority of our independent directors, on an annual basis, subject to an initial two-year term.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification.   The Administration Agreement provides that Eagle Point Administration and its officers, directors, employees agents, control persons and affiliates are not liable to us or any of our stockholders for any act or omission by it or its employees in the supervision or management of our investment activities or for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) or losses sustained by us or our stockholders, except that the foregoing exculpation does not extend to any act or omission constituting willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations under the Administration Agreement. The Administration Agreement also provides for indemnification by us of Eagle Point Administration’s members, directors, officers, employees, agents, control persons and affiliates for liabilities incurred by them in connection with their services to us, subject to the same limitations and to certain conditions.

67


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT

Our board of directors is responsible for the overall management and supervision of our business and affairs, including the appointment of advisers and sub-advisers. Our directors may appoint officers who assist in managing our day-to-day affairs.

The Board of Directors

The board of directors currently consists of six members, four of whom are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of us. We refer to these directors as our “independent directors.”

Under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws our board of directors is divided into three classes. The initial term of one class will expire at each of the first three annual meetings of our stockholders following our initial public offering, at which directors for such class will be elected for staggered three-year terms. Such classification may prevent replacement of a majority of the directors for up to a two-year period.

Duties of Directors; Meetings and Committees

Under our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors is responsible for managing our affairs, including the appointment of advisers and sub-advisers. The board of directors appoints officers who assist in managing our day-to-day affairs.

The board of directors has appointed Mr. Matthews as Chairperson. The Chairperson presides at meetings of the board of directors and may call meetings of the board and any committee whenever he deems necessary. The Chairperson participates in the preparation of the agenda for meetings of the board of directors and the identification of information to be presented to the board with respect to matters to be acted upon by the directors. The Chairperson also acts as a liaison with our management, officers and attorneys and the other directors generally between meetings. The Chairperson may perform such other functions as may be requested by the board of directors from time to time. Except for any duties specified in this prospectus or pursuant to our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or as assigned by the board of directors, the designation of a director as Chairperson does not impose on that director any duties, obligations or liability that are greater than the duties, obligations or liability imposed on any other director, generally.

The board of directors has designated Mr. Weiss as Lead Independent Director. The Lead Independent Director generally acts as a liaison between the other independent directors and our management, officers and attorneys in between meetings of the board of directors. The Lead Independent Director may perform such other functions as may be requested by the board of directors from time to time. Except for any duties specified in this prospectus or pursuant to our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or as assigned by the board of directors, the designation of a director as Lead Independent Director does not impose on that director any duties, obligations or liability that are greater than the duties, obligations or liability imposed on any other director, generally.

The board of directors believes that this leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the board of directors to exercise informed judgment over matters under its purview, and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees or working groups of directors and the full board of directors in a manner that enhances effective oversight. The board of directors also believes that having a majority of independent directors is appropriate and in the best interest of our stockholders. Nevertheless, the board of directors also believes that having interested persons serve on the board of directors brings corporate and financial viewpoints that are, in the board of directors’ view, crucial elements in its decision-making process. In addition, the board of directors believes that Mr. Majewski, Managing Partner of the Adviser, provides the board of directors with the Adviser’s perspective in managing and sponsoring us. The leadership structure of the board of directors may be changed, at any time and in the discretion of the board of directors, including in response to changes in circumstances or our characteristics.

68


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Committees of the Board of Directors

The board of directors has established two standing committees: the audit committee and the nominating committee. The current membership of each committee is set forth below. Interested directors are generally able to attend and participate in any committee meeting, as appropriate.

 
Audit   Nominating
Scott W. Appleby   Scott W. Appleby, Chair
Kevin F. McDonald   Kevin F. McDonald
Paul E. Tramontano   Paul E. Tramontano
Jeffrey L. Weiss, Chair   Jeffrey L. Weiss

Audit Committee

All of the members of the audit committee are independent directors, and each member is financially literate with at least one having accounting or financial management expertise. The board of directors has adopted a written charter for the audit committee. The audit committee recommends to the full board of directors the independent registered public accounting firm for us, oversees the work of the independent registered public accounting firm in connection with our audit, communicates with the independent registered public accounting firm on a regular basis and provides a forum for the independent registered public accounting firm to report and discuss any matters it deems appropriate at any time. The audit committee is also responsible for establishing guidelines and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the valuation of our investments, which are considered when the board of directors accepts the value of our investments as described under “ Determination of Net Asset Value .” Mr. Weiss serves as Chairperson of the audit committee. The audit committee met four times during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

Nominating Committee

The nominating committee is comprised of all of the independent directors. The nominating committee periodically reviews the committee structure, conducts an annual self-assessment and makes the final selection and nomination of candidates to serve as independent directors. Our interested directors and the officers are nominated and selected by the board of directors. Mr. Appleby serves as Chairperson of the nominating committee. The nominating committee met four times during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

In reviewing a potential nominee and in evaluating the renomination of current independent directors, the nominating committee will generally apply the following criteria: (i) the nominee’s reputation for integrity, honesty and adherence to high ethical standards; (ii) the nominee’s business acumen, experience and ability to exercise sound judgment; (iii) a commitment to understand the Company and the responsibilities of a director of an investment company; (iv) a commitment to regularly attend and participate in meetings of the board of directors and its committees; (v) the ability to understand potential conflicts of interest involving management of the Company and to act in the interests of all stockholders; and (vi) the absence of a real or apparent conflict of interest that would impair the nominee’s ability to represent the interests of all the stockholders and to fulfill the responsibilities of an independent director. The nominating committee does not necessarily place the same emphasis on each criteria and each nominee may not have each of these qualities.

As long as an existing independent director continues, in the opinion of the nominating committee, to satisfy these criteria, we anticipate that the nominating committee would favor the renomination of an existing independent director rather than a new candidate. Consequently, while the nominating committee will consider nominees recommended by stockholders to serve as independent directors, the nominating committee may only act upon such recommendations if there is a vacancy on the board of directors or a committee determines that the selection of a new or additional independent director is in our best interests. In the event that a vacancy arises or a change in membership is determined to be advisable, the nominating committee will, in addition to any stockholder recommendations, consider candidates identified by other means, including candidates proposed by members of the nominating committee. The nominating committee may retain a consultant to assist it in a search for a qualified candidate. The nominating committee has adopted procedures for the selection of independent directors.

69


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Any stockholder recommendation for independent director must be submitted in compliance with all of the pertinent provisions of Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, to be considered by the nominating committee. In evaluating a nominee recommended by a stockholder, the nominating committee, in addition to the criteria discussed above, may consider the objectives of the stockholder in submitting that nomination and whether such objectives are consistent with the interests of all stockholders. If the board of directors determines to include a stockholder’s candidate among the slate of nominees, the candidate’s name will be placed on our proxy card. If the nominating committee or the board of directors determines not to include such candidate among the board of directors’ designated nominees and the stockholder has satisfied the requirements of Rule 14a-8, the stockholder’s candidate will be treated as a nominee of the stockholder who originally nominated the candidate. In that case, the candidate will not be named on the proxy card distributed with our proxy statement.

Stockholders may communicate with the directors as a group or individually. Any such communication should be sent to the board of directors or an individual director c/o The Secretary of the Company at the following address: 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, CT 06830. The Secretary may determine not to forward any letter to directors that does not relate to the business of the Company.

Risk Oversight

As a registered investment company, we are subject to a variety of risks, including investment risks, financial risks, compliance risks and operational risks. As part of its overall activities, the board of directors oversees the management of our risk management structure by various departments of the Adviser and the Administrator, as well as by our chief compliance officer. The responsibility to manage our risk management structure on a day-to-day basis is subsumed within the Adviser’s overall investment management responsibilities. The Adviser has its own, independent interest in risk management.

The board of directors recognizes that it is not possible to identify all of the risks that may affect us or to develop processes and controls to eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects. The board of directors discharges risk oversight as part of its overall activities. In addressing issues regarding our risk management between meetings, appropriate representatives of the Adviser communicate with the Chairperson of the board of directors, the relevant committee chair or our chief compliance officer, who is directly accountable to the board of directors. As appropriate, the Chairperson of the board of directors and the committee chair confer among themselves, with our chief compliance officer, the Adviser, other service providers, external fund counsel and counsel to the independent directors, to identify and review risk management issues that may be placed on the board’s agenda and/or that of an appropriate committee for review and discussion with management.

Compliance Policies and Procedures

We have adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to detect and prevent violation of the federal securities laws and are required to review these compliance policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation. The chief compliance officer is responsible for administering the policies and procedures.

70


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Biographical Information about each Director

Information about our directors is as follows:

     
Name, Address (1)
and Age
  Position(s) held with the Company   Term of Office and Length of Time Served   Principal Occupation(s) – During the Past
5 Years
Interested Directors
Thomas P. Majewski
Age: 40
  Class III Director and Chief Executive Officer   Since inception;
Term expires 2017
  Managing Partner of the Adviser since September 2012; Managing Director and U.S. Head of CLO Banking at RBS from September 2011 to September 2012; President of AMP Capital Investors (US) Ltd. from August 2010 to September 2011; Partner at AE Capital Advisers (US) LLC from April 2008 to August 2010.
James R. Matthews
Age: 48
  Class II Director and Chairperson of the Board   Since inception;
Term expires 2016
  Principal of Stone Point since October 2011; Senior Managing Director and Co-Head of Private Equity for Evercore Partners Inc. from January 2007 to October 2011.
Independent Directors
Scott W. Appleby
Age: 50
  Class I Director   Since inception;
Term expires 2018
  President of Appleby Capital, Inc. since April 2009.
Kevin F. McDonald
Age: 49
  Class III Director   Since inception;
Term expires 2017
  Director of Business Development of Folger Hill Asset Management, LP since December 2014; Principal of Taylor Investment Advisors, LP since 2002; Chief Executive Officer of Taylor Investment Advisors, LP from 2006 to December 2014.
Paul E. Tramontano
Age: 53
  Class II Director   Since inception;
Term expires 2016
  Co-Chief Executive Officer of Constellation Wealth Advisors LLC since April 2007.
Jeffrey L. Weiss
Age: 54
  Class I Director   Since inception;
Term expires 2018
  Private Investor since June 2012; Global Head of Financial Institutions at Barclays from August 2008 to June 2012.

(1) The business address of each our directors is c/o Eagle Point Credit Company Inc., 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, CT 06830.

None of our directors serves, nor have they served during the last five years, on the board of directors of another company registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act (or subject to the reporting requirements of Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act), or registered under the 1940 Act (including any other companies in a fund complex with us).

In addition to the description of each director’s “Principal Occupation(s)” set forth above, the following provides further information about each director’s specific experience, qualifications, attributes or skills. The information in this section should not be understood to mean that any of the directors is an “expert” within the meaning of the federal securities laws.

71


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Although the nominating committee has general criteria that guides its choice of candidates to serve on the board of directors (as discussed above under “   Committees of the Board of Directors ”), there are no specific required qualifications for membership on the board of directors. The board of directors believes that the different perspectives, viewpoints, professional experience, education and individual qualities of each director represent a diversity of experiences and a variety of complementary skills. When considering potential nominees to fill vacancies on the board of directors, and as part of its annual self-evaluation, the board of directors reviews the mix of skills and other relevant experiences of the directors.

Independent Directors

Scott W. Appleby.   Mr. Appleby is the President of Appleby Capital, Inc. and has more than 20 years of banking experience at Appleby Capital, Deutsche Bank, Robertson Stephens, ABN Amro and Paine Webber. As a senior equity analyst, he has written on global exchanges, alternative asset managers and financial technology. He was also one of the first Internet analysts and, in 1997, the first analyst to cover the electronic brokerage industry. Mr. Appleby remains an active writer and speaker on financial technology and Wall Street trends. Mr. Appleby serves on a number of private company and community boards. Mr. Appleby holds an M.B.A. from Cornell University and a B.S. from the University of Vermont.

Kevin F. McDonald.   Mr. McDonald has served as Director of Business Development of Folger Hill Asset Management, LP since December 2014. Mr. McDonald is also a Principal of Taylor Investment Advisors, LP and served as the Chief Executive Officer of Taylor Investment Advisors from 2006 to December 2014. Prior to co-founding Taylor Investment Advisors, Mr. McDonald was a Director at Larch Lane Advisors LLC, an alternative asset management firm specializing in multi-manager hedge fund portfolios, from 1999 to 2001. From 1994 to 1999, Mr. McDonald was a Vice President in the futures and options group at JP Morgan Securities. From 1991 to 1994, Mr. McDonald was an Assistant Treasurer and proprietary fixed-income trader at BSI Bank (subsidiary of Generali S.P.A.). Mr. McDonald began his career at Chemical Bank where he was a credit analyst in the corporate finance group. Mr. McDonald holds a B.A. from the University of Virginia.

Paul E. Tramontano.   Mr. Tramontano is the Co-Chief Executive Officer and a founding member of Constellation Wealth Advisors LLC since 2007. In that role, Mr. Tramontano is instrumental in crafting the strategic direction of the firm, and he serves on both the investment and executive management committees. In addition to his management responsibilities, Mr. Tramontano is directly engaged with the firm’s most important client relationships. Prior to forming Constellation, Mr. Tramontano spent 17 years at Citi Smith Barney, most recently as a Managing Director and Senior Advisor of Citi Family Office. Mr. Tramontano holds a B.S. from Villanova University and also holds a Certified Investment Management Analyst designation.

Jeffrey L. Weiss.   Mr. Weiss is a former Managing Director at Lehman Brothers and Barclays, where he also held a number of senior leadership positions. Mr. Weiss is currently a private investor (since 2012). From 2008 to 2012, Mr. Weiss served as Global Head of Financial Institutions at Barclays. Prior to joining Barclays, Mr. Weiss spent 25 years with Lehman Brothers, most recently as a Managing Director. From 2005 to 2008, Mr. Weiss served on Lehman’s management committee. From 2007 to 2008, Mr. Weiss was responsible for the financial institutions group businesses. From 2003 to 2007, Mr. Weiss had global responsibility for all new issue origination. From 1999 to 2003, Mr. Weiss was responsible for all global debt capital markets and also served on the investment banking committee. From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Weiss had global responsibility for all new issue risk and also served on the fixed-income executive committee. From 1992 to 1996, Mr. Weiss was responsible for the U.S. fixed-income syndicate business. From 1984 to 1992, Mr. Weiss served as a credit trader focusing on a number of different sectors. Mr. Weiss holds a B.S. in economics from the University of Wisconsin.

Interested Directors

Thomas P. Majewski.   Information regarding Mr. Majewski is included under “ The Adviser and the Administrator — Portfolio Managers ” above.

James R. Matthews.   Mr. Matthews was appointed to the board of directors as a representative of the Trident V Funds. Mr. Matthews is currently a Principal of Stone Point. He joined Stone Point from Evercore

72


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Partners Inc., where he was a Senior Managing Director and Co-Head of Private Equity. From 2000 to 2007, Mr. Matthews was with Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe, where he was a General Partner and focused on investments in the information services and business services sectors. Previously, Mr. Matthews was a General Partner of J.H. Whitney & Co. and started his career as an Analyst in the mergers and acquisitions group of Salomon Brothers Inc. Mr. Matthews serves as a director of the Adviser. He is a director of Frenkel & Company and of the Trident Fund portfolio companies Black Mountain Systems, LLC, Enhanced Capital Partners, LLC, NEBCO Insurance Services, LLC and Tree Line Capital Partners, LLC. Mr. Matthews holds a B.S. from Boston College and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.

Executive Officers

Information regarding our executive officers who are not directors is as follows:

     
Name, Address (1)
and Age
  Positions Held
with the Company
  Term of Office and Length of Time Served   Principal Occupation(s)
During the Last Five Years
Kenneth P. Onorio
Age: 47
  Chief Financial
Officer, Chief
Compliance Officer
and Secretary
  Since July 2014   Chief Financial Officer and Chief Compliance Officer of the Adviser since July 2014; Executive Director of Private Equity and Hedge Fund Administration at JPMorgan Alternative Investment Services from September 2008 to July 2014; Chief Financial Officer of Sailfish Capital, from December 2006 to August 2008.

(1) The address for each of our officers is c/o Eagle Point Credit Company Inc., 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, CT 06830. All of our officers are also officers or employees of the Adviser or affiliated companies.

Kenneth P. Onorio.   Mr. Onorio is the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, Chief Compliance Officer and Corporate Secretary since July 2014. Mr. Onorio also serves as the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Compliance Officer and Director for Eagle Point Credit Partners LP. Prior to joining the Adviser in 2014, Mr. Onorio was an Executive Director within Private Equity and Hedge Fund Administration at JPMorgan Alternative Investment Services from September 2008 to July 2014. During his tenure at JPMorgan, his responsibilities included managing Hedge Fund and Private Equity Fund Administration. Prior to JPMorgan, Mr. Onorio was the Chief Financial Officer at Sailfish Capital LLC, a multi-strategy credit fund from 2006 to 2008. Mr. Onorio received his B.S. in accounting from Fordham University and is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive).

Director Compensation

Our independent directors received the amounts set forth in the following table from us for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

 
Name   Aggregate
Compensation from
the Company (1)
Independent Directors
        
Scott W. Appleby   $ 21,750  
Kevin F. McDonald   $ 20,500  
Paul E. Tramontano   $ 20,500  
Jeffrey L. Weiss   $ 23,625  

(1) We do not maintain a pension plan or retirement plan for any of our directors.

73


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As compensation for serving on our board of directors, each of our independent directors receives an annual fee of $75,000. The chairman of the audit committee receives an additional annual fee of $12,500 and the chairman of the nominating committee receives an additional annual fee of $5,000 for their additional services in these capacities. In addition, each of our independent directors receives $1,250 for each in-person meeting of the board of directors attended and $500 per each committee meeting attended that is not held in conjunction with a meeting of the board of directors, as well as reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending our board of directors and committee meetings. No compensation is, or is expected to be, paid to directors who are “interested persons” of us, as such term is defined in the 1940 Act.

Director Ownership of Company Shares

The table below sets forth the dollar range of the value of our common stock that is owned beneficially by each director as of December 31, 2014. For purposes of this table, beneficial ownership is defined to mean a direct or indirect pecuniary interest.

 
Name of Director   Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in
the Company (1)
Interested Directors
        
Thomas P. Majewski     over $100,000  
James R. Matthews     None  
Independent Directors
        
Scott W. Appleby     over $100,000  
Kevin F. McDonald     $50,001 – $100,000  
Paul E. Tramontano     over $100,000  
Jeffrey L. Weiss     over $100,000  

(1) Dollar ranges are as follows: None, $1 – $10,000, $10,001 – $50,000, $50,001 – $100,000 and over $100,000.

74


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

We determine the NAV per share of our common stock by dividing the value of our portfolio investments, cash and other assets (including interest accrued but not collected) less all of our liabilities (including accrued expenses, borrowings and interest payables) by the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock on a quarterly basis. The most significant estimate inherent in the preparation of our financial statements is the valuation of investments and the related amounts of unrealized appreciation and depreciation of investments recorded. There is no single method for determining fair value in good faith. As a result, determining fair value requires that judgment be applied to the specific facts and circumstances of each portfolio investment while employing a consistently applied valuation process for the types of investments we make. We are required to specifically fair value each individual investment on at least a quarterly basis (with certain exceptions for investments that represent a de minimis percentage of our portfolio, which are fair valued by the Adviser), and may fair value such investments on a more frequent basis as necessary.

Our investment portfolio is valued at least each quarter, after the board of directors has considered the recommendation(s) of the audit committee. The audit committee considers the Adviser’s recommendation of fair value as determined in accordance with our valuation policies and procedures. In support of the board of directors, the audit committee reviews information compiled by the Adviser, including a financial summary, covenant compliance review and recent trading activity in the security, if known, as well as valuations generated by one or more third party models that take into account various market inputs. Available information, including non-binding indicative bids which may not be considered reliable, is presented to the audit committee to consider when determining that the fair value has been determined in accordance with our valuation policies and procedures and when making its recommendation to accept the fair value to the board of directors, which the board of directors then considers when accepting the fair value of the investment portfolio.

In some instances, there may be limited trading activity in a security even though the market for the security is considered not active. In such cases the audit committee considers the number of trades, the size and timing of each trade and other circumstances around such trades, to the extent such information is available, in making its determination of fair value. As noted above, valuation of certain investments is also based upon one or more third party valuation models. Our board of directors has also engaged third-party valuation firms to provide assistance to the audit committee and our board of directors in valuing certain of our investments. The audit committee and board of directors evaluate the impact of such additional information, and factor it into their consideration of fair value.

75


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Affiliations of the Adviser and Administrator

The Adviser and Administrator are affiliated with other entities engaged in the financial services business. In particular, the Adviser and Administrator are affiliated with Stone Point, and certain members of the Adviser’s board of managers are principals of Stone Point. Pursuant to certain management agreements, Stone Point has received delegated authority to act as the investment manager of the Trident V Funds. The Trident V Funds are direct holders of our common stock. The Trident V Funds also hold a controlling interest in the Adviser (and therefore, indirectly the Administrator, which is wholly owned by the Adviser). The Trident V Funds and other private equity funds managed by Stone Point invest in financial services companies. These relationships may cause the Adviser’s, Administrator’s or certain of their affiliates’ interests to diverge from our interests and may result in conflicts of interest that may not be foreseen or resolved in a manner that is always or exclusively in our best interest.

Other Accounts

The Adviser is responsible for the investment decisions made on our behalf. There are no restrictions on the ability of the Adviser and certain of its affiliates (including Stone Point) to manage accounts for multiple clients, including accounts for affiliates of the Adviser or their directors, officers or employees, following the same, similar or different investment objectives, philosophies and strategies as those used by the Adviser for our account. In those situations, the Adviser and its affiliates may have conflicts of interest in allocating investment opportunities between us and any other account managed by such person. See below “   Allocations of Opportunities .” Such conflicts of interest would be expected to be heightened where the Adviser manages an account for an affiliate or its directors, officers or employees. Additionally, accounts managed by the Adviser or certain of its affiliates may hold certain investments in CLOs, such as debt tranches, which conflict with the positions held by other accounts in such CLOs, such as us. In these cases, when exercising the rights of each account with respect to such investments, the Adviser and/or its affiliate will have a conflict of interest as actions on behalf of one account may have an adverse effect on another account managed by the Adviser or such affiliate, including us.

In addition, Stone Point and its affiliates, and the investment funds managed by Stone Point and such affiliates, may also invest in companies that compete with the Adviser and that therefore manage other accounts and funds that compete for investment opportunities with us.

Our executive officers and directors, as well as the current and future members of the Adviser, may serve as officers, directors or principals of other entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do. Accordingly, they may have obligations to investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which obligations may not be in the best interests of us or our stockholders.

Further, the professional staff of the Adviser will devote as much time to us as such professionals deem appropriate to perform their duties in accordance with the Investment Advisory Agreement. However, such persons may be committed to providing investment advisory and other services for other clients and engage in other business ventures in which we have no interest. As a result of these separate business activities, the Adviser may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time, services and functions among us and its affiliates and other business ventures or clients.

Allocations of Opportunities

As a fiduciary, the Adviser owes a duty of loyalty to its clients and must treat each client fairly. When the Adviser purchases or sells securities for more than one account, the trades must be allocated in a manner consistent with its fiduciary duties. To this end, the Adviser has adopted policies and procedures pursuant to which it allocates investment opportunities appropriate for more than one client account in a manner deemed appropriate in its sole discretion to achieve a fair and equitable result over time. Pursuant to these policies and procedures, when allocating investment opportunities, the Adviser may take into account regulatory, tax or legal requirements applicable to an account. In allocating investment opportunities, the Adviser may use rotational, percentage or other allocation methods provided that doing so is consistent with the Adviser’s internal conflict of interest and allocation policies and the requirements of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or the “Advisers Act,” the 1940 Act and other applicable laws. There is no assurance that investment

76


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

opportunities will be allocated to any particular account equitably in the short-term or that any such account will be able to participate in all investment opportunities that are suitable for it.

Stone Point-Related Investments

Portfolio companies of investment funds managed by Stone Point and other affiliates of Stone Point may engage in lending activities, which could result in us investing in CLOs that include loans underwritten by such a portfolio company or affiliate. In addition, the CLOs in which we expect to invest consist principally of senior secured loans, which in many cases may be issued to operating companies that are primarily owned by private equity funds, including funds that may be managed by Stone Point or its affiliates. In addition to the above, because portfolio companies of such investment funds engage in a wide range of businesses, such entities may engage in other activities now or in the future that create a conflict of interest for the Adviser with respect to its management of us. Any of these potential transactions and activities may result in the Adviser having a conflict of interest that may not be resolved in a manner that is always or exclusively in our best interest or in the best interest of our stockholders.

Material Non-Public Information

By reason of the advisory and/or other activities of the Adviser and its affiliates, the Adviser and its affiliates may acquire confidential or material non-public information or be restricted from initiating transactions in certain securities. The Adviser will not be free to divulge, or to act upon, any such confidential or material non-public information and, due to these restrictions, it may not be able to initiate a transaction for our account that it otherwise might have initiated. As a result, we may be frozen in an investment position that we otherwise might have liquidated or closed out or may not be able to acquire a position that we might otherwise have acquired.

Co-Investments and Related Party Transactions

In the ordinary course of business, we may enter into transactions with persons who are affiliated with us by reason of being under common control of the Adviser or its affiliates, including Stone Point (for example, the Administrator is wholly owned by the Adviser). In order to ensure that we do not engage in any prohibited transactions with any persons affiliated with us, we have implemented certain policies and procedures whereby our executive officers screen each of our transactions for any possible affiliations between us, the Adviser and its affiliates and our employees and directors. We will not enter into any such transactions unless and until we are satisfied that doing so will not raise concerns under the 1940 Act or, if such concerns exist, we have taken appropriate actions to seek review and approval of our board of directors or exemptive relief for such transaction. Our affiliations may require us to forgo attractive investment opportunities.

We may co-invest on a concurrent basis with other accounts managed by the Adviser subject to compliance with applicable regulations and regulatory guidance and our written allocation procedures. We have received exemptive relief from the SEC that permits us to participate in certain negotiated co-investments alongside other accounts managed by the Adviser, subject to certain conditions including (i) that a majority of our directors who have no financial interest in the transaction and a majority of our directors who are not interested persons, as defined in the 1940 Act, of ours approve the co-investment and (ii) the price, terms and conditions of the co-investment are the same for each participant. A copy of our application for exemptive relief, including all of the conditions, and the related order are available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov .

Code of Ethics and Compliance Procedures

In order to address the conflicts of interest described above, we have adopted a code of ethics under Rule 17j-l of the 1940 Act. Similarly, the Adviser has separately adopted the Adviser Code of Ethics. The Adviser Code of Ethics requires the officers and employees of the Adviser to act in the best interests of the Adviser and its client accounts (including us), act in good faith and in an ethical manner, avoid conflicts of interests with the client accounts to the extent reasonably possible and identify and manage conflicts of interest to the extent that they arise. Personnel subject to each code of ethics may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. You may read and copy our code of ethics

77


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090. In addition, each code of ethics is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and is available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also obtain copies of each code of ethics, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov , or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549.

Our directors and officers, and the officers and employees of the Adviser, are also required to comply with applicable provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws and make prompt reports to supervisory personnel of any actual or suspected violations of law.

In addition, the Adviser has built a professional working environment, firm-wide compliance culture and compliance procedures and systems designed to protect against potential incentives that may favor one account over another. The Adviser has adopted policies and procedures that address the allocation of investment opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure that all client accounts are treated equitably over time.

78


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS

The following is a description of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of shares of the Notes and of some of the important U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting us. The discussion below provides general tax information related to an investment in the Notes, but this discussion does not purport to be a complete description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in the Notes. For example, we have not described tax consequences that may be relevant to certain types of holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including holders of Notes subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elects to use a market-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings, pension plans and trusts, and financial institutions. This summary assumes that investors hold the Notes as capital assets (within the meaning of the Code). If a partnership (including an entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal tax purposes) holds any Notes, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner, member or owner of such entity generally will depend upon the status of such partner, member, or owner, the activities of such entity, as well as certain determinations made at the partner, member, or owner level. Such entities holding Notes and persons holding interests in such entities should consult their own tax advisors as to the consequences of holding the Notes in their individual circumstances. The discussion is based upon the Code, regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Treasury under the Code, or the “Treasury Regulations,” and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change, possibly retroactively, which could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. We have not sought and will not seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the “IRS,” regarding this offering. This summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S. estate or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax.

Important U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations Affecting Us

We have elected to be treated, and intend to qualify each tax year, as a RIC under the Code, commencing with our tax year ended November 30, 2014. Accordingly, we must satisfy certain requirements relating to sources of our income and diversification of our total assets and to satisfy certain distribution requirements, so as to maintain our RIC status and to avoid paying U.S. federal income or excise tax thereon. To the extent we qualify for treatment as a RIC and satisfy the applicable distribution requirements, we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income paid to our stockholders in the form of dividends or capital gains distributions.

To qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must derive at least 90% of our annual gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to our business of investing in stock, securities and currencies. A “qualified publicly traded partnership” is a publicly traded partnership that meets certain requirements with respect to the nature of its income. To qualify as a RIC, we must also satisfy certain requirements with respect to the diversification of our assets. We must have, at the close of each quarter of the tax year, at least 50% of the value of our total assets represented by cash, cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities that, in respect of any one issuer, do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets nor more than 10% of the voting securities of that issuer. In addition, at those times, not more than 25% of the value of our assets may be invested in securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer, or of two or more issuers, which we control and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. If we fail to satisfy the 90% gross income test described above, or the “Income Test,” we will nevertheless be considered to have satisfied the test if (i) (a) such failure is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect and (b) we report the failure pursuant to Treasury Regulations to be adopted, and (ii) we pay an excise tax equal to the excess non-qualifying income. If we fail to meet the asset diversification test described above with respect to any quarter, we will nevertheless be considered to have satisfied the requirements for such quarter if we cure such failure within six months and either (i) such failure is de minimis or (ii) (a) such failure is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect and (b) we report the failure under Treasury Regulations to be adopted and pay an excise tax.

79


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As a RIC, we generally will not be subject to federal income tax on our investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code) and net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital loss), if any, that we distribute in each tax year as dividends to stockholders, provided that we distribute dividends of an amount at least equal to the sum of 90% of our investment company taxable income, determined without regard to any deduction for dividend paid, plus 90% of our net tax-exempt interest income for such tax year. We intend to distribute to our stockholders, at least annually, substantially all of our investment company taxable income, net tax-exempt income and net capital gains. In order to avoid incurring a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax obligation, the Code requires that we distribute (or be deemed to have distributed) by December 31 of each calendar year dividends of an amount generally at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of our ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for such calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of our capital gain net income, adjusted for certain ordinary losses and generally computed on the basis of the one-year period ending on October 31 of such calendar year and (iii) 100% of any ordinary income and capital gain net income from prior calendar years (as previously computed) that were not paid out during such calendar years and on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax.

For purposes of the Income Test, income that we earn from equity interests in certain entities that are not treated as corporations or as qualified publicly traded partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes ( e.g. , certain CLOs that are treated as partnerships) will generally have the same character for us as in the hands of such an entity; consequently, we may be required to limit our equity investments in any such entities that earn fee income, rental income, or other nonqualifying income.

Some of the income and fees that we may recognize will not satisfy the Income Test. In order to ensure that such income and fees do not disqualify us as a RIC for a failure to satisfy such test, we may be required to recognize such income and fees indirectly through one or more entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such corporations will be required to pay U.S. corporate income tax on their earnings, which ultimately will reduce our return on such income and fees.

We may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive cash. For example, if we hold debt instruments that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (which may arise if we receive warrants in connection with the origination of a loan or possibly in other circumstances), we must include in income each tax year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same tax year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as contractual PIK interest (which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term) and deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the tax year of accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Distribution Requirements, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount.

We may invest (directly or indirectly through an investment in an equity interest in a CLO treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) a portion of our net assets in below investment grade instruments. Investments in these types of instruments may present special tax issues for us. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when we may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless instruments, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by us to the extent necessary in order to seek to ensure that we distribute sufficient income that we do not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.

Some of the CLOs in which we invest may constitute PFICs. Because we acquire interests treated as equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes in PFICs (including equity tranche investments and certain debt tranche investments in CLOs that are PFICs), we may be subject to federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by us to our stockholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on us

80


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in respect of deferred taxes arising from any such excess distributions or gains. If we invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code, or a “QEF,” in lieu of the foregoing requirements, we will be required to include in income each tax year our proportionate share of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the QEF, even if such income is not distributed to us. Alternatively, we can elect to mark-to-market at the end of each tax year (as well as on certain other dates prescribed in the Code) our shares in a PFIC; in this case, we will recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such shares, and as an ordinary loss any decrease in such value to the extent it does not exceed prior increases included in our ordinary income. Under either election, we may be required to recognize in a tax year taxable income in excess of our distributions from PFICs and our proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that tax year, and we may be required to distribute such taxable income to satisfy the U.S. federal income or excise tax distribution requirements described above.

If we hold more than 10% of the interests treated as equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes in a foreign corporation that is treated as a CFC (including equity tranche investments and certain debt tranche investments in a CLO treated as CFC), we may be treated as receiving a deemed distribution (taxable as ordinary income) each tax year from such foreign corporation in an amount equal to our pro rata share of the corporation’s income for the tax year (including both ordinary earnings and capital gains), whether or not the corporation makes an actual distribution during such tax year. This deemed distribution is required to be included in the income of a U.S. Shareholder of a CFC regardless of whether the shareholder has made a QEF election with respect to such CFC. In general, a foreign corporation will be classified as a CFC if more than 50% of the shares of the corporation, measured by reference to combined voting power or value, is owned (directly, indirectly or by attribution) by U.S. Shareholders. A “U.S. Shareholder,” for this purpose, is any U.S. person that possesses (actually or constructively) 10% or more of the combined voting power of all classes of shares of a corporation. If we are treated as receiving a deemed distribution from a CFC, we will be required to include such distribution in our investment company taxable income regardless of whether we receive any actual distributions from such CFC, and we must distribute such income to satisfy the Distribution Requirements.

FATCA generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on (i) U.S. source periodic payments, including interest and dividends, and (ii) after December 31, 2016, payments of gross proceeds from the disposition of an instrument that produces U.S. source interest or dividends, to certain non-U.S. entities, including certain non-U.S. financial institutions and investment funds, unless such non-U.S. entity complies with certain reporting requirements regarding its United States account holders and its United States owners. Most CLOs in which we invest will be treated as non-U.S. financial entities for this purpose, and therefore will be required to comply with these reporting requirements to avoid the 30% withholding. If a CLO in which we invest fails to properly comply with these reporting requirements, it could reduce the amounts available to distribute to equity and junior debt holders in such CLO, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results and cash flows.

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time we accrue income, expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time we actually collect such income or pay such expenses or liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency forward contracts and the disposition of debt obligations denominated in a foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.

Gain or loss realized by us from the sale or exchange of warrants acquired by us as well as any loss attributable to the lapse of such warrants generally will be treated as capital gain or loss. The treatment of such gain or loss as long-term or short-term will depend on how long we held a particular warrant. Upon the exercise of a warrant acquired by us, our tax basis in the stock purchased under the warrant will equal the sum of the amount paid for the warrant plus the strike price paid on the exercise of the warrant.

Certain of our investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) convert dividends that would otherwise constitute qualified dividend income into ordinary income, (ii) treat dividends that would otherwise be eligible for deductions available to certain U.S. corporations under the Code as ineligible for such treatment, (iii) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the

81


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

allowance of certain losses or deductions, (iv) convert long-term capital gains into short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (v) convert an ordinary loss or deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (vi) cause us to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (vii) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions, and (viii) produce income that will not qualify as good income for purposes of the income requirement that applies to RICs. While we may not always be successful in doing so, we will seek to avoid or minimize the adverse tax consequences of our investment practices.

We may recognize gain (but not loss) from a constructive sale of certain “appreciated financial positions” if we enter into a short sale, offsetting notional principal contract, or forward contract transaction with respect to the appreciated position or substantially identical property. Appreciated financial positions subject to this constructive sale treatment include interests (including options and forward contracts and short sales) in stock and certain other instruments. Constructive sale treatment does not apply if the transaction is closed out not later than thirty days after the end of the tax year in which the transaction was initiated, and the underlying appreciated securities position is held unhedged for at least the next sixty days after the hedging transaction is closed.

Gain or loss from a short sale of property is generally considered as capital gains or loss to the extent the property used to close the short sale constitutes a capital asset in our hands. Except with respect to certain situations where the property used to close a short sale has a long-term holding period on the date the short sale is entered into, gains on short sales generally are short-term capital gains. A loss on a short sale will be treated as a long-term capital loss if, on the date of the short sale, “substantially identical property” has been held by us for more than one year. In addition, entering into a short sale may result in suspension of the holding period of “substantially identical property” held by us.

Gain or loss on a short sale will generally not be realized until such time as the short sale is closed. However, as described above in the discussion of constructive sales, if we holds a short sale position with respect to securities that have appreciated in value, and we then acquire property that is the same as or substantially identical to the property sold short, we generally will recognize gain on the date we acquire such property as if the short sale were closed on such date with such property. Similarly, if we hold an appreciated financial position with respect to securities and then enter into a short sale with respect to the same or substantially identical property, we generally will recognize gain as if the appreciated financial position were sold at its fair market value on the date we enter into the short sale. The subsequent holding period for any appreciated financial position that is subject to these constructive sale rules will be determined as if such position were acquired on the date of the constructive sale.

Taxation of Note Holders

Taxation of U.S. holders.   Payments or accruals of interest on a Note generally will be taxable to a U.S. holder as ordinary interest income at the time they are received (actually or constructively) or accrued, in accordance with the U.S. holder’s regular method of tax accounting. For purposes of this discussion, the term “U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of a Note that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision thereof, (iii) a trust (a) subject to the control of one or more United States persons and the primary supervision of a court in the United States, or (b) that has a valid election (under applicable Treasury Regulations) to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or (iv) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source. The term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of a Note that is neither a U.S. holder nor a partnership (including an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes). An individual may, subject to exceptions, be deemed to be a resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as opposed to a non-resident alien, by, among other ways, being present in the United States (i) on at least 31 days in the calendar year, and (ii) for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year, counting for such purposes all of the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding calendar year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding calendar year. Individuals who are residents for such purposes are subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were United States citizens.

82


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Upon the sale, exchange, redemption or retirement of a Note, a U.S. holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale, exchange, redemption or retirement (excluding any amounts representing accrued and unpaid interest, which are treated as ordinary income) and the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the Note. A U.S. holder’s tax basis in a Note generally will equal the amount of the U.S. holder’s initial investment in the Note. Capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the Note was held for more than one year. Long-term capital gains recognized by individuals and certain other non-corporate U.S. holders generally are eligible for preferential rates of taxation, currently at a rate of either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the U.S. holder’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts, and the deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations prescribed under the Code. The distinction between capital gain or loss and ordinary income or loss is also important in other contexts, such as, for example, for purposes of the limitations on a U.S. holder’s ability to offset capital losses against ordinary income.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders.   A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income or withholding taxes on payments of principal or interest on a Note provided that in the case of interest on a Note (i) the interest is not effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a trade or business within the United States, (ii) the non-U.S. holder is not a CFC related to the Company through sufficient stock ownership, (iii) the recipient is not a bank receiving interest described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) the non-U.S. holder does not own (actually or constructively) 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, and (v) the non-U.S. holder provides to the applicable withholding agent a statement on an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) signed under penalties of perjury that includes its name and address and certifies that it is not a United States person in compliance with applicable requirements, or satisfies documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a non-U.S. holder.

A non-U.S. holder that is not exempt from tax under these rules generally will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax on payments of interest on the Notes at a rate of 30% unless (i) the interest is effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business, in which case the interest will be subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis as applicable to U.S. holders generally (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise), or (ii) an applicable income tax treaty provides for a lower rate of, or exemption from, this withholding. In the case of a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that receives income that is effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business, such income may also be subject to a branch profits tax (which is generally imposed on a non-U.S. corporation on the actual or deemed repatriation from the United States of earnings and profits attributable to a United States trade or business) at a 30% rate. The branch profits tax may not apply (or may apply at a reduced rate) if the non-U.S. holder is a qualified resident of a country with which the United States has an income tax treaty.

To claim the benefit of an income tax treaty or to claim exemption from withholding because interest is effectively connected with a United States trade or business, the non-U.S. holder must timely provide the appropriate, properly executed IRS forms to the applicable withholding agent.

Generally, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding taxes on any amount that constitutes capital gain upon the sale, exchange, redemption or retirement of a Note, provided the gain is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by the non-U.S. holder (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is not attributable to a United States “permanent establishment” maintained by the non-U.S. holder). Certain other exceptions may be applicable, and a non-U.S. holder should consult its tax advisor in this regard.

A Note that is held by an individual who, at the time of death, is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) generally will not be subject to the U.S. federal estate tax, unless, at the time of death, (i) such individual directly or indirectly, actually or constructively, owns ten percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder or (ii) such individual’s interest in the Notes is effectively connected with the individual’s conduct of a United States trade or business.

83


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medicare Tax on Net Investment Income.   A 3.8% tax is imposed under Section 1411 of the Code on the “net investment income” of certain U.S. citizens and residents and on the undistributed net investment income of certain estates and trusts. Among other items, net investment income generally includes payments of interest on, and net gains recognized from the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of Notes, less certain deductions. Prospective investors in the Notes should consult their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this tax on their ownership and disposition of the Notes.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding.   A U.S. holder (other than an “exempt recipient,” including a corporation and certain other persons who, when required, demonstrate their exempt status) may be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% on, and will be subject to information reporting requirements with respect to, payments of principal or interest on, and proceeds from the sale, exchange, redemption or retirement of, the Notes. In general, if a non-corporate U.S. holder subject to information reporting fails to furnish a correct taxpayer identification number or otherwise fails to comply with applicable backup withholding requirements, backup withholding at the applicable rate may apply.

If you are a non-U.S. holder, generally, the applicable withholding agent must report to the IRS and to you payments of interest on the Notes and the amount of tax, if any, withheld with respect to those payments. Copies of the information returns reporting such interest payments and any withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which you reside under the provisions of a treaty or agreement. In general, backup withholding will not apply to payments of interest on your Notes if you have provided to the applicable withholding agent the required certification that you are not a U.S. person and the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a U.S. person. Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to payment to you of the proceeds of a sale or other disposition (including a retirement or redemption) of your Notes within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless you certify under penalties of perjury that you are not a U.S. person or you otherwise establish an exemption, and the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a U.S. person.

You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the application of information reporting and backup withholding in your particular circumstance and the availability of and procedure for obtaining an exemption from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

FATCA Withholding on Payments to Certain Foreign Entities.   FATCA generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on (i) interest earned in respect of a debt instrument, and (ii) the gross proceeds from the disposition of a debt obligation paid after December 31, 2016, which, in each case, would include the Notes, to certain non-U.S. entities (including, in some circumstances, where such an entity is acting as an intermediary) that fail to comply with certain certification and information reporting requirements. FATCA withholding taxes apply to all withholdable payments without regard to whether the beneficial owner of the payment would otherwise be entitled to an exemption from withholding taxes pursuant to an applicable tax treaty with the United States or under U.S. domestic law. If FATCA withholding taxes are imposed with respect to any payments of interest or proceeds made under the Notes, holders that are otherwise eligible for an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding taxes with respect to such interest or proceeds will be required to seek a credit or refund from the IRS in order to obtain the benefit of such exemption or reduction, if any. Prospective investors in the Notes should consult their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of the FATCA rules for them based on their particular circumstances.

You should consult your own tax advisor with respect to the particular tax consequences to you of an investment in the Notes, including the possible effect of any pending legislation or proposed regulations.

84


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

The following description is based on relevant portions of the DGCL and on our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. This summary is not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws for a more detailed description of the provisions summarized below.

Capital Stock

Our authorized stock consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. There are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase our stock. No stock has been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plans. Under Delaware law, our stockholders generally are not personally liable for our debts or obligations.

The following are our authorized classes of securities as of July 30, 2015:

     
(1)
Title of Class
  (2)
Amount
Authorized
  (3)
Amount
Held by Us or for
Our Account
  (4)
Amount
Outstanding Exclusive
of Amounts Shown
Under (3)
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share     100,000,000             13,814,526  
Preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share     20,000,000             1,818,000  
   % Notes due 2020                     

Common Stock

All shares of our common stock have equal rights as to earnings, assets, dividends and voting and, when they are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Distributions may be paid to holders of our common stock if, as and when authorized by the board of directors and declared by us out of funds legally available therefrom. Shares of our common stock have no preemptive, exchange, conversion or redemption rights and are freely transferable, except when their transfer is restricted by U.S. federal and state securities laws or by contract. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each share of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock, if any preferred stock is outstanding at such time. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, holders of our common stock will possess exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which means that holders of a majority of the outstanding common stock can elect all of our directors, and holders of less than a majority of such shares will not be able to elect any directors.

Dividend Reinvestment Plan.   We have established an automatic dividend reinvestment plan, or the “DRIP.” Each holder of at least one full share of our common stock will be automatically enrolled in the DRIP. Under the DRIP, distributions on shares of our common stock are automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, or the “DRIP Agent.” Holders of our common stock who receive distributions in the form of additional shares of our common stock are nonetheless required to pay applicable federal, state or local taxes on the reinvested distribution but will not receive a corresponding cash distribution with which to pay any applicable tax. Holders of shares of our common stock who opt-out of participation in the DRIP (including those holders whose shares are held through a broker who has opted out of participation in the DRIP) will receive all distributions in cash. Reinvested distributions increase our stockholders’ equity on which a management fee is payable to the Adviser.

If we declare a distribution payable either in cash or in shares of common stock, we will issue shares of common stock to participants at a value equal to 95% of the market price per share of common stock at the close of regular trading on the payment date for such distribution. The number of additional shares of common stock to be credited to each participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the distribution by 95% of the market price. However, we reserve the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with our implementation of the DRIP. If we declare a distribution to holders of our

85


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

common stock, the DRIP Agent may be instructed not to credit accounts with newly issued shares and instead to buy shares in the open market if (i) the price at which newly issued shares are to be credited does not exceed 110% of the last determined NAV of the shares; or (ii) we have advised the DRIP Agent that since such NAV was last determined, we have become aware of events that indicate the possibility of a material change in per share NAV as a result of which the NAV of the shares on the payment date might be higher than the price at which the DRIP Agent would credit newly issued shares to stockholders.

There are no brokerage charges with respect to shares of common stock issued directly by us. However, whenever shares are purchased or sold on the NYSE or otherwise on the open market, each participant will pay a pro rata portion of brokerage trading fees, currently $0.10 per share purchased or sold. Brokerage trading fees will be deducted from amounts to be invested.

Holders of our common stock can also sell shares held in the DRIP account at any time by contacting the DRIP Agent in writing at American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC, P.O. Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, NY 10269-0560. The DRIP Agent will mail a check to such holder (less applicable brokerage trading fees) on the settlement date, which is three business days after the shares have been sold. If a stockholder chooses to sell its shares through a broker, the holder will need to request that the DRIP Agent electronically transfer their shares to the broker through the Direct Registration System.

Stockholders participating in the DRIP may withdraw from the DRIP at any time by contacting the DRIP Agent in writing at American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC, P.O. Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, NY 10269-0560. Such termination will be effective immediately if the notice is received by the DRIP Agent prior to any dividend or distribution record date; otherwise, such termination will be effective on the first trading day after the payment date for such dividend or distribution, with respect to any subsequent dividend or distribution. If a holder of our common stock withdraws, full shares will be credited to their account, and the stockholder will be sent a check for the cash adjustment of any fractional share at the market value per share of our common stock as of the close of business on the day the termination is effective, less any applicable fees. Alternatively, if the stockholder wishes, the DRIP Agent will sell their full and fractional shares and send them the proceeds, less a transaction fee of $15.00 and less brokerage trading fees of $0.10 per share. If a stockholder does not maintain at least one whole share of common stock in the DRIP account, the DRIP Agent may terminate such stockholder’s participation in the DRIP Plan after written notice. Upon termination, stockholders will be sent a check for the cash value of any fractional share in the DRIP account, less any applicable broker commissions and taxes.

Stockholders who are not participants in the DRIP, but hold at least one full share of our common stock, may join the DRIP by notifying the DRIP Agent in writing at American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC, P.O. Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, NY 10269-0560. If received in proper form by the DRIP Agent before the record date of a dividend, the election will be effective with respect to all dividends paid after such record date. If a stockholders wishes to participate in the DRIP and their shares are held in the name of a brokerage firm, bank or other nominee, the stockholder should contact their nominee to see if it will participate in the DRIP. If a stockholder wishes to participate in the DRIP Plan, but the brokerage firm, bank or other nominee is unable to participate on their behalf, the stockholder will need to request that their shares be re-registered in their own name, or the stockholder will not be able to participate. The DRIP Agent will administer the DRIP on the basis of the number of shares certified from time to time by the stockholder as representing the total amount registered in their name and held for their account by their nominee.

Experience under the DRIP Plan may indicate that changes are desirable. Accordingly, we and the DRIP Agent reserve the right to amend or terminate the DRIP upon written notice to each participant at least 30 days before the record date for the payment of any dividend or distribution by us.

All correspondence or additional information about the DRIP should be directed to American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC, 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219.

Preferred Stock

We are authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock. We currently have 1,818,000 shares of Series A Term Preferred Stock outstanding. Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of preferred stock into other classes or series of preferred stock

86


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

without stockholder approval. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, our board of directors is required by Delaware law and by our certificate of incorporation to set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. Thus, our board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in their best interest.

Series A Term Preferred Stock.

Redemption.   We are required to redeem all outstanding shares of the Series A Term Preferred Stock on June 30, 2022. In addition, if we fail to maintain asset coverage (as defined in Section 18(h) of the 1940 Act) of at least 200% as of the close of business on the last business day of any calendar quarter and such failure is not cured by the close of business on the date that is 30 calendar days following the filing date of our Annual Report on Form N-CSR, Semiannual Report on Form N-CSRS or Quarterly Report on Form N-Q, as applicable, for that quarter, we will be required to redeem shares of preferred stock, including Series A Term Preferred Stock, at least equal to the lesser of (1) the minimum number of shares of preferred stock that will result in us having asset coverage of at least 200% and (2) the maximum number of shares of preferred stock that can be redeemed out of funds legally available for such redemption. In connection with any redemption for failure to maintain such asset coverage, we may, in our sole option, redeem such additional number of shares of preferred stock that will result in asset coverage up to and including 285%. At any time on or after June 29, 2018, we may, in our sole option, redeem the outstanding shares of Series A Term Preferred Stock in whole or, from time to time, in part, out of funds legally available for such redemption. The price that we will pay to redeem shares of the Series A Term Preferred stock pursuant to any redemption will equal $25 per share plus an amount equal to accumulated but unpaid dividends, if any, on such shares (whether or not earned or declared, but excluding interest on such dividends) to, but excluding, the redemption date.

Ranking and Liquidation.   The shares of Series A Term Preferred Stock are senior securities that constitute capital stock. The Series A Term Preferred Stock rank (i) senior to shares of our common stock in priority of payment of dividends and as to the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or the winding-up of our affairs; (ii) equal in priority with all other future series of preferred stock we may issue as to payment of dividends and as to distributions of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or the winding-up of our affairs; and (iii) subordinate in right of payment to the holders of any future senior indebtedness. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, holders of Series A Term Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive a liquidation distribution equal to $25 per share, or the “Liquidation Preference,” plus an amount equal to accumulated but unpaid dividends, if any, on such shares (whether or not earned or declared, but excluding interest on such dividends) to, but excluding, the payment date.

Dividends.   We intend to pay monthly dividends on the Series A Term Preferred Stock at a fixed annual rate of 7.75% of the Liquidation Preference ($1.9375 per share per year), or the “Dividend Rate.” If we fail to redeem the Series A Term Preferred Stock as required on June 30, 2022, or fail to pay any dividend on the payment date for such dividend, the Dividend Rate will increase by 2% per annum until we redeem the Series A Term Preferred Stock or pay the dividend, as applicable. The Dividend Rate will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

Voting Rights.   Except as otherwise provided in our certificate of incorporation or as otherwise required by law, (1) each holder of Series A Term Preferred Stock is entitled to one vote for each share of Series A Term Preferred Stock held on each matter submitted to a vote of our stockholders and (2) the holders of all outstanding preferred stock, including the Series A Term Preferred Stock, and common stock vote together as a single class; provided that holders of preferred stock, including the Series A Term Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, are entitled to elect at least two (2) of our directors and, if we fail to pay dividends on any outstanding shares of preferred stock, including the Series A Term Preferred Stock, in an amount equal to two (2) full years of dividends, and continuing until such failure is cured, will be entitled to elect a majority of our directors.

87


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Provisions of the DGCL and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Limitation on Liability of Directors and Officers; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses.   The indemnification of our officers and directors is governed by Section 145 of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Subsection (a) of DGCL Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if (1) such person acted in good faith, (2) in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and (3) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Subsection (b) of DGCL Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person has been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought determines upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court deems proper.

DGCL Section 145 further provides that to the extent that a present or former director or officer is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person will be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding. In all cases in which indemnification is permitted under subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 (unless ordered by a court), it will be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the applicable standard of conduct has been met by the party to be indemnified. Such determination must be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (4) by the stockholders. The statute authorizes the corporation to pay expenses incurred by an officer or director in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to whom the advance will be made, to repay the advances if it is ultimately determined that he or she was not entitled to indemnification. DGCL Section 145 also provides that indemnification and advancement of expenses permitted under such Section are not to be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. DGCL Section 145 also authorizes the corporation to purchase and maintain liability insurance on behalf of its directors, officers, employees and agents regardless of whether the corporation would have the statutory power to indemnify such persons against the liabilities insured.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by the current DGCL or as the DGCL may hereafter be amended. DGCL Section 102(b)(7) provides that the personal

88


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

liability of a director to a corporation or its stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty as a director may be eliminated except for liability (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) under Section 174 of the DGCL, relating to unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemption of stock or (4) for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

Our certificate of incorporation provides for the indemnification of any person to the full extent permitted, and in the manner provided, by the current DGCL or as the DGCL may hereafter be amended. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers in order to effect the foregoing.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law.   The DGCL and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. These measures may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders. These provisions could have the effect of depriving stockholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control over us. Such attempts could have the effect of increasing our expenses and disrupting our normal operations. We believe that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because the negotiation of such proposals may improve their terms. Our board of directors has considered these provisions and has determined that the provisions are in the best interests of us and our stockholders generally.

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. In general, these provisions prohibit a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

prior to such time, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or
on or after the date the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at a meeting of stockholders, by at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines “business combination” to include the following:

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the corporation or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;
subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;
any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation owned by the interested stockholder; or
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

89


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any of these entities or persons.

The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us.

Election of Directors.   Our bylaws provide that the affirmative vote of a plurality of all votes cast by stockholders present in person or by proxy at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders and entitled to vote thereat will be sufficient to elect a director. Under our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors may amend the bylaws to alter the vote required to elect directors.

For so long as any series of our preferred stock are outstanding, the holders of our preferred stock, voting as a class, will be entitled to elect two of our directors.

Classified Board of Directors.   Our board of directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms, with the term of office of only one of the three classes expiring each year. A classified board may render a change in control of us or removal of our incumbent management more difficult. We believe, however, that the longer time required to elect a majority of a classified board of directors helps to ensure the continuity and stability of our management and policies.

Number of Directors; Removal; Vacancies.   Our certificate of incorporation provides that the number of directors will be set only by the board of directors in accordance with our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a majority of our entire board of directors may at any time increase or decrease the number of directors. However, unless our bylaws are amended, the number of directors may never be less than four nor more than eight. Under the DGCL, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise (which our certificate of incorporation does not), directors on an unclassified board such as our board of directors may be removed, with our without cause, by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast generally for the election of directors. Under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, any vacancy on the board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of the board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. The limitations on the ability of our stockholders to remove directors and fill vacancies could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire, or discourage a third-party from seeking to acquire, control of us.

Action by Stockholders.   Under our certificate of incorporation, stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or by unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting. This may have the effect of delaying consideration of a stockholder proposal until the next annual meeting.

Advance Notice Provisions for Stockholder Nominations and Stockholder Proposals.   Our bylaws provide that with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of persons for election to the board of directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders may be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors, (2) pursuant to our notice of meeting or (3) by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of the bylaws. Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors at a special meeting may be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (2) provided that the board of directors has determined that directors will be elected at the meeting, by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the bylaws.

The purpose of requiring stockholders to give us advance notice of nominations and other business is to afford our board of directors a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of any other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by our board of directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of stockholders. Although our bylaws do not give our board of directors any power to disapprove stockholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals recommending certain action, they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of stockholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of

90


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our stockholders.

Stockholder Meetings.   Our bylaws provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders may only be taken if it is properly brought before such meeting. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that, in lieu of a meeting, any such action may be taken by unanimous written consent of our stockholders. In addition, our bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of candidates for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, or by a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to the secretary of the stockholder’s intention to bring such business before the meeting. These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next stockholder meeting stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

Calling of Special Meetings of Stockholders.   Our bylaws provide that, except as required by law, special meetings of stockholders may be called by our board of directors, the chairperson of the board and our chief executive officer.

Conflict with the 1940 Act.   Our bylaws provide that, if and to the extent that any provision of the DGCL or bylaws conflicts with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act will control.

Potential Conversion to Open-End Fund

We may be converted to an open-end management investment company at any time if approved by each of the following: (i) a majority of our directors then in office, (ii) the holders of not less than 75% of our outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon and (iii) such vote or votes of the holders of any class or classes or series of shares as may be required by the 1940 Act. The composition of our portfolio likely could prohibit us from complying with regulations of the SEC applicable to open-end management investment companies. Accordingly, conversion likely would require significant changes in our investment policies and may require liquidation of a substantial portion of relatively illiquid portions of its portfolio, to the extent such positions are held. In the event of conversion, the shares of our common stock would cease to be listed on the NYSE or other national securities exchange or market system. Any outstanding shares of our preferred stock would be redeemed by us prior to such conversion. Our board of directors believes, however, that the closed-end structure is desirable, given our investment objectives and policies. Investors should assume, therefore, that it is unlikely that the board of directors would vote to convert us to an open-end management investment company. Stockholders of an open-end management investment company may require the open-end management investment company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act) at their NAV, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. We would expect to pay all such redemption requests in cash, but intends to reserve the right to pay redemption requests in a combination of cash or securities. If such partial payment in securities were made, investors may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash. If we were converted to an open-end fund, it is likely that new shares of our common stock would be sold at NAV plus a sales load.

91


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repurchase of Shares and Other Discount Measures

Because shares of common stock of closed-end management investment companies that are listed on an exchange frequently trade at a discount to their NAVs, the board of directors may from time to time determine that it may be in the interest of the holders of our common stock to take certain actions intended to reduce such discount. The board of directors, in consultation with the Adviser, will review at least annually the possibility of open market repurchases and/or tender offers for shares our common stock and will consider such factors as the market price of shares of our common stock, the NAV per share of our common stock, the liquidity of our assets, the effect on our expenses, whether such transactions would impair our status as a RIC or result in a failure to comply with applicable asset coverage requirements, general economic conditions and such other events or conditions, which may have a material effect on our ability to consummate such transactions. There are no assurances that the board of directors will, in fact, decide to undertake either of these actions or, if undertaken, that such actions will result in share of our common stock trading at a price which is equal to or approximates their NAV.

In recognition of the possibility that shares of our common stock might trade at a discount to the NAV of such shares and that any such discount may not be in the interest of the holders of our common stock, the board of directors, in consultation with the Adviser, from time to time may review the possible actions to reduce any such discount.

92


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

The Notes will be issued under an indenture and the first supplemental indenture thereto, to be entered into between us and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as trustee. We refer to the indenture and the first supplemental indenture thereto collectively as the “Indenture” and to American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC as the “Trustee.”

The Notes are governed by the Indenture, as required by federal law for all bonds and notes of companies that are publicly offered. An indenture is a contract between us and the financial institution acting as trustee on your behalf, and is subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The Trustee has two main roles. First, the Trustee can enforce your rights against us if we default. There are some limitations on the extent to which the Trustee acts on your behalf, described in the second paragraph under “ — Events of Default — Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs .” Second, the Trustee performs certain administrative duties for us with respect to our Notes.

This section includes a description of the material terms of the Notes and the Indenture. Because this section is a summary, however, it does not describe every aspect of the Notes and the Indenture. We urge you to read the Indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as a holder of the Notes. The Indenture has been attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and filed with the SEC. See “ Additional Information ” for information on how to obtain a copy of the Indenture.

General

The Notes initially are being offered in the aggregate principal amount of $          .

The Notes will mature on August     , 2020. The principal payable at maturity will be 100% of the aggregate principal amount. The interest rate of the Notes is    % per year and will be paid every February 28 (or 29 in the case of a leap year) and August 31, beginning February 29, 2016. The regular record dates for interest payments will be every February 15 and August 15, commencing February 15, 2016. If an interest payment date falls on a non-business day, the applicable interest payment will be made on the next business day and no additional interest will accrue as a result of such delayed payment. The initial interest period will be the period from and including           , 2015, to, but excluding, the initial interest payment date, and the subsequent interest periods will be the periods from and including an interest payment date to, but excluding, the next interest payment date or the stated maturity date, as the case may be.

We will issue the Notes in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Notes will not be subject to any sinking fund and holders of the Notes will not have the option to have the Notes repaid prior to the stated maturity date.

The Indenture does not contain any provisions that give you protection in the event we issue a large amount of debt or we are acquired by another entity.

The Notes rank senior to our common stock and preferred stock as to the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or the winding-up of our affairs. Under the 1940 Act and pursuant to the Indenture, we may only issue one class of senior securities representing indebtedness. We have the ability, without the consent of the holders thereof, to reopen the Notes and issue additional Notes having identical terms and conditions as the Notes, except for the offering price and the issue date, in one or more series. We may also issue additional series of debt securities in accordance with the limitations of the 1940 Act. So long as any Notes are outstanding, additional debt securities must rank in parity with the Notes with respect to the payment of interest and as to the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or the winding-up of our affairs. In addition, we may also enter certain other evidences of indebtedness (including bank borrowings and commercial paper) representing senior securities. We may also borrow in amounts up to 5% of our total assets if the borrowing is for temporary purposes only ( i.e. , if it is to be repaid within 60 days and not extended or renewed).

Under the requirements of the 1940 Act, immediately after issuing any senior securities representing indebtedness ( i.e. , indebtedness other than borrowings for temporary purposes), including the Notes, we must have an asset coverage of at least 300%. Asset coverage means the ratio which the value of our total assets

93


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(including the proceeds of indebtedness), less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, bears to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness. Other types of borrowings also may result in our being subject to similar covenants in credit agreements.

While any indebtedness and senior securities remain outstanding, we cannot make distributions to our stockholders or repurchase our capital stock unless we meet the applicable asset coverage requirements at the time of, and after giving effect to, the distribution or repurchase.

The Notes are unsecured obligations of us and, upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, will rank (1) senior to the outstanding shares of our common stock and our preferred stock, (2) pari passu (or equally) with our existing and future unsecured indebtedness, (3) effectively subordinated to any existing or future secured indebtedness (including indebtedness that is initially unsecured to which we subsequently grant security), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness, and (4) structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness of our subsidiaries, financing vehicles or similar facilities.

Optional Redemption

The Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at our option, upon not less than 30-days’ nor more than 60-days’ written notice by mail prior to the date fixed for redemption thereof, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Notes to be redeemed (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued to, but not including, the redemption date) discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points; plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest payments otherwise payable thereon for the then-current semi-annual interest period accrued to the date fixed for redemption.

You may be prevented from exchanging or transferring the Notes when they are subject to redemption. In case any Notes are to be redeemed in part only, the redemption notice will provide that, upon surrender of such Note, you will receive, without a charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations representing the principal amount of your remaining unredeemed Notes. Any exercise of our option to redeem the Notes will be done in compliance with the 1940 Act.

If we redeem only some of the Notes, the trustee will determine the method for selection of the particular Notes to be redeemed, in accordance with the Indenture. Unless we default in payment of the redemption price, on and after the date of redemption, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes called for redemption.

“Treasury Rate” means with respect to the Notes, on a redemption date, the rate per annum equal to:

the yield, under the heading that represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15(519)” or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue; provided that if no maturity is within three months before or after the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue will be determined and the Treasury Rate will be interpolated or extrapolated from those yields on a straight-line basis rounding to the nearest month; or
if that release, or any successor release, is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for that redemption date.

The Treasury Rate will be calculated at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the third business day preceding the redemption date by the Quotation Agent.

94


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means, with respect to any redemption date for the Notes, the United States Treasury security selected by the Quotation Agent that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Notes.

“Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date for the Notes, (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Quotation Agent obtains fewer than three Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, such average in any case to be determined by the Quotation Agent, or (3) if only one Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation is received, such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation.

“Quotation Agent” means, with respect to any redemption date for the Notes, as applicable, the Reference Treasury Dealer appointed by us.

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means, with respect to any redemption date for the Notes, (1) each of J.P. Morgan Securities, LLC and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. (or their respective affiliates) and a Primary Treasury Dealer (as defined below) selected by us (or its respective affiliates which are primary U.S. Government securities dealers) and their respective successors; provided, however, that if any of them shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in the United States of America (a “Primary Treasury Dealer”), we will substitute for it another Primary Treasury Dealer and (2) any other Primary Treasury Dealer or Dealers selected by us.

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date for the Notes, the average, as determined by the Quotation Agent, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Quotation Agent by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the third business day in the City of New York preceding such redemption date.

Redemption for Asset Coverage

If we fail to maintain asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) with respect to securities issued under the Indenture, including the Notes, of at least 300% and such failure is not cured as of the close of business on the Asset Coverage Cure Date, we will fix a redemption date and proceed to redeem Notes as described below at a price equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus unpaid interest payable thereon for the then-current semi-annual interest period accrued to the date fixed for redemption. We will redeem out of funds legally available an aggregate principal amount of securities issued under the Indenture (which at our discretion may include any number or portion of the Notes) that when combined with any shares of our preferred stock redeemed pursuant to mandatory redemption for failing to maintain the asset coverage required by 1940 Act for such preferred stock, (1) results in us having asset coverage of at least 300% or (2) if smaller, the maximum aggregate principal amount of such securities that can be redeemed out of funds legally available for such redemption; provided that in connection with any such redemption for failure to maintain the asset coverage required by the 1940 Act, we may, at our sole option, redeem such additional amount of Notes that will result in our having asset coverage of up to and including 385%. We will effect a redemption on the date fixed by us, which date will not be later than 90 calendar days after the Asset Coverage Cure Date, except that if we do not have funds legally available for the redemption of all of the aggregate principal amount of Notes which have been designated to be redeemed or we otherwise are unable to effect such redemption on or prior to 90 calendar days after the Asset Coverage Cure Date, we will redeem those Notes which we were unable to redeem on the earliest practicable date on which we are able to effect such redemption.

Global Securities

DTC will act as securities depository for the Notes. The Notes will be issued as fully registered securities, registered in the name of Cede & Co. (DTC’s partnership nominee) or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. One fully registered certificate will be issued for each issuance of the Notes, in the aggregate principal amount thereof, and will be deposited with DTC. As a result of these arrangements, the depositary, or its nominee, will be the sole registered owner and holder of all the

95


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes represented by a global security, and investors will be permitted to own only beneficial interests in a global security. For more information about these arrangements, see “ — Book-Entry Procedures ” below.

Termination of a Global Security

If a global security is terminated for any reason, interests in it will be exchanged for certificates in non-book-entry form (certificated securities). After that exchange, the choice of whether to hold the certificated Notes directly or in street name will be up to the investor. Investors must consult their own banks or brokers to find out how to have their interests in a global security transferred on termination to their own names, so that they will be holders.

Payment and Paying Agents

We will pay interest to the person listed in the Trustee’s records as the owner of the Notes at the close of business on a particular day in advance of each due date for interest, even if that person no longer owns the Note on the interest due date. That day, usually about two weeks in advance of the interest due date, is called the “record date.” Because we will pay all the interest for an interest period to the holders on the record date, holders buying and selling the Notes must work out between themselves the appropriate purchase price. The most common manner is to adjust the sales price of the Notes to prorate interest fairly between buyer and seller based on their respective ownership periods within the particular interest period. This prorated interest amount is called “accrued interest.”

Payments on Global Securities

We will make payments on the Notes so long as they are represented by a global security in accordance with the applicable policies of the depositary as in effect from time to time. Under those policies, we will make payments directly to the depositary, or its nominee, and not to any indirect holders who own beneficial interests in the global security. An indirect holder’s right to those payments will be governed by the rules and practices of the depositary and its participants, as described under “ — Book-Entry Procedures .”

Payments on Certificated Securities

In the event the Notes become represented by certificates, we will make payments on the Notes as follows. We will pay interest that is due on an interest payment date by a check mailed on the interest payment date to the holder of the Note at his or her address shown on the Trustee’s records as of the close of business on the record date. We will make all payments of principal and premium, if any, by check at the office of the Trustee in New York, New York and/or at other offices that may be specified in the Indenture or a notice to holders against surrender of the Note.

Alternatively, if the holder asks us to do so, we will pay any amount that becomes due on the Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account at a bank in the United States, on the due date. To request payment by wire, the holder must give the Trustee appropriate transfer instructions at least 15 business days before the requested wire payment is due. In the case of any interest payment due on an interest payment date, the instructions must be given by the person who is the holder on the relevant regular record date. Any wire instructions, once properly given, will remain in effect unless and until new instructions are given in the manner described above.

Payment When Offices Are Closed

If any payment is due on the Notes on a day that is not a business day, we will make the payment on the next day that is a business day. Payments made on the next business day in this situation will be treated under the Indenture as if they were made on the original due date. Such payment will not result in a default under the Notes or the Indenture, and no interest will accrue on the payment amount from the original due date to the next day that is a business day.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how they will receive payments on the Notes.

Events of Default

You will have rights if an Event of Default occurs in respect of the Notes and is not cured, as described later in this subsection. The term “Event of Default” in respect of the Notes means any of the following:

96


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We do not pay the principal of, or any premium on, any Note when due and payable, and such default is not cured within five days.
We do not pay interest on any Note when due, and such default is not cured within 30 days.
We remain in breach of any other covenant with respect to the Notes for 60 days after we receive a written notice of default stating we are in breach. The notice must be sent by either the Trustee or holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of the Notes.
We file for bankruptcy or certain other events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur and in the case of certain orders or decrees entered against us under any bankruptcy law, such order or decree remains undischarged or unstayed for a period of 90 days.
On the last business day of each of twenty-four consecutive calendar months, all series of our debt securities together have an asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, of less than 100% after giving effect to exemptive relief, if any, granted to us by the SEC.

An Event of Default for the Notes does not necessarily constitute an Event of Default for any other series of debt securities issued under the same or any other indenture. The Trustee may withhold notice to the holders of the Notes of any default, except in the payment of principal or interest, if it in good faith considers the withholding of notice to be in the best interests of the holders.

Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes may declare the entire principal amount of all of the Notes to be due and immediately payable. This is called a declaration of acceleration of maturity. In certain circumstances, a declaration of acceleration of maturity may be canceled by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes if (1) we have deposited with the Trustee all amounts due and owing with respect to the Notes (other than principal that has become due solely by reason of such acceleration) and certain other amounts, and (2) any other Events of Default have been cured or waived.

The Trustee is not required to take any action under the Indenture at the request of any holders unless the holders offer the Trustee protection from expenses and liability reasonably satisfactory to it (called an “indemnity”). If indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee is provided, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any lawsuit or other formal legal action seeking any remedy available to the Trustee. The Trustee may refuse to follow those directions in certain circumstances. No delay or omission in exercising any right or remedy will be treated as a waiver of that right, remedy or Event of Default.

Before you are allowed to bypass the Trustee and bring your own lawsuit or other formal legal action or take other steps to enforce your rights or protect your interests relating to the Notes, the following must occur:

you must give the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default has occurred and remains uncured;
the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes must make a written request that the Trustee take action because of the default and must offer the Trustee reasonable indemnity, security or both against the cost and other liabilities of taking that action;
the Trustee must not have taken action for 60 days after receipt of the above notice and offer of indemnity and/or security; and
the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes must not have given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the above notice during that 60-day period.

However, you are entitled at any time to bring a lawsuit for the payment of money due on your Notes on or after         , 2020.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how to give notice or direction to or make a request of the Trustee and how to declare or cancel an acceleration of maturity.

97


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Each year, we will furnish to the Trustee a written statement of certain of our officers certifying that to their knowledge we are in compliance with the Indenture and the Notes, or else specifying any default.

Waiver of Default

The holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may waive any past defaults other than a default:

in the payment of principal or interest; or
in respect of a covenant that cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each holder.

Merger or Consolidation

Under the terms of the Indenture, we are generally permitted to consolidate or merge with another entity. We are also permitted to sell all or substantially all of our assets to another entity. However, we may not take any of these actions unless all the following conditions are met:

where we merge out of existence or convey or transfer all of our assets, the resulting entity must agree to be legally responsible for our obligations under the Notes;
the merger or sale of assets must not cause a default on the Notes and we must not already be in default (unless the merger or sale would cure the default). For purposes of this no-default test, a default would include an Event of Default that has occurred and has not been cured, as described under “ Events of Default ” above. A default for this purpose would also include any event that would be an Event of Default if the requirements for giving us a notice of default or our default having to exist for a specific period of time were disregarded; and
we must deliver certain certificates and documents to the Trustee.

Modification or Waiver

There are three types of changes we can make to the Indenture and the Notes.

Changes Requiring Your Approval

First, there are changes that we cannot make to your Notes without your specific approval. The following is a list of those types of changes:

change the stated maturity of the principal of or interest on the Notes;
reduce any amounts due on the Notes;
reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity of a Note following a default;
change the place or currency of payment on a Note;
impair your right to sue for payment on the Notes following the date on which such amount is due and payable;
reduce the percentage in principal amount of holders of Notes whose consent is needed to modify or amend the Indenture; and
reduce the percentage in principal amount of holders of Notes whose consent is needed to waive compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture or to waive certain defaults.

Changes Not Requiring Approval

The second type of change does not require any vote by the holders of the Notes. This type is limited to clarifications and certain other changes that would not materially adversely affect holders of the Notes in any material respect.

Changes Requiring Majority Approval

Any other change to the Indenture and the Notes would require the following approval:

if the change affects only the Notes, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes; and

98


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

if the change affects more than one series of debt securities issued under the same indenture, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series affected by the change, with all affected series voting together as one class for this purpose.

In each case, the required approval must be given by written consent.

The holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series of debt securities issued under the Indenture, voting together as one class for this purpose, may waive our compliance with some of our covenants in the Indenture. However, we cannot obtain a waiver of a payment default or of any of the matters covered by the bullet points included above under “ — Changes Requiring Your Approval .”

Further Details Concerning Voting.

When taking a vote, we will use the following rules to decide how much principal to attribute to the Notes:

The Notes will not be considered outstanding, and therefore not eligible to vote, if we have deposited or set aside in trust money for their payment or redemption. The Notes will also not be eligible to vote if they have been fully defeased as described later under “ — Defeasance — Full Defeasance .”

We will generally be entitled to set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the holders of the Notes that are entitled to vote or take other action under the Indenture. However, the record date may not be more than 30 days before the date of the first solicitation of holders to vote on or take such action. If we set a record date for a vote or other action to be taken by holders of the Notes, that vote or action may be taken only by persons who are holders of the Notes on the record date and must be taken within eleven months following the record date.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how approval may be granted or denied if we seek to change the Indenture or the Notes or request a waiver .

Satisfaction and Discharge; Defeasance

We may satisfy and discharge our obligations under the Indenture by delivering to the Trustee for cancellation all outstanding Notes or by depositing with the Trustee after the Notes have become due and payable, or otherwise, moneys sufficient to pay all of the outstanding Notes and paying all other sums payable under the Indenture by us. Such discharge is subject to terms contained in the Indenture.

Defeasance

The following defeasance provisions will be applicable to the Notes. “Defeasance” means that, by depositing with the Trustee an amount of cash and/or government securities sufficient to pay all principal and interest, if any, on the Notes when due and satisfying any additional conditions noted below, we will be deemed to have been discharged from our obligations under the Notes. In the event of a “covenant defeasance,” upon depositing such funds and satisfying similar conditions discussed below we would be released from certain covenants under the Indenture relating to the Notes. The consequences to the holders of the Notes would be that, while they would no longer benefit from certain covenants under the Indenture, and while the Notes could not be accelerated for any reason, the holders of Notes nonetheless would be guaranteed to receive the principal and interest owed to them.

Covenant Defeasance

Under current U.S. federal income tax law and the Indenture, we can make the deposit described below and be released from some of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture under which the Notes were issued. This is called “covenant defeasance.” In that event, you would lose the protection of those restrictive covenants but would gain the protection of having money and government securities set aside in trust to repay your Notes. In order to achieve covenant defeasance, the following must occur:

since the Notes are denominated in U.S. dollars, we must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of the Notes a combination of cash and U.S. government or U.S. government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the Notes on their various due dates;

99


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

we must deliver to the Trustee a legal opinion of our counsel confirming that, under current U.S. federal income tax law, we may make the above deposit without causing you to be taxed on the Notes any differently than if we did not make the deposit;
we must deliver to the Trustee a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to covenant defeasance have been complied with;
defeasance must not result in a breach or violation of, or result in a default under, of the Indenture or any of our other material agreements or instruments; and
no default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing and no defaults or Events of Default related to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization shall occur during the next 90 days.

If we accomplish covenant defeasance, you can still look to us for repayment of the Notes if there were a shortfall in the trust deposit or the Trustee is prevented from making payment. In fact, if one of the remaining Events of Default occurred (such as our bankruptcy) and the Notes became immediately due and payable, there might be a shortfall. Depending on the event causing the default, you may not be able to obtain payment of the shortfall.

Full Defeasance

If there is a change in U.S. federal income tax law, as described below, we can legally release ourselves from all payment and other obligations on the Notes (called “full defeasance”) if we put in place the following other arrangements for you to be repaid:

since the Notes are denominated in U.S. dollars, we must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of the Notes a combination of money and U.S. government or U.S. government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the Notes on their various due dates;
we must deliver to the Trustee a legal opinion confirming that there has been a change in current U.S. federal income tax law or an IRS ruling that allows us to make the above deposit without causing you to be taxed on the Notes any differently than if we did not make the deposit. Under current U.S. federal income tax law the deposit and our legal release from the Notes would be treated as though we paid you your share of the cash and notes or bonds at the time the cash and notes or bonds were deposited in trust in exchange for your Notes and you would recognize gain or loss on the Notes at the time of the deposit;
we must deliver to the Trustee a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to defeasance have been complied with;
defeasance must not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, of the Indenture or any of our other material agreements or instruments; and
no default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing and no defaults or Events of Default related to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization shall occur during the next 90 days.

If we ever did accomplish full defeasance, as described above, you would have to rely solely on the trust deposit for repayment of the Notes. You could not look to us for repayment in the unlikely event of any shortfall. Conversely, the trust deposit would most likely be protected from claims of our lenders and other creditors if we ever became bankrupt or insolvent. If your Notes were effectively subordinated as described later under “ — Indenture Provisions — Ranking ,” such subordination would not prevent the Trustee under the Indenture from applying the funds available to it from the deposit referred to in the first bullet of the preceding paragraph to the payment of amounts due in respect of such Notes for the benefit of the subordinated debtholders.

100


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other Covenants

In addition to any other covenants described in this prospectus, as well as standard covenants relating to payment of principal and interest, maintaining an office where payments may be made or securities can be surrendered for payment, payment of taxes by us and related matters, the following covenants will apply to the Notes:

We agree that will remain at all times a non-diversified closed-end management investment company for purposes of the 1940 Act.
We agree that for the period of time during which the Notes remain outstanding our payment obligations under the Indenture and the Notes will at all times rank pari passu , without preference or priority, with all of our existing and future unsecured indebtedness and senior to any preferred stock we may issue.
We agree that for the period of time during which the Notes are outstanding, we will not violate Section 18(a)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act or any successor provisions, whether or not we continue to be subject to such provisions of the 1940 Act, but giving effect, in either case, to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC, if any. Currently, these provisions generally prohibit us from making additional borrowings, including through the issuance of additional debt securities, unless our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 300% after such borrowings. See “ Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Investments — We may leverage our portfolio, which would magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and will increase the risk of investing in us.
We agree that for the period of time during which the Notes are outstanding, we will not violate Section 18(a)(1)(B) of the 1940 Act or any successor provisions, giving effect to (i) any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC, if any, and (ii) no-action relief granted by the SEC to another closed-end investment company (or to us if we determine to seek such similar no-action or other relief) permitting the closed-end investment company to declare any cash dividend or distribution notwithstanding the prohibition contained in Section 18(a)(1)(B) of the 1940 Act in order to maintain the closed-end investment company’s status as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. These provisions generally prohibit us from declaring any cash dividend or distribution upon any class of our capital stock, or purchasing any such capital stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is below 300% at the time of the declaration of the dividend or distribution or the purchase and after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase.
If, at any time, we are not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act to file any periodic reports with the SEC, we agree to furnish to holders of the Notes and the Trustee, for the period of time during which the Notes are outstanding, our audited annual consolidated financial statements, within 60 days after the close of our fiscal year end, and our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, within 60 days after the close of our second fiscal quarter end. All such financial statements will be prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with applicable GAAP.

Form, Exchange and Transfer of Certificated Registered Securities

If registered Notes cease to be issued in book-entry form, they will be issued:

only in fully registered certificated form;
without interest coupons; and
unless we indicate otherwise, in denominations of $1,000 and amounts that are multiples of $1,000.

Holders may exchange their certificated securities for Notes of smaller denominations or combined into fewer Notes of larger denominations, as long as the total principal amount is not changed and as long as the denomination is equal to or greater than $1,000.

101


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Holders may exchange or transfer their certificated securities at the office of the Trustee. We have appointed the Trustee to act as our agent for registering Notes in the names of holders transferring Notes. We may appoint another entity to perform these functions or perform them ourselves.

Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer or exchange their certificated securities, but they may be required to pay any tax or other governmental charge associated with the transfer or exchange. The transfer or exchange will be made only if our transfer agent is satisfied with the holder’s proof of legal ownership.

We may appoint additional transfer agents or cancel the appointment of any particular transfer agent. We may also approve a change in the office through which any transfer agent acts.

If we redeem any of the Notes, we may block the transfer or exchange of those Notes selected for redemption during the period beginning 15 days before the day we mail the notice of redemption and ending on the day of that mailing, in order to determine and fix the list of holders to prepare the mailing. We may also refuse to register transfers or exchanges of any certificated Notes selected for redemption, except that we will continue to permit transfers and exchanges of the unredeemed portion of any Note that will be partially redeemed.

If registered Notes are issued in book-entry form, only the depositary will be entitled to transfer and exchange the Notes as described in this subsection, since it will be the sole holder of the Notes.

Resignation of Trustee

The Trustee may resign or be removed with respect to the Notes provided that a successor trustee is appointed to act with respect to the Notes. In the event that two or more persons are acting as trustee with respect to different series of indenture securities under the Indenture, each of the trustees will be a trustee of a trust separate and apart from the trust administered by any other trustee.

Ranking

As unsecured obligations of us, the Notes will rank:

º pari passu , or equal, with any of our future unsecured indebtedness;
º effectively subordinated to all of our future secured indebtedness (including indebtedness that is initially unsecured to which we subsequently grant security) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and
º structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of any of our subsidiaries.

Concerning the Trustee

The Trustee is one of a number of banks with which we maintain ordinary banking relationships. We will appoint the Trustee as registrar and paying agent under the Indenture.

Governing Law

The Indenture and the Notes will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Book-Entry Procedures

DTC will act as securities depository for the Notes. The Notes will be issued as fully-registered securities registered in the name of Cede & Co. (DTC’s partnership nominee) or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. One fully registered certificate will be issued for each issuance of the Notes, in the aggregate principal amount thereof, and will be deposited with DTC.

DTC has informed us that it is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC holds

102


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and provides asset servicing for over 3.5 million issues of U.S. and non-U.S. equity issues, corporate and municipal debt issues, and money market instruments from over 100 countries that DTC’s participants, or “Direct Participants,” deposit with DTC. DTC also facilitates the post-trade settlement among Direct Participants of sales and other securities transactions in deposited securities through electronic computerized book-entry transfers and pledges between Direct Participants’ accounts. This eliminates the need for physical movement of securities certificates. Direct Participants include both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. DTC is a wholly owned subsidiary of The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation, or “DTCC.”

DTCC is the holding company for DTC, National Securities Clearing Corporation and Fixed Income Clearing Corporation, all of which are registered clearing agencies. DTCC is owned by the users of its regulated subsidiaries. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Direct Participant, either directly or indirectly, or “Indirect Participants.” DTC has a Standard & Poor’s rating of AA+. The DTC Rules applicable to its participants are on file with the SEC. More information about DTC can be found at www.dtcc.com .

Purchases of the Notes under the DTC system must be made by or through Direct Participants, which will receive a credit for the Notes on DTC’s records. The ownership interest of each actual purchaser of each security, or the “Beneficial Owner,” is in turn to be recorded on the Direct and Indirect Participants’ records. Beneficial Owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchase. Beneficial Owners are, however, expected to receive written confirmations providing details of the transaction, as well as periodic statements of their holdings, from the Direct or Indirect Participant through which the Beneficial Owner entered into the transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in the Notes are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of Direct and Indirect Participants acting on behalf of Beneficial Owners. Beneficial Owners will not receive certificates representing their ownership interests in the Notes, except in the event that use of the book-entry system for the Notes is discontinued.

To facilitate subsequent transfers, all Notes deposited by Direct Participants with DTC are registered in the name of DTC’s partnership nominee, Cede & Co., or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. The deposit of the Notes with DTC and their registration in the name of Cede & Co. or such other DTC nominee do not effect any change in beneficial ownership. DTC has no knowledge of the actual Beneficial Owners of the Notes; DTC’s records reflect only the identity of the Direct Participants to whose accounts the Notes are credited, which may or may not be the Beneficial Owners. The Direct and Indirect Participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.

Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to Direct Participants, by Direct Participants to Indirect Participants, and by Direct Participants and Indirect Participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time.

Redemption notices shall be sent to DTC. If less than all of the Notes within an issue are being redeemed, DTC’s practice is to determine by lot the amount of the interest of each Direct Participant in such issue to be redeemed.

Redemption proceeds, distributions and interest payments on the Notes will be made to Cede & Co., or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. DTC’s practice is to credit Direct Participants’ accounts upon DTC’s receipt of funds and corresponding detail information from us or the trustee on the payment date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC’s records. Payments by Participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such Participant and not of DTC nor its nominee, the trustee, or us, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment of redemption proceeds, distributions and interest payments to Cede & Co. (or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC) is the responsibility of us or the trustee, but disbursement of such payments

103


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to Direct Participants will be the responsibility of DTC, and disbursement of such payments to the Beneficial Owners will be the responsibility of Direct and Indirect Participants.

DTC may discontinue providing its services as securities depository with respect to the Notes at any time by giving reasonable notice to us or to the trustee. Under such circumstances, in the event that a successor securities depository is not obtained, certificates are required to be printed and delivered. We may decide to discontinue use of the system of book-entry-only transfers through DTC (or a successor securities depository). In that event, certificates will be printed and delivered to DTC.

The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC’s book-entry system has been obtained from sources that we believe to be reliable, but we take no responsibility for the accuracy thereof.

104


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNDERWRITING

Incapital LLC is acting as sole book-running manager. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriter agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to the underwriter, $    million aggregate principal amount of Notes.

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriter to purchase the Notes are subject to certain conditions precedent, including the absence of any material adverse change in our business and the receipt of certain certificates, opinions and letters from us, our counsel and our independent registered public accounting firm. The underwriter is obligated to purchase all of the Notes included in this offering (other than those covered by the over-allotment option) if it purchases any of the Notes.

Commission and Discount

The underwriter has advised that it proposes to initially offer some of the Notes directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some of the Notes to certain dealers at the public offering price less a concession not in excess of    % of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes. The sales load is equal to   % of the public offering price of the Notes. If all of the Notes are not sold at the public offering price, the underwriter may change the public offering price and other selling terms. Investors must pay for any Notes purchased on or before    , 2015. The underwriter has advised us that it does not intend to confirm any sales to any accounts over which it exercises discretionary authority.

The following table shows the sales load to be paid to the underwriter in connection with this offering. This offering will conform with the requirements set forth in FINRA Rule 5110. The sum of all compensation to the underwriter in connection with this offering of the Notes, including the sales load, will not exceed    % of the total public offering price of the Notes sold in this offering.

   
  Per Note   Total
Public offering price     100 %     $  
Sales load (underwriting discounts and commissions)       $  
Proceeds to us before offering expenses       $           

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, excluding the sales load, will be approximately $    . As part of our payment of our offering expenses, we have agreed to pay expenses related to the fees and disbursements of counsel to the underwriter, in an amount not to exceed $5,000 in the aggregate, in connection with the review by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. of the terms of the sale of the Notes.

Over-allotment Option

The underwriter holds an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase from us up to an additional $    million aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the public offering price less the sales load. The underwriter may exercise the option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering.

No Sales of Similar Securities

Subject to certain exceptions, we have agreed not to sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, any debt securities issued or guaranteed by us or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for debt securities issued or guaranteed by us or file or cause to be declared effective a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any of the foregoing, without the consent of the underwriter, for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus. This consent may be given at any time without public notice.

Listing

The Notes are a new issue of securities with no established trading market. The Notes will not be listed on any securities exchange or quoted on any automated dealer quotation system

The underwriter may make a market in the Notes; however, it is not obligated to conduct market-making activities and any such activities may be discontinued at any time without notice, at the sole discretion of the

105


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

underwriter. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of, or the trading market for, the Notes as a result of any market-making activities undertaken by the underwriter. This prospectus is to be used by the underwriter in connection with the offering and, during the period in which a prospectus must be delivered, with offers and sales of the Notes in market-making transactions in the over-the-counter market at negotiated prices related to prevailing market prices at the time of the sale.

Price Stabilization and Short Positions

In connection with the offering, the underwriter may purchase and sell the Notes in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, covering transactions and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve sales of Notes in excess of the number of Notes to be purchased by the underwriter in the offering, which creates a short position. The underwriter must close out any short position by purchasing Notes in the open market. A short position is more likely to be created if the underwriter is concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of Notes in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids for or purchases of Notes in the open market while the offering is in progress.

Any of these activities may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Notes. They may also cause the price of the Notes to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriter may conduct these transactions in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise. If the underwriter commences any of these transactions, it may discontinue them at any time.

Electronic Delivery

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the underwriter’s website. The underwriter may allocate a number of the Notes for sale to its online brokerage account holders. The underwriter may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, Notes may be sold by the underwriter to securities dealers who resell shares to online brokerage account holders.

Other Relationships

We, the Adviser and the Administrator have each agreed to indemnify the underwriter against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act or to contribute to payments the underwriter may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.

We anticipate that, from time to time, the underwriter may act as a broker or a dealer in connection with the execution of our portfolio transactions after it has ceased to be the underwriter and, subject to certain restrictions, may act as a broker while it is the underwriter.

The underwriter may have performed investment banking and financial advisory services for us, the Adviser and our affiliates from time to time, for which it has received customary fees and expenses. The underwriter may, from time to time, engage in transactions with or perform services for us, the Adviser and our affiliates in the ordinary course of business.

The principal business address of Incapital LLC is 200 South Wacker Drive, Suite 3700, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

106


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REGULATION AS A CLOSED-END MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT COMPANY

General

As a registered closed-end management investment company, we are subject to regulation under the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, unless authorized by vote of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, we may not:

change our classification to an open-end management investment company;
alter any of our fundamental policies, which are set forth below in “ — Investment Restrictions ”; or
change the nature of our business so as to cease to be an investment company.

A majority of the outstanding voting securities of a company is defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (a) 67% or more of such company’s voting securities present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company.

As with other companies regulated by the 1940 Act, a registered closed-end management investment company must adhere to certain substantive regulatory requirements. A majority of our directors must be persons who are not “interested persons” of us, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. We will be required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect the closed-end management investment company. Furthermore, as a registered closed-end management investment company, we will be prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office. We may also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates absent exemptive relief or other prior approval by the SEC.

We will generally not be able to issue and sell shares of our common stock at a price below the then current NAV per share (exclusive of any distributing commission or discount). See “ Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure — Regulations governing our operation as a registered closed-end management investment company affect our ability to raise additional capital and the way in which we do so. The raising of debt capital may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage .” We may, however, sell shares of our common stock at a price below the then current NAV per share if our board of directors determines that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders, and the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock, approves such sale. In addition, we may generally issue new shares of our common stock at a price below NAV in rights offerings to existing stockholders, in payment of dividends and in certain other limited circumstances.

As a registered closed-end management investment company, we may use leverage as and to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. We are permitted to obtain leverage using any form of financial leverage instruments, including funds borrowed from banks or other financial institutions, margin facilities, notes or preferred stock and leverage attributable to reverse repurchase agreements or similar transactions. After issuance of the Notes in this offering, we anticipate that leverage will represent approximately     % of our total assets (as determined immediately before taking such leverage into account). Instruments that create leverage are generally considered to be senior securities under the 1940 Act. We may further increase our leverage through entry into a credit facility or other leveraging instruments. With respect to senior securities representing indebtedness ( i.e. , borrowing or deemed borrowing), other than temporary borrowings as defined under the 1940 Act, we are required to have an asset coverage of at least 300%, as measured at the time of borrowing and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount of our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness. With respect to senior securities that are stocks ( i.e. , shares of preferred stock), we are required to have an asset coverage of at least 200%, as measured at the time of the issuance of any such shares of preferred stock and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness plus the aggregate liquidation preference of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. If our asset coverage declines below 300% (or 200%, as applicable), we would not be able to incur additional debt or issue additional preferred stock, and could be required by law to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt or

107


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

redeem preferred stock when it is disadvantageous to do so, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations, and we would not be able to make certain distributions or pay dividends. In addition, we may borrow for temporary or other purposes as permitted under the 1940 Act, which indebtedness would be in addition to the asset coverage requirements described above.

Asset Segregation and Coverage.   We may “set aside” liquid assets (often referred to as “asset segregation”), or engage in other SEC- or staff-approved measures, to “cover” open positions with respect to certain portfolio management techniques, such as entering into certain Derivative Transactions, or purchasing securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, that may be considered senior securities under the 1940 Act. We intend to “cover” our derivative positions by segregating an amount of cash and/or liquid securities as required by the 1940 Act and applicable SEC interpretations and guidance from time to time. “Covered” positions that would otherwise be deemed to create leverage are not counted as senior securities for the purposes of calculating asset coverage under the 1940 Act. We may not cover an applicable derivative transaction if it is not necessary to do so to comply with the 1940 Act limitations on the issuance of senior securities and, in the view of the Adviser, the assets that would have been used to cover could be better used for a different purpose. However, these transactions, even if covered, may represent a form of economic leverage and will create risks. The potential loss on derivative instruments may be substantial relative to the initial investment therein. In addition, these segregation and coverage requirements could result in us maintaining securities positions that we would otherwise liquidate, segregating assets at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so or otherwise restricting portfolio management. Such segregation and cover requirements will not limit or offset losses on related positions.

Investment Restrictions

Our investment objectives and our investment policies and strategies described in this prospectus, except for the seven investment restrictions designated as fundamental policies under this caption, are not fundamental and may be changed by the board of directors without stockholder approval.

As referred to above, the following seven investment restrictions are designated as fundamental policies and, as such, cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities:

(1) We may not borrow money, except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction;
(2) We may not engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others, except to the extent that we may be deemed to be an underwriter in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities;
(3) We may not purchase or sell physical commodities or contracts for the purchase or sale of physical commodities. Physical commodities do not include futures contracts with respect to securities, securities indices, currency or other financial instruments;
(4) We may not purchase or sell real estate, which term does not include securities of companies which deal in real estate or mortgages or investments secured by real estate or interests therein, except that we reserve freedom of action to hold and to sell real estate acquired as a result of our ownership of securities;
(5) We may not make loans, except to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction. For purposes of this investment restriction, the purchase of debt obligations (including acquisitions of loans, loan participations or other forms of debt instruments) shall not constitute loans by us;
(6) We may not issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, the SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction; and

108


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(7) We may not invest in any security if as a result of such investment, 25% or more of the value of our total assets, taken at market value at the time of each investment, are in the securities of issuers in any particular industry except (a) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government and its agencies and instrumentalities or tax-exempt securities of state and municipal governments or their political subdivisions (however, not including private purpose industrial development bonds issued on behalf of non-government issuers), or (b) as otherwise provided by the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, and as modified or supplemented from time to time by (i) the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC under the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, and (ii) any exemption or other relief applicable to us from the provisions of the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time. For purposes of this restriction, in the case of investments in loan participations between us and a bank or other lending institution participating out the loan, we will treat both the lending bank or other lending institution and the borrower as “issuers.” For purposes of this restriction, an investment in a CLO, collateralized bond obligation, CDO or a swap or other derivative will be considered to be an investment in the industry (if any) of the underlying or reference security, instrument or asset.

The latter part of certain of our fundamental investment restrictions ( i.e. , the references to “except to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, the SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction”) provides us with flexibility to change our limitations in connection with changes in applicable law, rules, regulations or exemptive relief. The language used in these restrictions provides the necessary flexibility to allow our board of directors to respond efficiently to these kinds of developments without the delay and expense of a stockholder meeting.

Whenever an investment policy or investment restriction set forth in this prospectus states a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested in any security or other asset or describes a policy regarding quality standards, such percentage limitation or standard shall be determined immediately after and as a result of our acquisition of such security or asset. Accordingly, any later increase or decrease resulting from a change in values, assets or other circumstances or any subsequent rating change made by a rating agency (or as determined by the Adviser if the security is not rated by a rating agency) will not compel us to dispose of such security or other asset. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we must always be in compliance with the borrowing policies set forth above.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to the Adviser. The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of the Adviser are set forth below. The guidelines will be reviewed periodically by the Adviser and our independent directors, and, accordingly, are subject to change. For purposes of these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures described below, “we,” “our” and “us” refers to Eagle Point Credit Management.

Introduction

An investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act has a fiduciary duty to act solely in the best interests of its clients. As part of this duty, we recognize that we must vote client securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in the best interests of our clients.

These policies and procedures for voting proxies for our investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.

Proxy Policies

Based on the nature of our investment strategy, we do not expect to receive proxy proposals but may from time to time receive amendments, consents or resolutions applicable to investments held by us. It is our general policy to exercise our voting or consult authority in a manner that serves the interests of our stockholders. We may occasionally be subject to material conflicts of interest in voting proxies due to business or personal relationships it maintains with persons having an interest in the outcome of certain votes. If at any time we becomes aware of a material conflict of interest relating to a particular proxy proposal, our chief compliance officer will review the proposal and determine how to vote the proxy in a manner consistent with interests of our stockholders.

109


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Proxy Voting Records

Information regarding how we voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available, without charge: (1) upon request, by calling toll free (844) 810-6501; and (2) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov . You may also obtain information about how we voted proxies by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Eagle Point Credit Management LLC, 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, CT 06830.

Privacy Policy

We are committed to protecting your privacy. This privacy notice, which is required by federal law, explains privacy policies of Eagle Point Credit Company Inc. and its affiliated companies. The terms of this notice apply to both current and former stockholders.

We will safeguard, according to strict standards of security and confidentiality, all information we receive about you. With regard to this information, we maintain procedural safeguards that comply with federal standards.

Our goal is to limit the collection and use of information about you. When you purchase shares of our common stock, our transfer agent collects personal information about you, such as your name, address, social security number or tax identification number.

This information is used only so that we can send you annual reports, proxy statements and other information required by law, and to send you information we believe may be of interest to you.

We do not share such information with any non-affiliated third party except as described below:

It is our policy that only authorized employees of our investment adviser, Eagle Point Credit Management LLC, and its affiliates who need to know your personal information will have access to it.
We may disclose stockholder-related information to unaffiliated third party financial service providers (which may include a custodian, transfer agent, accountant or financial printer) who need to know that information in order to provide services to you or to the Company. These companies are required to protect your information and use it solely for the purpose for which they received it. These companies are required to protect your information and use it solely for the purpose for which they received it.

If required by law, we may disclose stockholder-related information in accordance with a court order or at the request of government regulators. Only that information required by law, subpoena, or court order will be disclosed.

110


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ADDITIONAL INVESTMENTS AND TECHNIQUES

Our primary investment strategies are described elsewhere in this prospectus. The following is a description of the various investment policies that may be engaged in, whether as a primary or secondary strategy, and a summary of certain attendant risks. The Adviser may not buy any of the following instruments or use any of the following techniques unless it believes that doing so will help to achieve our investment objectives.

Investment in Debt Securities, Other Types of Credit Instruments and Other Credit Investments

Debt Securities.   We may invest in debt securities, including debt securities rated below investment grade, or “junk” securities. Debt securities of corporate and governmental issuers in which we may invest are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligations (credit risk) and also may be subject to price volatility due to such factors as interest rate sensitivity, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity (market risk).

Senior Secured Loans.   This category of investments primarily includes Assignments of performing senior secured loans to corporate borrowers. Senior secured loans are typically acquired through both primary bank syndications and in the secondary market. In most cases, a senior secured loan will be secured by specific collateral of the issuer. Historically, many of these investments have traded at or near par ( i.e. , 100% of face value), although they more recently have traded at greater discounts on the current market environment, the Adviser may also purchase stressed and distressed senior secured loans at a material discount to par, if the Adviser believes that there are attractive opportunities to generate capital appreciation by making such investments.

Senior secured loans are loans that are typically made to business borrowers to finance leveraged buy-outs, recapitalizations, mergers, stock repurchases, or internal growth. Senior secured loans generally are negotiated between a borrower and several financial institution lenders represented by one or more lenders acting as agent of all the lenders. The agent is responsible for negotiating the loan agreement that establishes the terms and conditions of the senior secured loan and the rights of the borrower and the lenders. We will primarily purchase Assignments of portions of senior secured loans from third parties and may invest in participations in senior secured loans. Senior secured loans have the most senior position in a borrower’s capital structure or share the senior position with other senior debt securities of the borrower. This capital structure position generally gives holders of senior secured loans a priority claim on some or all of the borrower’s assets in the event of default and therefore the lenders will be paid before certain other creditors of the borrower.

Senior secured loans also have contractual terms designed to protect lenders. These covenants may include mandatory prepayment out of excess cash flows, restrictions on dividend payments, the maintenance of minimum financial ratios, limits on indebtedness and other financial tests. Breach of these covenants generally is an event of default and, if not waived by the lenders, may give lenders the right to accelerate principal and interest payments. Other senior secured loans may be issued with less restrictive covenants which are often referred to as “covenant-lite” transactions. In a “covenant-lite” loan, the covenants that require the borrower to “maintain” certain financial ratios are eliminated altogether, and the lenders are left to rely only on covenants that restrict a company from “incurring” or actively engaging certain action. But a covenant that only restricts a company from incurring new debt cannot be violated simply by a deteriorating financial condition, the company has to take affirmative action to breach it. The impact of these covenant-lite transactions may be to retard the speed with which lenders will be able to take control over troubled deals. We generally acquire senior secured loans of borrowers that, among other things, in the Adviser’s judgment, can make timely payments on their senior secured loans and that satisfy other credit standards established by the Adviser.

When we purchase first and second lien senior floating rate loans and other floating rate debt securities, coupon rates are floating, not fixed and are tied to a benchmark lending rate, the most popular of which is LIBOR. The interest rates of these floating rate debt securities vary periodically based upon a benchmark indicator of prevailing interest rates.

111


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

When we purchase an Assignment, we succeed to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement of the assigning lender and becomes a lender under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. These rights include the ability to vote along with the other lenders on such matters as enforcing the terms of the loan agreement ( e.g. , declaring defaults, initiating collection action, etc.). Taking such actions typically requires a vote of the lenders holding at least a majority of the investment in the loan, and may require a vote by lenders holding two-thirds or more of the investment in the loan. Because we typically do not hold a majority of the investment in any loan, we will not be able by ourselves to control decisions that require a vote by the lenders.

High Yield Securities.   We may invest in high yielding, fixed income securities rated below investment grade ( e.g. , rated below “Baa3” by Moody’s or below “BBB-” by S&P or Fitch). Below investment grade and unrated securities are also sometimes referred to as “junk” securities.

Ratings are based largely on the historical financial condition of the issuer. Consequently, the rating assigned to any particular security is not necessarily a reflection of the issuer’s current financial condition, which may be better or worse than the rating would indicate. We may invest in comparable quality unrated securities that, in the opinion of the Adviser, offer comparable yields and risks to those securities which are rated.

Debt obligations rated in the lower ratings categories, or which are unrated, involve greater volatility of price and risk of loss of principal and income. In addition, lower ratings reflect a greater possibility of an adverse change in financial condition affecting the ability of the issuer to make payments of interest and principal.

The market price and liquidity of lower rated fixed income securities generally respond to short-term corporate and market developments to a greater extent than do the price and liquidity of higher rated securities because such developments are perceived to have a more direct relationship to the ability of an issuer of such lower rated securities to meet its ongoing debt obligations.

Reduced volume and liquidity in the high yield bond market or the reduced availability of market quotations will make it more difficult to dispose of the bonds and to value accurately our assets. The reduced availability of reliable, objective data may increase our reliance on management’s judgment in valuing high yield bonds. In addition, our investments in high yield securities may be susceptible to adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not justified by fundamental factors. Our investments, and consequently our NAV, will be subject to the market fluctuations and risks inherent in all securities.

Synthetic Securities Risk.   We may acquire loans through investment in synthetic securities or interests in lease agreements that have the general characteristics of loans and are treated as loans for withholding tax purposes. In addition to the credit risks associated with directly or indirectly holding senior secured loans and high-yield debt securities, with respect to synthetic strategy, we will usually have a contractual relationship only with the counterparty of such synthetic security, and not with the reference obligor of the reference obligation. We generally will have no right to directly enforce compliance by the reference obligor with the terms of the reference obligation nor will it have any rights of setoff against the reference obligor or rights with respect to the reference obligation. We will not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the reference obligation and will not have the benefit of the remedies that would normally be available to a holder of such reference obligation. In addition, in the event of the insolvency of the counterparty, we may be treated as a general creditor of such counterparty, and will not have any claim with respect to the reference obligation. Consequently, we will be subject to the credit risk of the counterparty as well as that of the reference obligor. As a result, concentrations of synthetic securities in any one counterparty subject us to an additional degree of risk with respect to defaults by such counterparty as well as by the reference obligor.

Defaulted Securities.   We may invest in defaulted securities. The risk of loss due to default may be considerably greater with lower-quality securities because they are generally unsecured and are often subordinated to other debt of the issuer. Investing in defaulted debt securities involves risks such as the possibility of complete loss of the investment where the issuer does not restructure to enable it to resume principal and interest payments. If the issuer of a security in our portfolio defaults, we may have unrealized losses on the security, which may lower our NAV. Defaulted securities tend to lose much of their value before

112


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

they default. Thus, our NAV may be adversely affected before an issuer defaults. In addition, we may incur additional expenses if it must try to recover principal or interest payments on a defaulted security.

Certificates of Deposit, Bankers’ Acceptances and Time Deposits.   We may acquire certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits. Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return. Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning in effect that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances acquired by us will be dollar-denominated obligations of domestic banks, savings and loan associations or financial institutions at the time of purchase, have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million (including assets of both domestic and foreign branches), based on latest published reports, or less than $100 million if the principal amount of such bank obligations are fully insured by the U.S. government. In addition to purchasing certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances, to the extent permitted under our investment objectives and policies stated in this prospectus, we may make interest-bearing time or other interest-bearing deposits in commercial or savings banks. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained at a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate.

Commercial Paper and Short-Term Notes.   We may invest a portion of our assets in commercial paper and short-term notes. Commercial paper consists of unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations. Issues of commercial paper and short-term notes will normally have maturities of less than nine months and fixed rates of return, although such instruments may have maturities of up to one year. Commercial paper and short-term notes will consist of issues rated at the time of purchase “A-2” or higher by S&P, “Prime-1” or “Prime-2” by Moody’s, or similarly rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization or, if unrated, will be determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality.

CLO Class M Notes, Fee Notes and Participation Agreements.   We may acquire CLO Class M notes, fee notes and participation agreements with CLO collateral managers. There is not an active secondary market for CLO Class M notes, fee notes and participation agreements. Further, CLO Class M notes, fee notes and participation agreements may have significant restrictions on transfer and require continued ownership of certain amounts of CLO equity in the related CLO for the instrument to be valid. CLO Class M notes, fee notes and participation agreements are also subject to the risk of early call of the CLO, and may have no make-whole or other yield protection provisions.

Zero Coupon Securities.   Among the debt securities in which we may invest are zero coupon securities. Zero coupon securities are debt obligations that do not entitle the holder to any periodic payment of interest prior to maturity or a specified date when the securities begin paying current interest. They are issued and traded at a discount from their face amount or par value, which discount varies depending on the time remaining until cash payments begin, prevailing interest rates, liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. The market prices of zero coupon securities generally are more volatile than the prices of securities that pay interest periodically and in cash and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than do other types of debt securities having similar maturities and credit quality. Original issue discount earned on zero coupon securities must be included in our income. Thus, to quality for tax treatment as a RIC and to avoid a certain excise tax on undistributed income, we may be required to distribute as a dividend an amount that is greater than the total amount of cash we actually receive. These distributions must be made from our cash assets or, if necessary, from the proceeds of sales of portfolio securities. We will not be able to purchase additional income-producing securities with cash used to make such distributions, and our current income ultimately could be reduced as a result.

U.S. Government Securities.   We may invest in debt securities issued or guaranteed by agencies, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises of the U.S. Government. Some U.S. government securities, such as U.S. Treasury bills, notes and bonds, and mortgage-related securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association, are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S.; others, such as those of the Federal Home Loan Banks, or “FHLBs,” or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or “FHLMC,” are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others, such as those of the Federal National Mortgage Association, or “FNMA,” are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S.

113


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; and still others, such as those of the Student Loan Marketing Association, are supported only by the credit of the issuing agency, instrumentality or enterprise. Although U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises, such as the FHLBs, FHLMC, FNMA and the Student Loan Marketing Association, may be chartered or sponsored by Congress, they are not funded by Congressional appropriations, and their securities are not issued by the U.S. Treasury or supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government and involve increased credit risks. Although legislation has been enacted to support certain government sponsored entities, including the FHLBs, FHLMC and FNMA, there is no assurance that the obligations of such entities will be satisfied in full, or that such obligations will not decrease in value or default. It is difficult, if not impossible, to predict the future political, regulatory or economic changes that could impact the government sponsored entities and the values of their related securities or obligations. In addition, certain governmental entities, including FNMA and FHLMC, have been subject to regulatory scrutiny regarding their accounting policies and practices and other concerns that may result in legislation, changes in regulatory oversight and/or other consequences that could adversely affect the credit quality, availability or investment character of securities issued by these entities. U.S. Government debt securities generally involve lower levels of credit risk than other types of debt securities of similar maturities, although, as a result, the yields available from U.S. Government debt securities are generally lower than the yields available from such other securities. Like other debt securities, the values of U.S. government securities change as interest rates fluctuate. Fluctuations in the value of portfolio securities will not affect interest income on existing portfolio securities but will be reflected in our NAV.

Distressed Securities

We may invest in distressed investments including loans, loan participations, or bonds, many of which are not publicly traded and which may involve a substantial degree of risk. In certain periods, there may be little or no liquidity in the markets for these securities or instruments. In addition, the prices of such securities or instruments may be subject to periods of abrupt and erratic market movements and above-average price volatility. It may be more difficult to value such securities and the spread between the bid and asked prices of such securities may be greater than normally expected. If the Adviser’s evaluation of the risks and anticipated outcome of an investment in a distressed security should prove incorrect, we may lose a substantial portion or all of our investment or we may be required to accept cash or securities with a value less than our original investment.

Equity Securities

We may hold long and short positions in common stocks, preferred stocks and convertible securities of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers. We also may invest in depositary receipts or shares relating to non-U.S. securities. Equity securities fluctuate in value, often based on factors unrelated to the fundamental economic condition of the issuer of the securities, including general economic and market conditions, and these fluctuations can be pronounced. We may purchase securities in all available securities trading markets and may invest in equity securities without restriction as to market capitalization, such as those issued by smaller capitalization companies, including micro cap companies.

Investment in Other Investment Companies

We may invest in securities of other investment companies subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the 1940 Act. These limitations include in certain circumstances a prohibition on us acquiring more than 3% of the voting shares of any other investment company, and a prohibition on investing more than 5% of our total assets in securities of any one investment company or more than 10% of our total assets in securities of all investment companies.

We will indirectly bear our proportionate share of any management fees and other expenses paid by such other investment companies, in addition to the fees and expenses that we regularly bear. Although we do not expect to do so in the foreseeable future, we are authorized to invest substantially all of our assets in a single open-end investment company or series thereof that has substantially the same investment objectives, policies and fundamental restrictions as us.

Exchange-Traded Notes (“ETNs”)

We may invest in ETNs. ETNs are a type of senior, unsecured, unsubordinated debt security issued by financial institutions that combines both aspects of bonds and Exchange-Traded Funds, or “ETFs.” An ETN’s

114


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

returns are based on the performance of a market index minus fees and expenses. Similar to ETFs, ETNs are listed on an exchange and traded in the secondary market. However, unlike an ETF, an ETN can be held until the ETN’s maturity, at which time the issuer will pay a return linked to the performance of the market index to which the ETN is linked minus certain fees. Unlike regular bonds, ETNs do not make periodic interest payments and principal is not protected. ETNs are subject to credit risk and the value of an ETN may drop due to a downgrade in the issuer’s credit rating, despite the underlying market benchmark or strategy remaining unchanged. The value of an ETN may also be influenced by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying assets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating, and economic, legal, political, or geographic events that affect the referenced underlying asset. When we invest in ETNs we will bear our proportionate share of any fees and expenses borne by the ETN. Our decision to sell our ETN holdings may be limited by the availability of a secondary market. In addition, although an ETN may be listed on an exchange, the issuer may not be required to maintain the listing and there can be no assurance that a secondary market will exist for an ETN.

Preferred Securities

Preferred securities in which we may invest include trust preferred securities, monthly income preferred securities, quarterly income bond securities, quarterly income debt securities, quarterly income preferred securities, corporate trust securities, traditional preferred stock, contingent-capital securities, hybrid securities (which have characteristics of both equity and fixed-income instruments) and public income notes. Preferred securities are typically issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest-bearing notes or preferred securities, or by an affiliated business trust of a corporation, generally in the form of beneficial interests in subordinated debentures or similarly structured securities. The preferred securities market consists of both fixed and adjustable coupon rate securities that are either perpetual in nature in that they have no maturity dates or have stated maturity dates.

Investment in Relatively New Issuers

We may invest in the securities of new issuers. Investments in relatively new issuers, i.e. , those having continuous operating histories of less than three years, may carry special risks and may be more speculative because such issuers are relatively unseasoned. Such issuers may also lack sufficient resources, may be unable to generate internally the funds necessary for growth and may find external financing to be unavailable on favorable terms or even totally unavailable. Certain issuers may be involved in the development or marketing of a new product with no established market, which could lead to significant losses. Securities of such issuers may have a limited trading market which may adversely affect their disposition and can result in their being priced lower than might otherwise be the case. If other investors who invest in such issuers seek to sell the same securities when we attempt to dispose of our holdings, we may receive lower prices than might otherwise be the case.

Demand Deposit Accounts

We may hold a significant portion of our cash assets in interest-bearing or non-interest-bearing demand deposit accounts at our custodian or another depository institution insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or “FDIC.” The FDIC is an independent agency of the U.S. government, and FDIC deposit insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. We expect to hold cash that exceeds the amounts insured by the FDIC for such accounts. As a result, in the event of a failure of a depository institution where we hold such cash, our cash is subject to the risk of loss.

Simultaneous Investments

Investment decisions, made by the Adviser on our behalf, are made independently from those of the other funds and accounts advised by the Adviser and its affiliates. If, however, such other accounts wish to invest in, or dispose of, the same securities as us, available investments will be allocated equitably between us and other accounts. This procedure may adversely affect the size of the position we obtain or disposed of or the price we pay.

115


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Short Sales

When we engage in a short sale of a security, it must, to the extent required by law, borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the counterparty. We may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and would often be obligated to pay over any payments received on such borrowed securities.

If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time that we replace the borrowed security, we will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, we will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above.

To the extent we engage in short sales, we will provide collateral to the broker-dealer and may maintain additional asset coverage in the form of segregated or “earmarked” liquid assets equal to the current market value of the securities sold short, or may ensure that such positions are covered by “offsetting” positions, until we replace the borrowed security. If we do not segregate liquid assets in such manner, then such securities will be considered senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act. A short sale is “against the box” to the extent that we contemporaneously own, or have the right to obtain at no added cost, securities identical to those sold short. We may engage in short selling to the extent permitted by the federal securities laws and rules and interpretations thereunder. To the extent we engage in short selling in foreign (non-U.S.) jurisdictions, we will do so to the extent permitted by the laws and regulations of such jurisdiction.

116


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

As of July 30, 2015, there were 13,814,526 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding and 1,818,000 shares of Series A Term Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. The following table sets forth, as of that date, certain ownership information with respect to shares of our common stock and our Series A Term Preferred Stock held by (1) those persons who directly or indirectly own, control or hold with the power to vote, 5% or more of our outstanding shares of either our common stock or our Series A Term Preferred Stock and (2) our directors and officers as a group.

       
Name and Address   Number of
Shares of
Common Stock (1)
  Percentage of
Outstanding
Shares of
Common Stock
  Number of
Shares of
Preferred Stock (1)
  Percentage of
Outstanding
Shares of
Preferred Stock
Trident V, L.P. (2)     5,033,184       36.4 %              
Trident V Parallel Fund, L.P. (3)     3,559,726       25.8 %              
Fitzwilliam Insurance Limited (4)      1,275,278       9.2 %              
MYCIO Wealth Partners, LLC (5)     799,658       5.8 %              
All officers and directors as a group
(7 persons) (6)
    83,519           14,280      

* Represents less than 1.0%.
(1) Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Ownership information for those persons who beneficially own 5% or more of our shares of common stock is based upon filings by such persons with the SEC and other information obtained from such persons, if available.
(2) Trident V, L.P. is the sole direct owner of 4,933,184 shares of our common stock. Trident V, L.P. indirectly holds an ownership interest in the Adviser and, as such, may be deemed a beneficial owner of the 100,000 shares of our common stock directly owned by the Adviser due to its pecuniary interest in such shares. Although voting rights with regard to the shares held directly by Trident V, L.P. have been passed through to the ultimate limited partners of Trident V, L.P., Trident Capital V, L.P., as the general partner of Trident V, L.P., could be viewed as having dispositive power over all of the shares of our common stock directly owned by Trident V, L.P. In addition, Trident Capital V, L.P. may be deemed to have an indirect pecuniary interest in the shares of our common stock directly owned by the Adviser to the extent of Trident Capital V, L.P.’s proportionate interest in the portfolio securities of Trident V, L.P. Trident Capital V, L.P. disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein. Trident V, L.P. is a Cayman Islands limited partnership and its address is c/o Stone Point Capital LLC, 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, CT 06830.
(3) Trident V Parallel Fund, L.P. is the sole direct owner of 3,459,726 shares of our common stock. Trident V Parallel Fund, L.P. indirectly holds an ownership interest in the Adviser and, as such, may be deemed a beneficial owner of the 100,000 shares of our common stock directly owned by the Adviser due to its pecuniary interest in such shares. Although voting rights with regard to the shares held directly by Trident V Parallel Fund, L.P. have been passed through to the ultimate limited partners of Trident V Parallel Fund, L.P., Trident Capital V-PF, L.P., as the general partner of Trident V Parallel Fund, L.P., could be viewed as having dispositive power over all of the shares of our common stock directly owned by Trident V Parallel Fund, L.P. In addition, Trident Capital V-PF, L.P. may be deemed to have an indirect pecuniary interest in the shares of our common stock directly owned by the Adviser to the extent of Trident Capital V Parallel Fund, L.P.’s proportionate interest in the portfolio securities of Trident V-PF, L.P. Trident Capital V-PF, L.P. disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein. Trident V Parallel Fund, L.P. is a Cayman Islands limited partnership and its address is c/o Stone Point Capital LLC, 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, CT 06830.
(4) The principal business address of Fitzwilliam Insurance Limited is c/o Enstar Group Limited, P.O. Box HM 2267, Windsor Place 3 rd Floor, 22 Queen Street, Hamilton HM JX, Bermuda.
(5) The address of MYCIO Wealth Partners, LLC is Circa Center, 2929 Arch Street, Suite 650, Philadelphia, PA 19104.
(6) The address of each of our officers and directors is c/o Eagle Point Credit Company Inc., 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, CT 06830.

117


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION

Since we will acquire and dispose of many of our investments in privately negotiated transactions, many of the transactions that we engage in will not require the use of broker-dealers or the payment of brokerage commissions or dealer spreads. Subject to policies established by our board of directors, the Adviser will be primarily responsible for selecting brokers and dealers to execute transactions with respect to the publicly traded securities portion of our portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage commissions. The Adviser does not expect to execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer but will seek to obtain the best net results for us under the circumstances, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. The Adviser generally will seek reasonably competitive trade execution costs but will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements and consistent with Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act, The Adviser may select a broker based upon brokerage or research services provided. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if the Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

We have not paid brokerage commissions since the commencement of our operations.

118


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with the Notes will be passed upon for us by Dechert LLP, Boston, MA, and for the underwriter by Morrison & Foerster LLP, New York, NY.

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

Our portfolio securities are held pursuant to a custodian agreement between us and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas. The principal business address of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas is 1761 East St. Andrews Place, Santa Ana, CA 92705.

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC serves as our transfer agent, registrar, dividend disbursement agent and stockholder servicing agent, as well as agent for our DRIP. The principal business address of American Stock & Transfer Company, LLC is 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm located at 345 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10154, provides audit services, tax return preparation, and assistance and consultation with respect to the preparation of filings with the SEC.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2 (file numbers 333-205540 and 811-22974), together with all amendments and related exhibits, under the Securities Act, with respect to the Notes offered by this prospectus. Our registration statement may be obtained from the SEC at www.sec.gov .

We file with or submit to the SEC annual and semi-annual reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement and related exhibits, at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (800) SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site ( http://www.sec.gov ) that contains reports, proxy statements and other information filed electronically by us with the SEC . Copies of these reports, proxy statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. This information will also be available free of charge by writing us at Eagle Point Credit Company Inc., 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, CT 06830, Attention: Investor Relations, by telephone at (844) 810-6501, or on our website at www.eaglepointcreditcompany.com.

119


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
    
Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of March 31, 2015 (unaudited)     F-2  
Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of March 31, 2015 (unaudited)     F-3  
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the period from January 1, 2015 to March 31, 2015 (unaudited)     F-4  
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the period from January 1, 2015 to March 31, 2015 (unaudited)     F-5  
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the period from January 1, 2015 to March 31, 2015 (unaudited)     F-6  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)     F-7  
Financial Highlights as of March 31, 2015 (unaudited)     F-19  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-21  
Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2014     F-22  
Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2014     F-23  
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the period from June 6, 2014 (commencement of operations) to October 5, 2014 and from October 6, 2014 to December 31, 2014     F-25  
Consolidated Statement of Member’s Equity for the period from June 6, 2014 (commencement of operations) to October 5, 2014     F-26  
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the period from October 6, 2014 to December 31, 2014     F-27  
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the period from June 6, 2014 (commencement of operations) to October 5, 2014 and from October 6, 2014 to December 31, 2014     F-28  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements     F-29  
Financial Highlights as of December 31, 2014     F-42  

F-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

March 31, 2015
(expressed in U.S. dollars)
(Unaudited)

 
ASSETS
        
Investments, at fair value (cost $254,206,635)   $ 248,692,824  
Cash     12,627,388  
Interest receivable     8,823,084  
Receivable for securities sold     8,589,050  
Prepaid expenses     49,699  
Total Assets     278,782,045  
LIABILITIES
        
Payable for securities purchased     8,544,900  
Distribution payable     8,286,815  
Management fee payable     1,144,421  
Incentive fee payable     1,375,207  
Administration fees payable     126,224  
Professional fees payable     117,681  
Directors' fees payable     79,375  
Other expenses payable     45,000  
Total Liabilities     19,719,623  
NET ASSETS applicable to 13,811,358 shares of $0.001 par value common stock outstanding   $ 259,062,422  
NET ASSETS consist of:
        
Paid in capital (Notes 5 & 6)     270,148,104  
Accumulated net realized gain (loss) on investments     630,578  
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments     (5,513,811 )  
Distributions in excess of net investment income     (6,202,449 )  
Total net assets   $ 259,062,422  
Net asset value per common share   $ 18.76  

 
 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

as of March 31, 2015
(expressed in U.S. dollars)
(Unaudited)

             
  Industry   Investment   Effective
Yield (1)
  Principal
Amount
  Cost   Fair
Value (2) (3)
  % of
Net Assets
CLO Equity
                                                              
Apidos CLO XIV     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (due 4/15/25)       15.34 %     $ 11,177,500     $ 9,107,285     $ 9,600,069       3.71 %  
Avery Point V CLO, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Income Note (due 7/17/26)       14.57 %       10,875,000       8,717,676       7,295,729       2.82 %  
Babson CLO Ltd. 2013-II     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (due 1/18/25)       16.65 %       12,939,125       9,732,768       10,798,735       4.17 %  
Blue Mountain CLO 2013-2, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (due 1/22/25)       15.45 %       5,000,000       4,591,408       4,225,767       1.63 %  
CIFC Funding 2013-I, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (due 4/16/25)       14.85 %       4,000,000       3,575,986       3,338,868       1.29 %  
CIFC Funding 2013-II, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (due 4/21/25)       14.79 %       12,325,000       8,957,789       10,722,922       4.14 %  
CIFC Funding 2014, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (due 4/18/25)       18.04 %       13,387,500       10,439,415       10,643,925       4.11 %  
CIFC Funding 2014, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Income Note (due 4/18/25)       18.04 %       500,000       406,487       379,810       0.15 %  
CIFC Funding 2014-III, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Income Note (due 7/22/26)       16.19 %       5,000,000       4,231,250       4,181,605       1.61 %  
CIFC Funding 2014-IV, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Income Note (due 10/17/26)       14.11 %       7,000,000       5,664,099       5,282,581       2.04 %  
Flagship CLO VIII, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (due 1/16/26)       14.82 %       20,000,000       18,133,755       17,493,088       6.75 %  
Flagship CLO VIII, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Income Note (due 1/16/26)       14.82 %       7,360,000       6,186,472       5,938,953       2.29 %  
Galaxy XVIII CLO, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (due 10/15/26)       13.12 %       5,000,000       4,325,000       3,450,517       1.33 %  
Halcyon Loan Advisors Funding 2014-3, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (due 10/22/25)       13.43 %       5,750,000       5,405,000       4,776,384       1.84 %  
Marathon CLO VI Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (due 5/13/25)       14.24 %       2,975,000       2,577,430       2,869,469       1.11 %  
Marathon CLO VII Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (due 10/28/25)       15.67 %       10,526,000       9,999,700       9,779,114       3.77 %  
Octagon Investment Partners XIV, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (due 1/15/24)       18.17 %       12,325,000       9,970,830       8,767,705       3.38 %  
Octagon Investment Partners XIV, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Income Note (due 1/15/24)       18.17 %       4,250,000       3,143,893       2,916,308       1.13 %  
Octagon Investment Partners XIX, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (due 4/15/26)       15.76 %       3,000,000       2,498,165       2,413,786       0.93 %  
Octagon Investment Partners XVII, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (due 10/25/25)       15.08 %       12,000,000       10,323,606       9,747,628       3.76 %  
Octagon Investment Partners XX, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (due 8/12/26)       13.45 %       2,500,000       2,298,937       2,068,961       0.80 %  
OHA Credit Partners IX, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (due 10/20/25)       12.13 %       6,750,000       5,983,985       4,930,730       1.90 %  
Regatta III Funding Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (due 4/15/26)       12.29 %       2,500,000       2,008,385       1,787,756       0.69 %  
Sheridan Square CLO, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (due 4/15/25)       17.31 %       2,125,000       2,052,135       2,067,027       0.80 %  
Symphony CLO XII, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (due 10/15/25)       14.61 %       4,000,000       3,327,645       3,273,392       1.26 %  
THL Credit Wind River 2013-2 CLO Ltd.     Structured Finance       Class M Note (due 1/18/26)       7.68 %       1,275,000       299,625       528,127       0.20 %  
THL Credit Wind River 2013-2 CLO Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (due 1/18/26)       14.15 %       11,462,250       9,320,659       8,443,441       3.26 %  
THL Credit Wind River 2014-3 CLO Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (due 1/22/27)       17.65 %       13,000,000       11,677,250       12,223,427       4.72 %  
Voya CLO 2014-4, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (due 10/14/26)       15.28 %       10,000,000       9,250,000       8,634,753       3.33 %  
                               184,206,635       178,580,577       68.92 %  
Loan Accumulation Facilities (4)
                                                              
Cutwater 2015-I, Ltd.     Structured Finance       Loan Accumulation Facility (Class A preference shares)                40,000,000       40,000,000       40,080,737       15.47 %  
Marathon VIII     Structured Finance       Loan Accumulation Facility (Subordinated notes)                18,000,000       18,000,000       18,000,000       6.95 %  
OFSI VIII     Structured Finance       Loan Accumulation Facility (Preference shares)             12,000,000       12,000,000       12,031,510       4.64 %  
                               70,000,000       70,112,247       27.06 %  
Total investments at fair value as of March 31, 2015                           $ 254,206,635     $ 248,692,824       95.98 %  
Net assets in excess of fair value of investments                                   10,369,598        
Net assets at March 31, 2015                                 $ 259,062,422        

(1) CLO subordinated notes, income notes, and M notes are considered CLO equity positions. CLO equity positions are entitled to recurring distributions which are generally equal to the remaining cash flow of payments made by underlying securities less contractual payments to debt holders and fund expenses. The estimated yield indicated is based upon a current projection of the amount and timing of these recurring distributions in addition to the estimated amount of terminal principal payment. Such projections are periodically reviewed and adjusted. The estimated yield and investment cost may ultimately not be realized.
(2) Fair value is determined in good faith in accordance with the Company's valuation policies and procedures as set forth by the Company's Board of Directors.
(3) Fair value includes the Company's interest in fee rebates on CLO subordinated notes.
(4) Loan accumulation facilities are financing structures intended to aggregate loans that may be used to form the basis of a CLO vehicle.

F-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the period from January 1, 2015 to March 31, 2015
(expressed in U.S. dollars)
(Unaudited)

 
INVESTMENT INCOME
        
Interest income   $ 8,218,432  
Other income     143,711  
Total Investment Income     8,362,143  
EXPENSES
        
Management fee     1,144,421  
Incentive fee     1,375,207  
Administration fees     126,224  
Professional fees     104,089  
Directors' fees     79,375  
Other expenses     112,806  
Total Expenses     2,942,122  
NET INVESTMENT INCOME     5,420,021  
REALIZED AND UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS) ON INVESTMENTS
        
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     99,565  
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments     (1,730,809 )  
NET GAIN (LOSS) ON INVESTMENTS     (1,631,244 )  
NET INCOME (LOSS) & NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN NET ASSETS RESULTING FROM OPERATIONS   $ 3,788,777  

F-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS

For the period from January 1, 2015 to March 31, 2015
(expressed in U.S. dollars)
(Unaudited)

 
Total increase (decrease) in net assets from operations:
        
Net investment income   $ 5,420,021  
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     99,565  
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments     (1,730,809 )  
Total increase (decrease) in net assets from operations     3,788,777  
Distributions to shareholders:
        
Distributions from net investment income     (5,420,021 )  
Distributions from net realized gains on investments     (99,565 )  
Distributions from return of capital     (2,767,229 )  
Total distributions to shareholders     (8,286,815 )  
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     (4,498,038 )  
Net assets at beginning of period     263,560,460  
Net assets at end of period   $ 259,062,422  

F-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the period from January 1, 2015 to March 31, 2015
(expressed in U.S. dollars)
(Unaudited)

 
CASH FLOWS USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES
        
Net income (loss) and net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations   $ 3,788,777  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) and net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
        
Purchase of investments     (52,884,243 )  
Proceeds from sales of investments     19,550,146  
Net realized (gain) loss on investments     (99,565 )  
Net change in unrealized (appreciation) depreciation on investments     1,730,809  
Changes in assets and liabilities:
        
Interest receivable     (4,279,392 )  
Receivable for securities sold     5,907,775  
Prepaid expenses     24,850  
Payable for securities purchased     (18,943,300 )  
Management fee payable     68,707  
Professional fees payable     42,681  
Directors' fees payable     55,750  
Incentive fee payable     1,375,207  
Administration fees payable     106,148  
Other expenses payable     45,000  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     (43,510,650 )  
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
        
Cash distributions     (7,596,246 )  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     (7,596,246 )  
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH     (51,106,896 )  
CASH, BEGINNING OF PERIOD     63,734,284  
CASH, END OF PERIOD   $ 12,627,388  
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities:
        
Change in dividends declared, but not yet paid   $ 690,569  

F-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015
(Unaudited)

1. ORGANIZATION

Eagle Point Credit Company Inc. (the “Company”) is a non-diversified closed-end investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Company’s common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) with the symbol “ECC.”

As of March 31, 2015, the Company had two wholly-owned subsidiaries: Eagle Point Credit Company Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Eagle Point Credit Company Sub (Cayman) Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company.

The Company was initially formed on March 24, 2014 as Eagle Point Credit Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Eagle Point Credit Partners Sub, Ltd., a Cayman Island exempted company (the “Member”), which, in turn, is a subsidiary of Eagle Point Credit Partners LP (the “Private Fund”). The Private Fund is a master fund in a master feeder structure and has three feeder funds which invest substantially all of their assets in the Private Fund.

The Company commenced operations on June 6, 2014, the date the Member contributed, at fair value, a portfolio of cash and securities.

On October 6, 2014, the Company converted from a Delaware limited liability company into a Delaware corporation (the “Conversion”). At the time of the Conversion, the sole member of Eagle Point Credit Company LLC became a stockholder of Eagle Point Credit Company Inc. In connection with the Conversion, the Member converted 2,500,000 units for 8,656,057 shares at $20 per share for an effective conversion rate of 3.4668 common shares per unit. On October 7, 2014, the Company priced its Initial Public Offering (the “IPO”) and on October 8, 2014, the Company’s shares began trading on the NYSE.

See Note 6 “Common Shares” for further discussion relating to the Company’s Conversion and IPO.

The Company has elected to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), for federal income tax purposes.

Eagle Point Credit Management LLC (the “Adviser”) is the investment adviser of the Company and manages the investments of the Company under the supervision of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). The Adviser is registered as an investment adviser with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Eagle Point Administration LLC, an affiliate of the Adviser, is the administrator of the Company (the “Administrator”).

The Company’s primary investment objective is to generate high current income, with a secondary objective to generate capital appreciation. The Company seeks to achieve its investment objectives by investing primarily in equity and junior debt tranches of collateralized loan obligations, or “CLOs,” which are collateralized by a diverse portfolio consisting primarily of below investment grade U.S. senior secured loans. The CLO securities in which the Company will primarily seek to invest are unrated or rated below investment grade and are considered speculative with respect to timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. The Company may also invest in other securities and instruments related to these investments or that the Adviser believes are consistent with the Company’s investment objectives, including, among other investments, senior debt tranches of CLOs and loan accumulation facilities. In connection with the acquisition of newly issued CLO equity, the Company may from time to time receive fee rebates from the CLO issuer. The Company’s interests in fee rebates are held in the name of Eagle Point Credit Company Sub LLC.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Accounting

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts have been eliminated upon consolidation. The Company is considered an investment company under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S.

F-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015
(Unaudited)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES – (continued)

GAAP”). The Company follows the accounting and reporting guidance applicable to investment companies in the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 946 Financial Services — Investment Companies. Items included in the consolidated financial statements are measured and presented in United States dollars.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

As of the date of these consolidated financial statements, there were no accounting standards applicable to the Company that had been issued but not yet adopted by the Company.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under FASB ASC Topic 825 Financial Instruments, are carried at fair value or contractual amounts approximating fair value.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions which affect the reported amounts included in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes as of the reporting date. Actual results may differ from those estimated.

Valuation of Investments

The most significant estimate inherent in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements is the valuation of investments. In the absence of readily determinable fair values, the Adviser estimates the fair value of the Company’s investments in accordance with the Company’s valuation policy. Due to the uncertainty of valuation, this estimate may differ significantly from the value that would have been used had a ready market for the investments existed, and the differences could be material.

There is no single method for determining fair value in good faith. As a result, determining fair value requires judgment be applied to the specific facts and circumstances of each portfolio investment while employing a consistently applied valuation process for the types of investments held by the Company.

The Company accounts for its investments in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and requires enhanced disclosures about fair value measurements. Investments are reflected on the consolidated financial statements at fair value. Fair value is the estimated amount that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (i.e., the exit price). The Company’s fair valuation process is reviewed and approved by the Board.

The fair value hierarchy prioritizes and ranks the level of market price observability used in measuring investments at fair value. Market price observability is impacted by a number of factors, including the type of investment, the characteristics specific to the investment and the state of the marketplace (including the existence and transparency of transactions between market participants). Investments with readily available actively quoted prices, or for which fair value can be measured from actively quoted prices in an orderly market, will generally have a higher degree of market price observability and a lesser degree of judgment used in measuring fair value.

Investments measured and reported at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following categories based on inputs:

Level I  — Observable, quoted prices for identical investments in active markets as of the reporting date.
Level II  — Quoted prices for similar investments in active markets or quoted prices for identical investments in markets that are not active as of the reporting date.

F-8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015
(Unaudited)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES – (continued)

Level III  — Pricing inputs are unobservable for the investment and little, if any, active market exists. Fair value inputs require significant judgment or estimation from the Adviser.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the determination of which category within the fair value hierarchy is appropriate for any given investment is based on the lowest level of input significant to that fair value measurement. The assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and consideration of factors specific to the investment.

Investments for which observable market prices in active markets do not exist are reported at fair value based on Level III inputs. The amount determined to be fair value may incorporate the Adviser’s own assumptions (including assumptions the Adviser believes market participants would use in valuing investments and assumptions relating to appropriate risk adjustments for nonperformance and lack of marketability).

Investments are valued at least monthly taking into account information available as of the reporting date. For financial reporting purposes, valuations are approved by the Board on a quarterly basis.

See Note 3 “Investments” for further discussion relating to the Company’s investments.

In valuing its CLO debt, CLO equity and loan accumulation facility investments, the Adviser considers a variety of relevant factors including price indications from multiple dealers, recent trading prices for specific investments, recent purchases and sales known to the Adviser in similar securities and output from a third-party financial model.

The third-party financial model contains detailed information on the characteristics of each CLO including recent information about assets and liabilities, and is used to project future cash flows. Key inputs to the model, including assumptions for future loan default rates, recovery rates, prepayment rates, reinvestment rates and discount rates are determined by considering both observable and third-party market data and prevailing general market assumptions and conventions as well as those of the Adviser.

Investment Income Recognition

Interest income from debt positions in CLO investment vehicles is recorded using the accrual basis of accounting to the extent such amounts are expected to be collected. Amortization of premium or accretion of discount is recognized using the effective interest method.

Interest income from investments in CLO equity is recorded based upon an estimate of effective yield to maturity utilizing assumed cash flows. The Company monitors the expected cash flows from its CLO equity investments and effective yield is determined and updated as needed.

Interest income from loan accumulation facilities is characterized and recorded based on information provided by trustees.

Other Income

Other income may include the Company’s share of income under the terms of Class M notes and fee rebate agreements and is recorded based upon an estimate of effective yield to maturity utilizing assumed cash flows. The Company monitors the expected cash flows from its Class M notes and fee rebate agreements and effective yield is determined and updated as needed.

Securities Transactions

The Company records the purchases and sales of securities on trade date. Realized gains and losses on investments sold are recorded on the basis of the specific identification method.

F-9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015
(Unaudited)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES – (continued)

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company has defined cash and cash equivalents as cash and short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase. The Company maintains its cash in bank accounts, which, at times, may exceed federal insured limits. The Adviser monitors the performance of the financial institution where the accounts are held in order to manage any risk associated with such accounts. No cash equivalent balances were held as of March 31, 2015.

Expense Recognition

Expenses are recorded on the accrual basis of accounting.

Organization Costs

The Adviser has paid all of the Company’s organization costs.

Prepaid Expenses

Prepaid expenses consist primarily of insurance premiums.

Federal and Other Taxes

The Company intends to operate so as to qualify to be taxed as a RIC under subchapter M of the Code and, as such, to not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its taxable income and gains distributed to stockholders. To qualify for RIC tax treatment, the Company is required to distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code.

Because U.S. federal income tax regulations differ from U.S. GAAP, distributions in accordance with tax regulations may differ from net investment income and realized gains recognized for financial reporting purposes. Differences may be permanent or temporary. Permanent differences are reclassified among capital accounts in the consolidated financial statements to reflect their tax character. Temporary differences arise when certain items of income, expense, gain or loss are recognized at some time in the future. Differences in classification may also result from the treatment of short-term gains as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes.

As of March 31, 2015, the federal income tax cost and net unrealized depreciation on securities were as follows:

 
Cost for federal income tax purposes   $ 258,761,434  
Gross unrealized appreciation   $ 2,306,485  
Gross unrealized depreciation   $ (12,375,094 )  
Net unrealized depreciation   $ (10,068,609 )  

Temporary differences arise when certain items of income, expense, gain or loss are recognized at some time in the future. The tax basis components of distributable earnings differ from the amounts reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities due to temporary book/tax differences primarily arising from partnerships and passive foreign investment company investments. These amounts will be finalized before filing the federal income tax return.

Dividends and Distributions

Dividends from net investment income and capital gain distributions are determined in accordance with U.S. federal income tax regulations, which differ from U.S. GAAP. Dividends from net investment income, if any, are expected to be declared and paid quarterly. Dividends and distributions to shareholders are recorded

F-10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015
(Unaudited)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES – (continued)

as a liability on the declaration date and are automatically reinvested in full shares of the Company in accordance with the Company’s automatic dividend reinvestment plan (the “DRIP”), unless the shareholder has elected to receive them in cash.

Amounts required to be distributed reflect estimates made by the Company. Dividends paid by the Company are subject to re-characterization for federal income tax purposes.

3. INVESTMENTS

Fair Value Measurement

The following tables summarize the valuation of the Company’s investments measured and reported at fair value under the fair value hierarchy levels described in Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” as of March 31, 2015:

       
Fair Value Measurement
       
     Level I   Level II   Level III   Total
CLO Equity   $     $     $ 178,580,577     $ 178,580,577  
Loan Accumulation Facilities                 70,112,247       70,112,247  
Total Investments at Fair Value   $     $     $ 248,692,824     $ 248,692,824  

The changes in investments classified as Level III are as follows for the three months ended March 31, 2015:

       
Change in Investments Classified as Level III
     
     CLO Debt   CLO Equity   Loan
Accumulation
Facilities
  Total
Beginning Balance at January 1, 2015   $ 2,963,185     $ 184,026,786     $ 30,000,000     $ 216,989,971  
Purchase of investments     5,674,900       7,209,343       40,000,000       52,884,243  
Sale of investments     (8,724,075 )       (10,826,071 )             (19,550,146 )  
Net realized gains (losses) and net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments     85,990       (1,829,481 )       112,247       (1,631,244 )  
Balance as of March 31, 2015   $     $ 178,580,577     $ 70,112,247     $ 248,692,824  
Change in unrealized depreciation on investments still held as of March 31, 2015   $     $ (3,085,094 )     $ 112,247     $ (2,972,847 )  

The net realized gains and losses recorded for Level III investments are reported in Net realized gain (loss) on investments, while changes in unrealized gains and losses are reported in Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

The change in unrealized depreciation on investments still held as of March 31, 2015 was $(2,972,847).

Valuation of CLO Subordinated and Income Notes:

The Adviser gathers price indications from dealers, if available, as part of its valuation process to estimate fair value of each CLO subordinated and income note investment. Dealer price indications are not firm bids and may not be representative of the actual value where trades can be consummated.

In addition, the Adviser utilizes a third party valuation process to estimate the fair value of each CLO subordinated and income note investment. The model contains detailed information on the characteristics of

F-11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015
(Unaudited)

3. INVESTMENTS  – (continued)

each CLO, including recent information about assets and liabilities from data sources such as trustee reports, and is used to project future cash flows to the CLO note tranches, as well as management fees.

The following table summarizes the quantitative inputs and assumptions used for investments categorized in Level III of the fair value hierarchy as of March 31, 2015. In addition to the techniques and inputs noted in the table below, according to the Company’s valuation policy, the Adviser may use other valuation techniques and methodologies when determining the Company’s fair value measurements as provided for in the valuation policy and approved by the Board. The table below is not intended to be all-inclusive, but rather provides information on the significant Level III inputs as they relate to the Company’s fair value measurements.

       
CLO Equity   $178,580,577   Discounted   Constant Default Rate   0.00% – 2.00%
          Cash Flows   Constant Prepayment Rate   25.00%
               Reinvestment Spread   3.40% – 3.95%
               Reinvestment Price   99.50%
               Reinvestment Floor   0.00% – 1.00%
               Recovery Rate   70.00%
               Discount Rate to Maturity   9.50% – 18.80%

Increases (decreases) in the constant default rate, reinvestment price and discount rate in isolation would result in a lower (higher) fair value measurement. Increases (decreases) in the reinvestment spread, reinvestment floor and recovery rate in isolation would result in a higher (lower) fair value measurement. Changes in the constant prepayment rate may result in a higher or lower fair value, depending on the circumstances. Generally, a change in the assumption used for the constant default rate may be accompanied by a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for the constant prepayment rate and recovery rate.

Valuation of CLO Secured Notes:

The Company’s CLO debt has been valued using unadjusted indicative broker dealer quotes. As a result, there were no unobservable inputs that have been internally developed by the Company in determining the fair values of these investments as of March 31, 2015.

Valuation of Loan Accumulation Facilities:

Loan accumulation facilities are typically medium term in nature and are entered into in contemplation of a specific CLO investment. Unless the loan accumulation facility documents contemplate transferring the underlying loans at a price other than original cost plus accrued interest or the Adviser determines the originally contemplated CLO is unlikely to be consummated, the fair value of the loan accumulation facility is based on the cost of the underlying loans plus accrued interest and realized gains reported by the trustee. In all other situations, the fair value of the CLO loan accumulation facility is based on the market value of the underlying loans plus accrued interest.

Investment Risk Factors and Concentration of Investments

Market Risk.   Certain events particular to each market in which the Company’s investments conduct operations, as well as general economic and political conditions, may have a significant negative impact on the operations and profitability of the Company’s investments and/or on the fair value of the Company’s investments. Such events are beyond the Company’s control, and the likelihood they may occur and the potential effect on the Company cannot be predicted.

Concentration Risk.   The Company is classified as “non-diversified” under the 1940 Act. As a result, the Company can invest a greater portion of its assets in obligations of a single issuer than a “diversified” fund. The Company may therefore be more susceptible than a diversified fund to being adversely affected by any single corporate, economic, political or regulatory occurrence. In particular, because the Company’s

F-12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015
(Unaudited)

3. INVESTMENTS  – (continued)

portfolio of investments may lack diversification among CLO securities and related investments, the Company is susceptible to a risk of significant loss if one or more of these CLO securities and related investments experience a high level of defaults on the collateral they hold.

Liquidity Risk.   The securities issued by CLOs generally offer less liquidity than other investment grade or high-yield corporate debt, and are subject to certain transfer restrictions imposed on certain financial and other eligibility requirements on prospective transferees. Other investments the Company may purchase through privately negotiated transactions may also be illiquid or subject to legal restrictions on their transfer. As a result of this illiquidity, the Company’s ability to sell certain investments quickly, or at all, in response to changes in economic and other conditions and to receive a fair price when selling such investments may be limited, which could prevent the Company from making sales to mitigate losses on such investments. In addition, CLOs are subject to the possibility of liquidation upon an event of default, which could result in full loss of value to the CLO equity and junior debt investors. CLO equity tranches are the most likely tranche to suffer a loss of all of their value in these circumstances.

Risks of Investing in CLOs.   The Company’s investments consist in part of CLO securities and the Company may invest in other related structured finance securities. CLOs and structured finance securities are generally backed by an asset or a pool of assets (typically senior secured loans and other credit-related assets in the case of a CLO) which serve as collateral. The Company and other investors in CLO and structured finance securities ultimately bear the credit risk of the underlying collateral. If there are defaults or the relevant collateral otherwise underperforms, scheduled payments to senior tranches of such securities take precedence over those of mezzanine tranches, and scheduled payments to mezzanine tranches take precedence over those to subordinated/equity tranches. Therefore, CLO and other structured finance securities may present risks similar to those of the other types of debt obligations and, in fact, such risks may be of greater significance in the case of CLO and other structured finance securities. In addition to the general risks associated with investing in debt securities, CLO securities carry additional risks, including, but not limited to: (1) the possibility that distributions from collateral assets will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (2) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (3) the fact that investments in CLO equity and junior debt tranches will likely be subordinate to other senior classes of CLO debt; and (4) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results. Additionally, changes in the collateral held by a CLO may cause payments on the instruments we hold to be reduced, either temporarily or permanently. Structured investments, particularly the subordinated interests in which the Company invests, are less liquid than many other types of securities and may be more volatile than the assets underlying the CLOs the Company may target. In addition, CLO and other structured finance securities may be subject to prepayment risk.

Risks of Investing in Loan Accumulation Facilities.   The Company invests in loan accumulation facilities to acquire loans on an interim basis which are expected to form part of the portfolio of a future CLO. Investments in loan accumulation facilities have risks similar to those applicable to investments in CLOs. In addition, there typically will be no assurance future CLOs will be consummated or that loans held in such a facility are eligible for purchase by the CLO. Furthermore, the Company likely will have no consent rights in respect of the loans to be acquired in such a facility and in the event the Company does have any consent rights, they will be limited. In the event a planned CLO is not consummated, or the loans are not eligible for purchase by the CLO, the Company may be responsible for either holding or disposing of the loans. This could expose the Company primarily to credit and/or mark-to-market losses, and other risks. Leverage is typically utilized in such a facility and as such the potential risk of loss will be increased for such facilities employing leverage.

Interest Rate Risk.   The fair value of certain investments held by the Company may be significantly affected by changes in interest rates. Although senior secured loans are generally floating rate instruments, the

F-13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015
(Unaudited)

3. INVESTMENTS  – (continued)

Company’s investments in senior secured loans through CLOs are sensitive to interest rate levels and volatility. Although CLOs are generally structured to mitigate the risk of interest rate mismatch, there may be some difference between the timing of interest rate resets on the assets and liabilities of a CLO, which could have a negative effect on the amount of funds distributed to CLO equity investors. In addition, CLOs may not be able to enter into hedge agreements, even if it may otherwise be in the best interests of the CLO to hedge such interest rate risk. Furthermore, in the event of a significant rising interest rate environment and/or economic downturn, loan defaults may increase and result in credit losses which may adversely affect the Company’s cash flow, fair value of its assets and operating results. In the event the Company’s interest expense was to increase relative to income, or sufficient financing became unavailable, return on investments and cash available for distribution would be reduced. In addition, future investments in different types of instruments may carry a greater exposure to interest rate risk.

LIBOR Floor Risk.   An increase in LIBOR will increase the financing costs of CLOs. Since many of the senior secured loans within these CLOs have LIBOR floors, there may not be corresponding increases in investment income (if LIBOR increases but stays below the average LIBOR floor rate of such senior secured loans) resulting in smaller distribution payments to the equity investors in these CLOs.

LIBOR Risk.   The CLOs in which the Company invests typically obtain financing at a floating rate based on LIBOR. Regulators and law-enforcement agencies from a number of governments, including entities in the United States, Japan, Canada and the United Kingdom, have conducted or are conducting civil and criminal investigations into potential manipulation of LIBOR. Several financial institutions have reached settlements with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the U.S. Department of Justice Fraud Section and the United Kingdom Financial Services Authority in connection with investigations by such authorities into submissions made by such financial institutions to the bodies whom set LIBOR and other interbank offered rates. Additional investigations remain ongoing with respect to other major banks. There can be no assurance there will not be additional admissions or findings of rate-setting manipulation or manipulations of LIBOR or other similar interbank offered rates will not be shown to have occurred. ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (formerly NYSE Euronext Rate Administration Limited) assumed administration of LIBOR on February 1, 2014. Any new administrator of LIBOR may make methodological changes to the way in which LIBOR is calculated or may alter, discontinue or suspend calculation or dissemination of LIBOR. Any such actions or other effects from the ongoing investigations could adversely affect the liquidity and value of the Company’s investments. Further, additional admissions or findings of manipulation may decrease the confidence of the market in LIBOR and lead market participants to look for alternative, non-LIBOR based types of financing, such as fixed rate loans or bonds or floating rate loans based on non-LIBOR indices. An increase in alternative types of financing at the expense of LIBOR-based CLOs may impair the liquidity of the Company’s investments. Additionally, it may make it more difficult for CLO issuers to satisfy certain conditions set forth in a CLO’s offering documents.

Historically Low Interest Rate Environment.   As of the date of these consolidated financial statements, interest rates in the United States are at, or near, historic lows, which may increase the Company’s exposure to risks associated with rising interest rates. Moreover, interest rate levels are currently impacted by extraordinary monetary policy initiatives, the effect of which is impossible to predict with certainty.

The Company may incur, directly or indirectly, through one or more special purpose vehicles, indebtedness for borrowed money, as well as leverage in the form of derivative transactions, preferred stock and other structures and instruments, in significant amounts and on terms the Adviser and the Board deem appropriate, subject to applicable limitations under the 1940 Act. Any such borrowings do not include embedded or inherent leverage in CLO structures in which the Company invests or in derivative instruments in which the Company may invest. Moreover, CLOs by their very nature are leveraged vehicles. Accordingly, there may be a layering of leverage in overall structure. The more leverage is employed, the more likely a

F-14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015
(Unaudited)

3. INVESTMENTS  – (continued)

substantial change will occur in the Company’s net asset value (“NAV”). Accordingly, any event adversely affecting the value of an investment would be magnified to the extent leverage is utilized.

Highly Subordinated and Leveraged Securities Risk.   The Company’s portfolio includes equity and junior debt investments in CLOs, which involve a number of significant risks. CLOs are typically very highly levered (9 – 13 times), and therefore the junior debt and equity tranches in which the Company is currently invested are subject to a higher degree of risk of total loss. In particular, investors in CLO securities indirectly bear risks of the collateral held by such CLOs. The Company will generally have the right to receive payments only from the CLOs, and will generally not have direct rights against the underlying borrowers or the entity that sponsored the CLO. While the CLOs the Company intends to initially target generally enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of senior secured loans without the expenses associated with directly holding the same investments, the Company will generally pay a proportionate share of the CLOs’ administrative, management and other expenses. In addition, the Company may have the option in certain CLOs to contribute additional amounts to the CLO issuer for purposes of acquiring additional assets or curing coverage tests, thereby increasing overall exposure and capital at risk to such CLO.

Credit Risk.   If a CLO in which the Company invests, an underlying asset of any such CLO or any other type of credit investment in the Company’s portfolio declines in price or fails to pay interest or principal when due because the issuer or debtor, as the case may be, experiences a decline in its financial status either or both the Company’s income and NAV may be adversely impacted. Non-payment would result in a reduction of the Company’s income, a reduction in the value of the applicable CLO security or other credit investment experiencing non-payment and, potentially, a decrease in the Company’s NAV. With respect to investments in CLO securities and credit investments that are secured, there can be no assurance liquidation of collateral would satisfy the issuer’s obligation in the event of non-payment of a scheduled dividend, interest or principal or such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of bankruptcy of an issuer, the Company could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of any collateral securing a CLO security or credit investment. To the extent the credit rating assigned to a security in the Company’s portfolio is downgraded, the market price and liquidity of such security may be adversely affected. In addition, if a CLO triggers an event of default as a result of failing to make payments when due or for other reasons, the CLO would be subject to the possibility of liquidation, which could result in full loss of value to the CLO equity and junior debt investors. CLO equity tranches are the most likely tranche to suffer a loss of all of their value in these circumstances.

4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Investment Adviser

On June 6, 2014, the Company entered into an investment advisory agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”) with the Adviser. Pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Company pays the Adviser a management fee and an incentive fee for its services.

The management fee is calculated and payable quarterly, in arrears, at an annual rate equal to 1.75% of the Company’s total equity base. Total equity base means the net asset value attributable to the common stock and the paid-in or stated capital of the Company’s preferred stock, if any. The management fee for any partial quarter is pro-rated (based on the number of days actually elapsed at the end of such partial quarter relative to the total number of days in such calendar quarter). The Company was charged a management fee of $1,144,421 for the three months ended March 31, 2015, all of which was payable as of March 31, 2015.

The incentive fee is calculated and payable quarterly, in arrears, based on the pre-incentive fee net investment income of the Company for the immediately preceding calendar quarter. For this purpose, pre-incentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other

F-15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015
(Unaudited)

4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS – (continued)

fees the Company receives from an investment) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus the Company’s operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement (as defined below) and any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-incentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments payment-in-kind interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income the Company has not yet received in cash. Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains or realized or unrealized losses.

Pre-incentive fee net investment income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Company’s NAV at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, is compared to a hurdle rate of 2.00% per quarter (8.00% annualized). The Company pays the Adviser an incentive fee with respect to the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income in each calendar quarter as follows: (1) no incentive fee in any calendar quarter in which the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed 2.00%; (2) 100% of the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, exceeding the hurdle rate but less than 2.50% in any calendar quarter; and (3) 20% of the amount of the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, exceeding 2.50% in any calendar quarter. The Company incurred incentive fees of $1,375,207 for the three months ended March 31, 2015, all of which was payable as of March 31, 2015.

Administrator

Effective June 6, 2014, the Company entered into an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) with the Administrator, an affiliated entity. Subject to supervision by and the overall control of the Board, the Administrator shall act as administrator of the Company, and furnish, or arrange for others to furnish, the administrative services, personnel and facilities necessary for the operation of the Company. The Company will reimburse the Administrator for the costs and expenses incurred in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement. The Administrator has delegated to SS&C Technologies Inc. (“SS&C”) certain administrative and clerical services to perform on behalf of the Company.

For the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Company was charged a total of $126,224 in administration fees consisting of $88,893 and $37,331 from the Administrator and SS&C, respectively, which are included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and, of which, $126,224 was payable as of March 31, 2015.

Affiliated Ownership

Certain directors, officers and other related parties, including members of the Company’s management, hold 64% of the common stock of the Company as of March 31, 2015.

Exemptive Relief

On March 17, 2015, the SEC issued an order granting the Company exemptive relief to co-invest in certain negotiated investments with affiliated investment funds managed by the Adviser, subject to certain conditions. Under such order, the Company is permitted to co-invest in certain joint transactions that would otherwise be prohibited.

5. MEMBER’S EQUITY

For the period of June 6, 2014 to October 5, 2014, the Company was a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Member, which in turn was a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Private Fund. As of October 5, 2014 the Company had 2,500,000 units issued and outstanding, all of which were held by the Member.

F-16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015
(Unaudited)

5. MEMBER’S EQUITY – (continued)

On June 6, 2014, the Member contributed $155,301,542 to the Company, consisting of cash of $6,374,976 and securities with a fair value of $148,926,566 (cost basis of $143,825,556) as detailed in the following table:

   
Contributed Portfolio
   
     Cost
at June 6, 2014
  Fair Value
at June 6, 2014
CLO Debt   $ 6,586,030     $ 6,632,450  
CLO Equity     79,864,526       83,219,961  
Loan Accumulation Facilities     57,375,000       59,074,155  
Total   $ 143,825,556     $ 148,926,566  

The contribution price represents fair value of the securities as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP as of the contribution date and as approved by the Company’s Audit Committee and the Board.

6. COMMON SHARES

On October 6, 2014, the Company converted from a Delaware limited liability company into a Delaware corporation. At the time of the Conversion, the sole member of Eagle Point Credit Company LLC became a stockholder of Eagle Point Credit Company Inc. and was issued an aggregate of 8,656,057 shares of common equity, par value $0.001 per share, which was distributed to the Adviser’s Senior Investment Team and Trident V Funds, an affiliate of the Adviser, as a redemption in-kind from the Private Fund.

On October 7, 2014, the Company priced its IPO and sold an additional 5,155,301 shares of its common equity at a public offering price of $20.00 per share. The Company raised gross proceeds of $103,106,020. The Company paid $1,000,000 or $0.07 per share in offering costs associated with the successful listing. This cost was borne by all common stockholders of the Company as a charge to shareholder’s equity. The Company has used the net proceeds from the IPO to acquire investments in accordance with the Company’s investment objectives and strategies and for general working capital purposes.

On October 8, 2014, the Company’s shares began trading on the NYSE under the symbol “ECC.”

As of March 31, 2015, there were 100,000,000 shares of common stock authorized, of which 13,811,358 were issued and outstanding.

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company is not currently subject to any material legal proceedings. From time to time, the Company may be a party to certain legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including proceedings relating to the enforcement of the Company’s rights under contracts. While the outcome of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company does not expect these proceedings will have a material effect upon its financial condition or results of operations.

As of March 31, 2015, the Company had no unfunded commitments.

8. INDEMNIFICATIONS

Under the Company’s organizational documents, its officers and directors are indemnified against certain liabilities arising out of the performance of their duties to the Company. In addition, during the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts containing a variety of representations which provide general indemnifications. The Company’s maximum exposure under these agreements cannot be known; however, the Company expects any risk of loss to be remote.

F-17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2015
(Unaudited)

9. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has recorded a distribution payable of $8,286,815 as of March 31, 2015 for distributions declared as of March 31, 2015, which were paid to shareholders on April 30, 2015. In connection with the Company’s DRIP, 3,168 new shares were issued to shareholders on April 30, 2015.

On May 18, 2015, the Company closed an underwritten, public offering of 1,600,000 shares of 7.75% Series A Term Preferred Stock due 2022 (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) at a public offering price of $25 per share, resulting in gross proceeds of $40.0 million and approximately $38.1 million in net proceeds to the Company, after payment of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses.

In addition, the Company granted the underwriters a thirty-day option to purchase up to 240,000 additional shares of the Series A Preferred Stock to cover overallotments, if any. The underwriters partially exercised the overallotment option granted to them in connection with the offering and on June 2, 2015, purchased an additional 218,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, resulting in additional gross proceeds of $5.5 million and approximately $5.2 million in additional net proceeds to the Company, after payment of underwriting discounts and commissions.

The Series A Preferred Stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “ECCA.”

Management of the Company has evaluated the need for disclosures and/or adjustments resulting from subsequent events through the date of release of this report. Management has determined there are no events in addition to those described above which would require adjustment to or disclosure in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related notes through this date.

F-18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
MARCH 31, 2015
(Unaudited)

   
Per Share Data   For the
three months ended
March 31, 2015
  For the period from
October 6, 2014 to
December 31, 2014
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 19.08     $ 20.00  
Offering costs associated with the Company's Initial Public Offering           (0.07 )  
Net asset value, beginning of period net of offering costs     19.08       19.93  
Net investment income     0.39       0.32  
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     (0.11 )       (0.62 )  
Total from investment operations     0.28       (0.30 )  
Distributions from net investment income     (0.39 )       (0.31 )  
Distributions from net realized gains on investments     (0.01 )           
Distributions from tax return of capital     (0.20 )       (0.24 )  
Total distributions     (0.60 )       (0.55 )  
Net asset value, at end of period   $ 18.76     $ 19.08  
Per share market value at beginning of period   $ 20.10     $ 19.93  
Per share market value at end of period   $ 21.00     $ 20.10  
Total return (1)     4.48 %       0.85 %  
Shares outstanding at end of period     13,811,358       13,811,358  
Ratios
        
Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (1)     8.49 %       6.84 %  
Ratio of expenses to average net assets (1)     4.61 %       2.13 %  
Portfolio turnover rate (2)     8.01 %       37.11 %  

(1) Total returns for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and for the period from October 6, 2014 to December 31, 2014 are not annualized. Ratios for three months ended March 31, 2015 and for the period from October 6, 2014 to December 31, 2014 are annualized.
(2) The portfolio turnover rate is calculated as the total of investment sales executed during the period, divided by the average fair value of investments for the same period.

F-19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
MARCH 31, 2015
(Unaudited)

Financial highlights for the period from June 6, 2014 (Commencement of Operations) to October 5, 2014 for the Member are as follows:

 
Per Unit Data   For the period from
June 6, 2014
(Commencement of Operations)
to October 5, 2014
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 62.12  
Net investment income     3.10  
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     0.56  
Total from investment operations     3.66  
Adjustment for additional cash contribution     3.56  
Net asset value, end of period   $ 69.34  
Total return (1)     5.89 %  
Ratios:
        
Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (1)     4.74 %  
Ratio of expenses to average net assets (1)     0.00 %  
Portfolio turnover rate (2)     52.07 %  

(1) Total return and ratios for the period from June 6, 2014 (Commencement of Operations) to October 5, 2014 were not annualized.
(2) The portfolio turnover rate is calculated as the total of investment sales executed during the period from June 6, 2014 (Commencement of Operations) to October 5, 2014, divided by the average fair value of investments for the same period.

F-20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

KPMG LLP
345 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10154-0102

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Eagle Point Credit Company Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of assets and liabilities of Eagle Point Credit Company Inc. and Subsidiary (formerly Eagle Point Credit Company, LLC) (the Fund), including the consolidated schedule of investments, as of December 31, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows, and financial highlights for the period from June 6, 2014 (commencement of operations) through October 5, 2014 and the period from October 6, 2014 through December 31, 2014, the consolidated statements of changes in member’s equity for the period from June 6, 2014 (commencement of operations) through October 5, 2014, and the consolidated statement of changes in net assets for the period from October 6 through December 31, 2014. These consolidated financial statements and financial highlights are the responsibility of the Fund’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial highlights based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements and financial highlights are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our procedures included confirmation of securities owned as of December 31, 2014, by correspondence with the custodian or brokers. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements and financial highlights referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Fund as of December 31, 2014, and the results of its operations, cash flows, changes in its member’s equity, net assets and financial highlights for the periods described in the first paragraph above, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

February 26, 2015

KPMG LLP is a Delaware limited liability partnership,
the U.S. member firm of KPMG International
Cooperative (“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity

F-21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABLITIES
December 31, 2014
(expressed in U.S. dollars)

 
ASSETS
        
Investments, at fair value (cost $220,772,973)   $ 216,989,971  
Cash     63,734,284  
Interest receivable     4,543,692  
Receivable for securities sold     14,496,825  
Prepaid expenses     74,549  
Total Assets   $ 299,839,321  
LIABILITIES
        
Payable for securities purchased   $ 27,488,200  
Dividends payable     7,596,246  
Management fee payable     1,075,714  
Professional fees payable     75,000  
Directors' fees payable     23,625  
Administration fees payable     20,076  
Total Liabilities   $ 36,278,861  
NET ASSETS applicable to 13,811,358 shares of $0.001 par value common shares outstanding   $ 263,560,460  
NET ASSETS consist of:
        
Paid in capital (Notes 5 & 6)   $ 270,148,104  
Accumulated net realized gain (loss) on investments     531,013  
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments     (3,783,002 )  
Distributions in excess of net investment income     (3,335,655 )  
Total net assets   $ 263,560,460  
Net asset value per common share   $ 19.08  

 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS
as of December 31, 2014
(expressed in U.S. dollars)

           
  Industry   Investment   Principal
Amount/
Number of
Shares
  Cost   Fair
Value (1)
  % of Net
Assets
CLO Debt
                                                     
Marathon CLO VI Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Secured Note – Class D (2) (3)
(5.28% due 5/13/25)
    $ 1,275,000     $ 1,171,215     $ 1,113,266       0.42 %  
THL Credit Wind River 2014-1 CLO Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Secured Note – Class E (2) (3)
(5.18% due 4/18/26)
      2,125,000       1,939,063       1,849,919       0.70  
                         3,110,278       2,963,185       1.12  
CLO Equity
                                                     
Apidos CLO XIV     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (4) (5)
(estimated yield of 15.34% due 4/15/25)
      11,177,500       9,445,126       10,040,411       3.81  
Avery Point V CLO, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Income Note (4)
(estimated yield of 14.57% due 7/17/26)
      10,875,000       9,298,125       8,896,527       3.38  
Babson CLO Ltd. 2013-II     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (4) (5)
(estimated yield of 16.65% due 1/18/25)
      12,939,125       10,028,862       11,077,504       4.20  
Blue Mountain CLO
2013-2, Ltd.
    Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (4)
(estimated yield of 15.45% due 1/22/25)
      5,000,000       4,716,000       4,434,575       1.68  
CIFC Funding 2013-I, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (4)
(estimated yield of 14.85% due 4/16/25)
      4,000,000       3,709,000       3,510,279       1.33  
CIFC Funding 2013-II, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (4) (5)
(estimated yield of 14.79% due 4/21/25)
      12,325,000       9,376,266       11,273,902       4.28  
CIFC Funding 2014, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (4) (5)
(estimated yield of 15.89% due 4/18/25)
      13,387,500       10,985,184       10,946,802       4.15  
CIFC Funding 2014, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Income Note (4)
(estimated yield of 15.89% due 4/18/25)
      500,000       425,214       380,216       0.14  
CIFC Funding 2014-IV, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Income Note (4)
(estimated yield of 14.11% due 10/17/26)
      7,000,000       6,230,000       5,886,668       2.23  
Flagship CLO VIII, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (4) (5)
(estimated yield of 14.82% due 1/16/26)
      20,000,000       18,106,472       17,081,402       6.48  
Flagship CLO VIII, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Income Note (4)
(estimated yield of 14.82% due 1/16/26)
      7,360,000       6,186,473       5,847,714       2.22  
Galaxy XVIII CLO, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (4)
(estimated yield of 13.12% due 10/15/26)
      5,000,000       4,325,000       3,535,514       1.34  
Halcyon Loan Advisors Funding 2014-3, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (4)
(estimated yield of 13.43% due 10/22/25)
      5,750,000       5,405,000       5,165,337       1.96  
Marathon CLO VI Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (4)
(estimated yield of 14.24% due 5/13/25)
      2,975,000       2,710,770       2,999,739       1.14  
Marathon CLO VII Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (4)
(estimated yield of 15.67% due 11/22/25)
      10,526,000       9,999,700       9,697,995       3.68  
Octagon Investment
Partners XIV, Ltd.
    Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (4) (5)
(estimated yield of 18.17% due 1/15/24)
      12,325,000       10,308,873       9,076,989       3.44  
Octagon Investment
Partners XIV, Ltd.
    Structured Finance       CLO Income Note (4)
(estimated yield of 18.17% due 1/15/24)
      4,250,000       3,272,500       3,065,525       1.16  
Octagon Investment
Partners XIX, Ltd.
    Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (4)
(estimated yield of 15.76% due 4/15/26)
      3,000,000       2,587,500       2,514,857       0.95  
Octagon Investment
Partners XVII Ltd.
    Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (4)
(estimated yield of 15.10% due 10/1/25)
      12,000,000       10,815,000       10,562,241       4.01  
Octagon Investment
Partners XX, Ltd.
    Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (4)
(estimated yield of 13.45% due 8/12/26)
      2,500,000       2,375,000       2,233,889       0.85  
OHA Credit Partners IX, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (4)
(estimated yield of 12.13% due 10/20/25)
      6,750,000       6,080,845       5,551,910       2.11  
Regatta III Funding Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (4)
(estimated yield of 12.29% due 4/15/26)
      2,500,000       2,074,487       1,959,470       0.74  

 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS – (continued)
as of December 31, 2014
(expressed in U.S. dollars)

           
           
  Industry   Investment   Principal
Amount/
Number of
Shares
  Cost   Fair
Value (1)
  % of Net
Assets
Sheridan Square CLO, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (4) (5)
(estimated yield of 17.31% due 4/15/25)
    $ 5,517,775     $ 4,866,614     $ 4,612,764       1.75 %  
Symphony CLO XII, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (4)
(estimated yield of 14.61% due 10/15/25)
      4,000,000       3,540,000       3,529,401       1.34  
THL Credit Wind River
2013-2 CLO Ltd.
    Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (4)
(estimated yield of 14.15% due 1/18/26)
      11,462,250       9,518,013       9,196,670       3.49  
THL Credit Wind River
2013-2 CLO Ltd.
    Structured Finance       Class M Note (4)
(estimated yield of 7.68% due 1/18/26)
      1,275,000       349,421       481,840       0.18  
THL Credit Wind River
2014-3 CLO, Ltd.
    Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (4)
(estimated yield of 17.63% due 1/22/27)
      13,000,000       11,677,250       11,677,250       4.43  
Voya CLO 2014-4, Ltd.     Structured Finance       CLO Subordinated Note (4)
(estimated yield of 15.28% due 10/14/26)
      10,000,000       9,250,000       8,789,395       3.33  
                         187,662,695       184,026,786       69.82  
Loan Accumulation Facilities
                                                     
Cutwater 2015-I, Ltd.     Structured Finance       (Class A Preference Shares) (6)       30,000,000       30,000,000       30,000,000       11.38  
Total investments at fair value as of December 31, 2014   $ 220,772,973     $ 216,989,971       82.33 %  

(1) Fair value is determined in good faith in accordance with the Company's valuation policies and procedures as set forth by the Board of Directors.
(2) Notes bear interest at variable rates determined by a reference to LIBOR which resets quarterly. For each CLO secured note, the rate provided is as of December 31, 2014.
(3) Cost reflects accretion of discount or amortization of premium.
(4) CLO subordinated notes, income notes, and M notes are considered CLO equity positions. Equity payments are entitled to recurring distributions which are generally equal to the remaining cash flow of payments made by underlying securities less contractual payments to debt holders and fund expenses. The estimated yield indicated is based upon a current projection of the amount and timing of these recurring distributions in addition to the estimated amount of terminal principal payment. Such projections are periodically reviewed and adjusted. The estimated yield and investment cost may ultimately not be realized.
(5) Fair value includes the Company's interest in fee rebates on CLO subordinated notes.
(6) Cutwater 2015-I Ltd. Class A preference shares is a financing structure intended to aggregate loans that may be used to form the basis of a CLO vehicle.

 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the period from June 6, 2014 (commencement of operations) to October 5, 2014
and from October 6, 2014 to December 31, 2014
(expressed in U.S. dollars)

   
  For the period
from June 6,
2014
(commencement
of operations)
to October 5,
2014
  For the period
from October 6
to December 31,
2014
INVESTMENT INCOME
                 
Interest income   $ 7,599,893     $ 5,516,418  
Other income     155,136       143,069  
Total Investment Income     7,755,029       5,659,487  
EXPENSES
                 
Management fee           1,075,714  
Professional fees           92,144  
Directors' fees           86,375  
Administration fees           64,655  
Other expenses           80,008  
Total Expenses           1,398,896  
NET INVESTMENT INCOME     7,755,029       4,260,591  
REALIZED AND UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS) ON INVESTMENTS
                 
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     1,204,960       531,013  
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments     194,972       (9,078,984 )  
NET GAIN (LOSS) ON INVESTMENTS     1,399,932       (8,547,971 )  
NET INCOME (LOSS) & NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN NET ASSETS
                 
RESULTING FROM OPERATIONS   $ 9,154,961     $ (4,287,380 )  

The Consolidated Statement of Operations includes two periods. The first period, June 6, 2014 (commencement of operations) to October 5, 2014, contains the period for which the Company was organized as a limited liability company, comprising the period from commencement of operations up to the Company's conversion into a corporation. The second period, October 6, 2014 to December 31, 2014, contains the period for which the Company was organized as a corporation, comprising the period from the Company's conversion into a corporation up to the period end, inclusive of the Company's Initial Public Offering.

 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF MEMBER'S EQUITY
For the period from June 6, 2014 (commencement of operations) to October 5, 2014
(expressed in U.S. dollars)

 
Members' equity at beginning of period   $  
Contributed securities at fair value     148,926,566  
Contributed cash     15,256,539  
Net investment income     7,755,029  
Net realized gain on investments     1,204,960  
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments     194,972  
Members' equity at end of period   $ 173,338,066  
Units issued and outstanding as October 5, 2014 (prior to conversion) (1)     2,500,000  
Net asset value per unit   $ 69.34  

(1) Units were converted into 8,656,057 common shares effective October 6, 2014.

 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
For the period from October 6, 2014 to December 31, 2014
(expressed in U.S. dollars)

 
Total increase (decrease) in net assets from operations:
        
Net investment income   $ 4,260,591  
Net realized gain on investments     531,013  
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments     (9,078,984 )  
Total increase (decrease) in net assets from operations     (4,287,380 )  
Distributions to shareholders:
        
Distributions from net investment income     (4,260,591 )  
Distributions from net realized gains on investments      
Distributions from return of capital     (3,335,655 )  
Total distributions to shareholders     (7,596,246 )  
Capital share transactions:
        
Issuance of common shares upon conversion (inclusive of $5,295,981 unrealized appreciation from contributed securities)     173,338,066  
Issuance of common shares upon Initial Public Offering (net of $1,000,000
offering costs)
    102,106,020  
Reinvestment of dividends      
Net increase (decrease) in net assets from capital share transactions     275,444,086  
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     263,560,460  
Net assets at beginning of period      
Net assets at end of period   $ 263,560,460  
Capital share activity:
        
Shares issued upon conversion     8,656,057  
Shares sold upon Initial Public Offering     5,155,301  
Shares issued from reinvestment of dividends      
Increase (decrease) in capital share activity     13,811,358  

 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the period from June 6, 2014 (commencement of operations) to October 5, 2014
and from October 6, 2014 to December 31, 2014
(expressed in U.S. dollars)

   
  For the period
from June 6,
2014
(commencement
of operations)
to October 5,
2014
  For the period
from October 6
to December 31,
2014
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                 
Net income (loss) and net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting
from operations
  $ 9,154,961     $ (4,287,380 )  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) and net increase (decrease)
in net assets resulting from operations to net cash provided by
(used in) operating activities:
                 
Purchase of investments     (47,347,924 )       (145,087,438 )  
Proceeds from sales of investments     69,743,846       60,471,447  
Net realized (gain) loss on investments     (1,204,960 )       (531,013 )  
Net change in unrealized (appreciation) depreciation on investments     (194,972 )       9,078,984  
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                 
Interest receivable     (2,770,940 )       (1,772,752 )  
Prepaid expenses              (74,549 )  
Management fee payable           1,075,714  
Professional fees payable           75,000  
Directors' fees payable           23,625  
Administration fees payable           20,076  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     27,380,011       (81,008,286 )  
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                 
Cash contributions     15,256,539        
Cash proceeds from issuance of common shares           102,106,020  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing actives     15,256,539       102,106,020  
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH     42,636,550       21,097,734  
CASH, BEGINNING OF PERIOD           42,636,550  
CASH, END OF PERIOD   $ 42,636,550     $ 63,734,284  
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities:
                 
Contribution in kind, at fair value (cost $143,825,556)   $ 148,926,566        
Issuance of common shares upon conversion         $ 173,338,066  
Dividends declared, but not yet paid         $ 7,596,246  
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash operating activities:
                 
Securities sold, not settled   $ 2,674,375     $ 14,496,825  
Securities purchased, not settled   $ 30,237,194     $ 27,488,200  

 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2014

1. ORGANIZATION

Eagle Point Credit Company Inc. (the “Company”) is a non-diversified closed end investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Company is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) with the symbol “ECC”.

The Company was initially formed on March 24, 2014 as Eagle Point Credit Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, a wholly owned subsidiary of Eagle Point Credit Partners Sub, Ltd., a Cayman Island exempted company (the “Member”), which, in turn, is a subsidiary of Eagle Point Credit Partners LP (the “Private Fund”). The Private Fund is a master fund in a master feeder structure and has three feeder funds (the “Feeder Funds”) which invest substantially all of their assets in the Private Fund.

The Company commenced operations on June 6, 2014, the date the Member contributed, at fair value, a portfolio of cash and securities.

On October 6, 2014, the Company converted from a Delaware limited liability company into a Delaware corporation (the “Conversion”). At the time of the Conversion, the sole member of Eagle Point Credit Company LLC became a stockholder of Eagle Point Credit Company Inc. In connection with the Conversion, the Member converted 2,500,000 units for 8,656,057 shares at $20 per share for an effective conversion rate of 3.4668 common shares per unit. On October 7, 2014 the Company priced its Initial Public Offering (the “IPO”) and October 8, 2014 the Company’s shares began trading on the NYSE.

See Note 6 “Common Shares” for further discussion relating to the Company’s Conversion and IPO.

Eagle Point Credit Management LLC (the “Adviser”) is the investment adviser of the Company and the Private Fund, and manages the investments of the Company under the supervision of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Adviser is registered as an investment adviser with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Effective June 6, 2014, Eagle Point Administration LLC, an affiliate of the Adviser, became the administrator of the Company (the “Administrator”).

The Company’s primary investment objective is to generate high current income, with a secondary objective to generate capital appreciation. The Company seeks to achieve its investment objectives by investing primarily in equity and junior debt tranches of collateralized loan obligations, or “CLOs,” which are collateralized by a diverse portfolio consisting primarily of below investment grade U.S. senior secured loans. The CLO securities in which the Company will primarily seek to invest are unrated or rated below investment grade and are considered speculative with respect to timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. The Company may also invest in other securities and instruments related to these investments or that the Adviser believes are consistent with the Company’s investment objectives, including, among other investments, senior debt tranches of CLOs and loan accumulation facilities. In connection with the acquisition of newly issued CLO equity, the Company may from time to time receive fee rebates from the CLO issuer. The Company’s interests in fee rebates may be held in the name of Eagle Point Credit Company Sub LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Accounting

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Eagle Point Credit Company Sub LLC. All intercompany accounts have been eliminated upon consolidation. The Company is considered an investment company under U.S. GAAP and follows the accounting and reporting guidance applicable to investment companies in the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 946 Financial Services — Investment Companies (“ASC 946”). Items included in the consolidated financial statements are measured and presented in United States dollars.

F-29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2014

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under FASB ASC Topic 825, are carried at fair value or contractual amounts approximating fair value.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions which affect the reported amounts included in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes as of the reporting date. Actual results may differ from those estimated.

Valuation of Investments

The most significant estimate inherent in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements is the valuation of investments. In the absence of readily determinable fair values, the Adviser estimates the fair value of the Company’s investments in accordance with the Company’s valuation policies. Due to the uncertainty of valuation, this estimate may differ significantly from the value that would have been used had a ready market for the investments existed, and the differences could be material.

There is no single method for determining fair value in good faith. As a result, determining fair value requires judgment be applied to the specific facts and circumstances of each portfolio investment while employing a consistently applied valuation process for the types of investments held by the Company.

The Company accounts for its investments in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and requires enhanced disclosures about fair value measurements. Investments are reflected on the consolidated financial statements at fair value. Fair value is the estimated amount that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (i.e. the exit price). The Company’s fair valuation process is reviewed and approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.

The fair value hierarchy prioritizes and ranks the level of market price observability used in measuring investments at fair value. Market price observability is impacted by a number of factors, including the type of investment, the characteristics specific to the investment and the state of the marketplace (including the existence and transparency of transactions between market participants). Investments with readily available actively quoted prices, or for which fair value can be measured from actively quoted prices in an orderly market, will generally have a higher degree of market price observability and a lesser degree of judgment used in measuring fair value.

Investments measured and reported at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following categories based on inputs:

Level I  — Quoted prices (unadjusted) are available in active markets for identical investments the Company has the ability to access as of the reporting date.
Level II  — Pricing inputs are observable for the investments, either directly or indirectly, as of the reporting date, but are not the same as those used in Level I.
Level III  — Pricing inputs are unobservable for the investment and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the investment. Fair value inputs require significant judgment or estimation from the Adviser.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the determination of which category within the fair value hierarchy is appropriate for any given investment is based on the lowest level of input, significant to that fair value measurement. The

F-30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2014

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the investment.

Investments for which observable market prices in active markets do not exist are reported at fair value based on Level III inputs. The amount determined to be fair value may incorporate the Adviser’s own assumptions (including assumptions the Adviser believes market participants would use in valuing the investments and assumptions relating to appropriate risk adjustments for nonperformance and lack of marketability).

Investments are valued at least monthly taking into account information available as of the reporting date. Valuations are approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.

See Note 3 “Investments” for further discussion relating to the Company’s investments.

In valuing its CLO debt, CLO equity and loan accumulation facility investments, the Adviser considers a variety of relevant factors including price indications from multiple dealers, recent trading prices for specific investments, recent purchases and sales known to the Adviser in similar securities and output from a third-party financial model.

The third-party financial model contains detailed information on the characteristics of each CLO including recent information about assets and liabilities, and is used to project future cash flows. Key inputs to the model, including assumptions for future loan default rates, recovery rates, prepayment rates, reinvestment rates and discount rates are determined by considering both observable and third-party data in the market and prevailing general market assumptions and conventions as well as those of the Adviser.

Investment Income Recognition

Interest income from debt positions in CLO investment vehicles is recorded on the accrual basis to the extent such amounts are expected to be collected. Amortization of premium or accretion of discount is recognized on the effective interest method.

Interest income from investments in CLO equity is recorded based upon an estimate of effective yield to maturity utilizing assumed cash flows. The Company monitors the expected cash flows from its CLO equity investments and effective yield is determined and updated as needed.

Securities Transactions

The Company records the purchases and sales of securities on trade date. Realized gains and losses on investments sold are recorded on the basis of the specific identification method.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company has defined cash and cash equivalents as cash and short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase. The Company maintains its cash in bank accounts, which, at times, may exceed Federal insured limits. The Adviser monitors the performance of the financial institution where the accounts are held in order to manage any risk associated with such accounts. No cash equivalent balances were held at December 31, 2014.

Income and Expense Recognition

Interest income is recognized on the accrual basis of accounting using the effective interest method. Other income may include the Company’s share of income under the terms of Class M notes and participation agreements and is recognized on the accrual basis. Expenses are recorded on the accrual basis.

Organization Costs

The Adviser has paid all of the Company’s organization expenses.

F-31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2014

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Prepaid Expenses

Prepaid expenses consist primarily of insurance premiums.

Federal and Other Taxes

For the period June 6, 2014 through October 5, 2014, the Company was organized as a Delaware Limited Liability Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Member which, in turn, was a subsidiary of the Private Fund. The Private Fund is a master fund in a master feeder structure and has three feeder funds which invest substantially all of their assets in the Private Fund. Under the laws of the Cayman Islands, the Private Fund is generally not subject to income taxes. The Private Fund files a tax return in the US federal jurisdiction. No provisions for income taxes has been made in the Financial Statements as the partners are individually responsible for reporting their allocable share of income, expense, gain or loss for U.S. income tax purposes.

For the period October 6, 2014 through December 31, 2014, the Company intends to comply with the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”), as amended, applicable to regulated investment companies. Accordingly, the Company intends to distribute its taxable income and net realized gains, if any, to shareholders in accordance with timing requirements imposed by the Code. Therefore no federal income or excise tax provision is required. The Company has adopted November 30 as its fiscal tax year end. The company intends to file federal income and excise returns as well as applicable state jurisdictions. The statute of limitations on the Company’s tax return filings generally remain open for three years.

Because federal income tax regulations differ from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, distributions in accordance with tax regulations may differ from net investment income and realized gains recognized for financial reporting purposes. Differences may be permanent or temporary. Permanent differences are reclassified among the components of net assets in the financial statements to reflect their tax character. During the period ended December 31, 2014 there were no reclassifications made among the components of net assets. As of November 30, 2014, the estimated components of distributable earnings, on a tax basis, are as follows:

 
Distributable ordinary income   $ 928,533  
Capital loss carryforward (1)   $ (46,084 )  
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments   $ 2,228,166  

(1) At tax period ended November 30, 2014, the fund had $34,304 of short-term capital losses and $11,780 of long-term capital losses which can be carried forward for an unlimited period.

Temporary differences arise when certain items of income, expense, gain or loss are recognized at some time in the future. The tax basis components of distributable earnings differ from the amounts reflected in the Statement of Assets and Liabilities due to temporary book/tax differences primarily arising from partnerships and passive foreign investment company investments. These amounts will be finalized before filing the federal tax return.

At December 31, 2014, the tax cost of investments for federal income tax purposes was $225,553,951. Accordingly, accumulated net unrealized depreciation on investments was ($8,563,980), consisting of $586,720 gross unrealized appreciation and ($9,150,700) gross unrealized depreciation.

Dividend and Distributions

Dividends from net investment income and capital gain distributions are determined in accordance with U.S. federal income tax regulations, which differ from U.S. GAAP. Dividends from net investment income, if any, are expected to be declared and paid quarterly. Dividends and distributions to shareholders are recorded

F-32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2014

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

on the ex-dividend date and are automatically reinvested in full shares of the Company in accordance with the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan unless the shareholder has elected to receive them in cash.

Amounts required to be distributed reflect estimates made by the Company. Dividends paid by the Company are subject to re-characterization for U.S. tax purposes.

3. INVESTMENTS

Fair Value Measurement

The following tables summarize the valuation of the Company’s investments measured and reported at fair value under the fair value hierarchy levels described in Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” as of December 31, 2014.

Fair Value Measurement

       
  Level I   Level II   Level III   Total
CLO Debt   $     $     $ 2,963,185     $ 2,963,185  
CLO Equity                 184,026,786       184,026,786  
Loan Accumulation Facilities                 30,000,000       30,000,000  
Total Investments at Fair Value   $     $     $ 216,989,971     $ 216,989,971  

The changes in investments classified as Level III are as follows for the period from June 6, 2014 (commencement of operations) through December 31, 2014:

Change in Investments Classified as Level III

       
  CLO Debt   CLO Equity   Loan Accumulation Facilities   Total
Beginning Balance at June 6, 2014   $     $     $     $  
Contributed Portfolio (1)     6,632,450       83,219,961       59,074,155       148,926,566  
Purchase of investments     61,023,945       116,755,740       42,143,877       219,923,562  
Sale of investments     (64,728,658 )       (9,487,500 )       (70,495,960 )       (144,712,118 )  
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)     35,448       (6,461,415 )       (722,072 )       (7,148,039 )  
Balance as of December 31, 2014   $ 2,963,185     $ 184,026,786     $ 30,000,000     $ 216,989,971  
Change in unrealized depreciation on investments still held at December 31, 2014   $ (65,646 )     $ (2,540,964 )     $     $ (2,606,609 )  

(1) See Note 5 “Members Equity” for further discussion on contributed portfolio at June 6, 2014.

The net realized gains and losses recorded for Level III investments are reported in “realized gain or (loss) on investments,” while changes in unrealized gains and losses are reported in “net change in unrealized appreciation or (depreciation) of investments” in the Statement of Operations.

The change in unrealized depreciation on positions still held at December 31, 2014 was $(2,606,609).

Valuation of CLO Subordinated Notes:

The Adviser gathers price indications from dealers, if available, as part of its valuation process to estimate fair value of each CLO subordinated note investment. Dealer price indications are not firm bids and may not be representative of the actual value where trades can be consummated.

F-33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2014

3. INVESTMENTS  – (continued)

In addition, the Adviser utilizes a third party valuation process to estimate the fair value of each CLO subordinated note investment. The model contains detailed information on the characteristics of each CLO, including recent information about assets and liabilities from data sources such as trustee reports, and is used to project future cash flows to the CLO note tranches, as well as management fees.

The following table summarizes the quantitative inputs and assumptions used for investments categorized in Level III of the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2014. In addition to the techniques and inputs noted in the table below, according to the Company’s valuation policy, the Adviser may use other valuation techniques and methodologies when determining the Company’s fair value measurements as provided for in the valuation policy approved by the Board of Directors. The table below is not intended to be all-inclusive, but rather provides information on the significant Level III inputs as they relate to the Company’s fair value measurements.

       
CLO Equity   $ 184,026,786       Discounted       Constant Default Rate       0.00% - 2.00%
 
                Cash Flows       Constant Prepayment Rate       25.00%
 
                         Reinvestment Spread       3.40% - 3.95%
 
                         Reinvestment Price       99.50%
 
                         Reinvestment Floor       0.00% - 1.00%
 
                         Recovery Rate       70.00%
 
                         Discount Rate to Maturity       10.50% - 14.90 %  

Increases (decreases) in the constant default rate, reinvestment price and discount rate in isolation would result in a lower (higher) fair value measurement. Increases (decreases) in the reinvestment spread, reinvestment floor and recovery rate in isolation would result in a higher (lower) fair value measurement. Changes in the constant prepayment rate may result in a higher or lower fair value, depending on the circumstances. Generally, a change in the assumption used for the constant default rate may be accompanied by a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for the constant prepayment rate and recovery rate.

Valuation of CLO Secured Notes:

The Company’s CLO debt has been valued using unadjusted indicative broker dealer quotes. As a result, there were no unobservable inputs that have been internally developed by the Company in determining the fair values of these investments at December 31, 2014.

Valuation of Loan Accumulation Facilities:

Loan accumulation facilities are typically medium term in nature and are entered into in contemplation of a specific CLO investment. Unless the loan accumulation facility documents contemplate transferring the underlying loans at a price other than original cost plus accrued interest or the Adviser determines the originally contemplated CLO is unlikely to be consummated, the fair value of the loan accumulation facility is based on the cost of the underlying loans plus accrued interest and realized gains reported by the trustee. In all other situations, the fair value of the CLO loan accumulation facility is based on the market value of the underlying loans plus accrued interest.

Investment Risk Factors and Concentration of Investments

Market Risk.   Certain events particular to each market in which the Company’s investments conduct operations, as well as general economic and political conditions, may have a significant negative impact on the operations and profitability of the Company’s investments and/or on the fair value of the Company’s investments. Such events are beyond the Company’s control, and the likelihood they may occur and the effect on the Company cannot be predicted.

Concentration Risk.   The Company is classified as “non-diversified” under the 1940 Act. As a result, the Company can invest a greater portion of its assets in obligations of a single issuer than a “diversified”

F-34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2014

3. INVESTMENTS  – (continued)

fund. The Company may therefore be more susceptible than a diversified fund to being adversely affected by any single corporate, economic, political or regulatory occurrence. In particular, because the Company’s portfolio of investments may lack diversification among CLO securities and related investments, the Company is susceptible to a risk of significant loss if one or more of these CLO securities and related investments experience a high level of defaults on the collateral they hold.

Liquidity Risk.   The securities issued by CLOs generally offer less liquidity than other investment grade or high-yield corporate debt, and are subject to certain transfer restrictions imposed on certain financial and other eligibility requirements on prospective transferees. Other investments the Company may purchase through privately negotiated transactions may also be illiquid or subject to legal restrictions on their transfer. As a result of this illiquidity, the Company’s ability to sell certain investments quickly, or at all, in response to changes in economic and other conditions and to receive a fair price when selling such investments may be limited, which could prevent the Company from making sales to mitigate losses on such investments. In addition, CLOs are subject to the possibility of liquidation upon an event of default, which could result in full loss of value to the CLO equity and junior debt investors. CLO equity tranches are the most likely tranche to suffer a loss of all of their value in these circumstances.

Risks of Investing in CLOs.   The Company’s investments consist in part of CLO securities and the Company may invest in other related structured finance securities. CLOs and structured finance securities are generally backed by an asset or a pool of assets (typically senior secured loans and other credit-related assets in the case of a CLO) which serve as collateral. The Company and other investors in CLO and structured finance securities ultimately bear the credit risk of the underlying collateral. If there are defaults or the relevant collateral otherwise underperforms, scheduled payments to senior tranches of such securities take precedence over those of mezzanine tranches, and scheduled payments to mezzanine tranches take precedence over those to subordinated/equity tranches. Therefore, CLO and other structured finance securities may present risks similar to those of the other types of debt obligations and, in fact, such risks may be of greater significance in the case of CLO and other structured finance securities. In addition to the general risks associated with investing in debt securities, CLO securities carry additional risks, including, but not limited to: (1) the possibility that distributions from collateral assets will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (2) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (3) the fact that investments in CLO equity and junior debt tranches will likely be subordinate to other senior classes of CLO debt; and (4) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results. Additionally, changes in the collateral held by a CLO may cause payments on the instruments we hold to be reduced, either temporarily or permanently. Structured investments, particularly the subordinated interests in which the Company invests, are less liquid than many other types of securities and may be more volatile than the assets underlying the CLOs we may target. In addition, CLO and other structured finance securities may be subject to prepayment risk.

Risks of Investing in Loan Accumulation Facilities.   The Company invests in loan accumulation facilities to acquire loans on an interim basis which are expected to form part of the portfolio of a future CLO. Investments in loan accumulation facilities have risks similar to those applicable to investments in CLOs. In addition, there typically will be no assurance future CLOs will be consummated or that loans held in such a facility are eligible for purchase by the CLO. Furthermore, the Company likely will have no consent rights in respect of the loans to be acquired in such a facility and in the event the Company does have any consent rights, they will be limited. In the event a planned CLO is not consummated, or the loans are not eligible for purchase by the CLO, the Company may be responsible for either holding or disposing of the loans. This could expose the Company primarily to credit and/or mark-to-market losses, and other risks. Leverage is typically utilized in such a facility and as such the potential risk of loss will be increased for such facilities employing leverage.

F-35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2014

3. INVESTMENTS  – (continued)

Interest Rate Risk.   The fair value of certain of the Company’s investments may be significantly affected by changes in interest rates. Although senior secured loans are generally floating rate instruments, the Company’s investments in senior secured loans through CLOs are sensitive to interest rate levels and volatility. Although CLOs are generally structured to mitigate the risk of interest rate mismatch, there may be some difference between the timing of interest rate resets on the assets and liabilities of a CLO, which could have a negative effect on the amount of funds distributed to CLO equity investors. In addition, CLOs may not be able to enter into hedge agreements, even if it may otherwise be in the best interests of the CLO to hedge such interest rate risk. Furthermore, in the event of a significant rising interest rate environment and/or economic downturn, loan defaults may increase and result in credit losses which may adversely affect the Company’s cash flow, fair value of its assets and operating results. In the event the Company’s interest expense was to increase relative to income, or sufficient financing became unavailable, return on investments and cash available for distribution would be reduced. In addition, future investments in different types of instruments may carry a greater exposure to interest rate risk.

LIBOR Floor Risk .   An increase in LIBOR will increase the financing costs of CLOs. Since many of the senior secured loans within these CLOs have LIBOR floors, there may not be corresponding increases in investment income (if LIBOR increases but stays below the average LIBOR floor rate of such senior secured loans) resulting in smaller distribution payments to the equity investors in these CLOs.

LIBOR Risk .   The CLOs in which the Company invests typically obtain financing at a floating rate based on LIBOR. Regulators and law-enforcement agencies from a number of governments, including entities in the United States, Japan, Canada and the United Kingdom, have conducted or are conducting civil and criminal investigations into potential manipulation of LIBOR. Several financial institutions have reached settlements with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the U.S. Department of Justice Fraud Section and the United Kingdom Financial Services Authority in connection with investigations by such authorities into submissions made by such financial institutions to the bodies whom set LIBOR and other interbank offered rates. Additional investigations remain ongoing with respect to other major banks. There can be no assurance there will not be additional admissions or findings of rate-setting manipulation or manipulations of LIBOR or other similar interbank offered rates will not be shown to have occurred. ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (formerly NYSE Euronext Rate Administration Limited) assumed administration of LIBOR on February 1, 2014. Any new administrator of LIBOR may make methodological changes to the way in which LIBOR is calculated or may alter, discontinue or suspend calculation or dissemination of LIBOR. Any of such actions or other effects from the ongoing investigations could adversely affect the liquidity and value of the Company’s investments. Further, additional admissions or findings of manipulation may decrease the confidence of the market in LIBOR and lead market participants to look for alternative, non-LIBOR based types of financing, such as fixed rate loans or bonds or floating rate loans based on non-LIBOR indices. An increase in alternative types of financing at the expense of LIBOR-based CLOs may impair the liquidity of the Company’s investments. Additionally, it may make it more difficult for CLO issuers to satisfy certain conditions set forth in a CLO’s offering documents.

Historically Low Interest Rate Environment .   As of the date of these consolidated financial statements, interest rates in the United States are at, or near, historic lows, which may increase the Company’s exposure to risks associated with rising interest rates. Moreover, interest rate levels are currently impacted by extraordinary monetary policy initiatives the effect of which is impossible to predict with certainty.

The Company may incur, directly or indirectly, through one or more special purpose vehicles, indebtedness for borrowed money, as well as leverage in the form of derivative transactions, preferred stock and other structures and instruments, in significant amounts and on terms the Adviser and the Company’s Board deem appropriate, subject to applicable limitations under the 1940 Act. Any such borrowings do not include embedded or inherent leverage in CLO structures in which the Company invests or in derivative instruments in which the Company may invest. Moreover, CLOs by their very nature are leveraged vehicles.

F-36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2014

3. INVESTMENTS  – (continued)

Accordingly, there may be a layering of leverage in overall structure. The more leverage is employed, the more likely a substantial change will occur in the Company’s NAV. Accordingly, any event adversely affecting the value of an investment would be magnified to the extent leverage is utilized.

Highly Subordinated and Leveraged Securities Risk.   The Company’s portfolio includes equity and junior debt investments in CLOs, which involve a number of significant risks. CLOs are typically very highly levered (9 – 13 times), and therefore the junior debt and equity tranches in which the Company is currently invested are subject to a higher degree of risk of total loss. In particular, investors in CLO securities indirectly bear risks of the collateral held by such CLOs. The Company will generally have the right to receive payments only from the CLOs, and will generally not have direct rights against the underlying borrowers or the entity that sponsored the CLO. While the CLOs the Company intends to initially target generally enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of senior secured loans without the expenses associated with directly holding the same investments, the Company will generally pay a proportionate share of the CLOs’ administrative, management and other expenses. In addition, the Company may have the option in certain CLOs to contribute additional amounts to the CLO issuer for purposes of acquiring additional assets or curing coverage tests, thereby increasing overall exposure and capital at risk to such CLO.

Credit Risk.   If a CLO in which the Company invests, an underlying asset of any such CLO or any other type of credit investment in the Company’s portfolio declines in price or fails to pay interest or principal when due because the issuer or debtor, as the case may be, experiences a decline in its financial status either or both the Company’s income and NAV may be adversely impacted. Non-payment would result in a reduction of the Company’s income, a reduction in the value of the applicable CLO security or other credit investment experiencing non-payment and, potentially, a decrease in the Company’s NAV. With respect to investments in CLO securities and credit investments that are secured, there can be no assurance liquidation of collateral would satisfy the issuer’s obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled dividend, interest or principal or such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of bankruptcy of an issuer, the Company could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of any collateral securing a CLO security or credit investment. To the extent the credit rating assigned to a security in the Company’s portfolio is downgraded, the market price and liquidity of such security may be adversely affected. In addition, if a CLO triggers an event of default as a result of failing to make payments when due or for other reasons, the CLO would be subject to the possibility of liquidation, which could result in full loss of value to the CLO equity and junior debt investors. CLO equity tranches are the most likely tranche to suffer a loss of all of their value in these circumstances.

4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Investment Adviser

On June 6, 2014, the Company entered into an investment advisory agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”) with the Adviser. Pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Company pays the Adviser, for its services, a management fee and an incentive fee, effective October 7, 2014, the date in which the Registration Statement of the Company was declared effective by the SEC.

The management fee is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears at an annual rate equal to 1.75% of the Company’s Total Equity Base. “Total Equity Base” means the net asset value attributable to the Common Stock and the paid-in or stated capital of the Company’s preferred stock, if any. The management fee for any partial quarter is pro-rated (based on the number of days actually elapsed at the end of such partial quarter relative to the total number of days in such calendar quarter). The Company was charged a management fee of $1,075,714 for the period, all of which was payable as of December 31, 2014.

The Incentive Fee is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income of the Company for the immediately preceding calendar quarter. For this purpose, “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” means interest income, dividend income and any other income

F-37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2014

4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  – (continued)

(including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees the Company receives from an investment) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus the Company’s operating expenses for the quarter (including the Base Management Fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement (as defined below) and any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the Incentive Fee). Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments payment-in-kind interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income the Company has not yet received in cash. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any realized capital gains or realized or unrealized losses.

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Company’s net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, is compared to a “hurdle rate” of 2.00% per quarter (8.00% annualized). The Company pays the Adviser an Incentive Fee with respect to the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income in each calendar quarter as follows: (1) no Incentive Fee in any calendar quarter in which the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed 2.00%; (2) 100% of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, exceeding the hurdle rate but less than 2.50% in any calendar quarter; and (3) 20% of the amount of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, exceeding 2.50% in any calendar quarter. The company did not incur any incentive fee as of December 31, 2014.

Administrator

Effective June 6, 2014, the Company entered into an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) with the Administrator, an affiliated entity. Subject to the supervision and the overall control of the Board of Directors of the Company, the Administrator shall act as administrator of the Company, and furnish, or arrange for others to furnish, the administrative services, personnel and facilities necessary for the operation of the Company. The Company will reimburse the Administrator for the costs and expenses incurred in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement. The Administrator has delegated to SS&C Technologies Inc. (“SS&C”) certain administrative and clerical services to perform on behalf of the Company.

For the period from October 6, 2014 to December 31, 2014, the Company was charged a total of $64,655 in administration fees consisting of $26,644 and $38,011 from the Administrator and SS&C, respectively, which are included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and of which $20,076 was payable at December 31, 2014.

Affiliated Ownership

Certain directors, officers and other related parties, including members of the Company’s management, hold 64% of the common stock of the Company at December 31, 2014.

Exemptive Relief

On July 10, 2014, the Company filed an application with the SEC for an exemptive order under certain provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 to permit the Company to engage in certain co-investment transactions with certain other investment vehicles managed by the Adviser. Subsequently, the Company amended its application with the SEC on November 20, 2014 and January 30, 2015 in response to comments from the SEC staff. On February 18, 2015 the SEC posted notice of ECC’s application subject to a 25 day notice period.

F-38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2014

5. MEMBER’S EQUITY

For the period of June 6, 2014 to October 5, 2014, the Company was a wholly owned subsidiary of the Member, which in turn was a wholly owned subsidiary of the Private Fund. As of October 5, 2014 the Company had 2,500,000 units issued and outstanding all of which were held by the Member.

On June 6, 2014, the Member contributed $155,301,542 to the Company, consisting of cash of $6,374,976 and securities with a fair value of $148,926,566 (cost basis of $143,825,556) as detailed in the following table:

Contributed Portfolio

   
  Cost at
June 6, 2014
  Fair Value at
June 6, 2014
CLO Debt   $ 6,586,030     $ 6,632,450  
CLO Equity     79,864,526       83,219,961  
Loan Accumulation Facilities     57,375,000       59,074,155  
Total   $ 143,825,556     $ 148,926,566  

The contribution price represents fair value of the securities as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP as of the contribution date and as approved by the Company’s Audit Committee and Board of Directors.

6. COMMON SHARES

On October 6, 2014, the Company converted from a Delaware limited liability company into a Delaware corporation. At the time of the Conversion, the sole member of Eagle Point Credit Company LLC became a stockholder of Eagle Point Credit Company Inc. and was issued an aggregate of 8,656,057 shares of common equity, par value $0.001 per share, which was distributed to the Adviser’s Senior Investment Team and Trident V Funds, an affiliate of the Adviser, as a redemption in kind from the Private Fund.

On October 7, 2014, the Company priced its IPO and sold an additional 5,155,301 shares of its common equity at a public offering price of $20.00 per share. The Company raised gross proceeds of $103,106,020. The Company paid $1,000,000 or $0.07 per share in offering costs associated with the successful listing. This cost was borne by all common stockholders of the Company as a charge to shareholder’s equity. The Company has used the net proceeds from the Offering to acquire investments in accordance with the Company’s investment objectives and strategies and for general working capital purposes.

On October 8, 2014, the Company’s shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ECC”.

In connection with the IPO, the Company granted the underwriters a 45 day option to purchase up to an additional 773,295 of common equity to cover any overallotments, which was not exercised.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s components of capital include $173,338,066 of contributed Member’s Equity from conversion of the limited liability company to the corporation. This includes paid-in capital of $168,042,084 and unrealized appreciation of $5,295,982 and the amount of initial public offering proceeds (net of offering costs) received in the amount of $102,106,020 as presented on the Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities. At December 31, 2014 there are 100,000,000 shares of common stock authorized, of which 13,811,358 are issued and outstanding.

F-39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2014

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Under the Company’s organizational documents, its officers and directors are indemnified against certain liabilities arising out of the performance of their duties to the Company. In addition, during the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts containing a variety of representations which provide general indemnifications. The Company’s maximum exposure under these agreements cannot be known; however, the Company expects any risk of loss to be remote.

As of December 31, 2014 the Company had no unfunded commitments.

8. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has recorded a distribution payable of $7,596,246 at December 31, 2014 for dividends declared as of December 31, 2014 which were paid to shareholders on January 26, 2015.

Management of the Company has evaluated the need for disclosures and/or adjustments resulting from subsequent events through the date of release of this report. Management has determined there are no events in addition to those described above which would require adjustment to or disclosure in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related Notes through this date.

F-40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARY
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
DECEMBER 31, 2014

Financial highlights for the period from June 6, 2014 (commencement of operations) through October 5, 2014 for the Member are as follows:

 
Per Unit Data   For the period
from June 6, 2014
(commencement of
operations) to
October 5, 2014
Net asset value beginning of period   $ 62.12  
Net investment income     3.10  
Net realized and unrealized capital gain (loss) on investments     0.56  
Total from investment operations     3.66  
Adjustment for additional cash contribution     3.56  
Net asset value, at end of period   $ 69.34  
Total return (1)     5.89 %  
Ratios:
        
Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (1)     4.74 %  
Ratio of expenses to average net assets (1)     0.00 %  
Portfolio turnover rate (2)     52.07 %  

(1) Total return and ratios for the period from June 6, 2014 to October 5, 2014 were not annualized.
(2) The portfolio turnover rate is calculated as the total of investment sales executed during the period from June 6, 2014 to October 5, 2014, divided by the average fair value of the investments for the same period.

F-41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC. & SUBSIDIARY
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
DECEMBER 31, 2014

Financial highlights for the period from October 6, 2014 to December 31, 2014 for the Company are as follows:

 
Per Share Data   For the period
from October 6 to
December 31, 2014
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 20.00  
Offering costs associated with the Company's Initial Public Offering (3)     (0.07 )  
Net asset value, beginning of period net of offering costs     19.93  
Net investment income     0.32  
Net realized and unrealized capital gain (loss) on investments     (0.62 )  
Total from investment operations     (0.30 )  
Distributions from net investment income     (0.31 )  
Distributions from tax return of capital     (0.24 )  
Total distributions     (0.55 )  
Net asset value at end of period   $ 19.08  
Per share market value at beginning of period   $ 19.93  
Per share market value at end of period   $ 20.10  
Total return (1)     0.85 %  
Shares outstanding at end of period     13,811,358  
Ratios
        
Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (1)     6.84 %  
Ratio of expenses to average net assets (1)     2.13 %  
Portfolio turnover rate (2)     37.11 %  

(1) Total return for the period from October 6, 2014 to December 31, 2014 is not annualized. Ratios for the period from October 6, 2014 to December 31, 2014 are annualized.
(2) The portfolio turnover rate is calculated as the total of investment sales executed during the period from October 6, 2014 to December 31, 2014, divided by the average fair value of the investments for the same period.
(3) See Note 6 “Common Shares” within accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

APPENDIX A: DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc . — A brief description of the applicable Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (Moody’s) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody’s) follows:

1. Long-Term Obligation Ratings

Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings use Moody’s Global Scale and reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Moody’s Long-Term Rating Definitions:

 
Aaa:   Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.
Aa:   Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A:   Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa:   Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
Ba:   Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B:   Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa:   Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
Ca:   Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C:   Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
Note:   Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Short-Term Debt Ratings

There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels — MIG 1 through MIG 3. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

 
MIG 1.   This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
MIG 2.   This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

A-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
MIG 3.   This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.
SG.   This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

Demand Obligation Ratings

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned; a long- or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating.

When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g. , Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1.

VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

 
VMIG 1.   This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
VMIG 2.   This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
VMIG 3.   This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
SG.   This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

2. Short-Term Ratings

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

 
P-1   Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-2   Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-3   Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
NP   Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
NOTE:   Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.

A-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Standard & Poor’s

A brief description of the applicable Standard & Poor’s (S&P) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by S&P) follows:

Issuer Credit Rating Definitions

A Standard & Poor’s issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects Standard & Poor’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Issue credit ratings can be either long term or short-term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days, including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations:

Likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
Nature of and provisions of the obligation;
Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

 
AAA:   An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA:   An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A:   An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
BBB:   An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
BB, B, CCC, CC. and C:   Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

A-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
BB:   An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B:   An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CCC:   An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC:   An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
C:   A ‘C’ rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the ‘C’ rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument’s terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.
D:   An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.
Plus (+) or minus (-):   The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
N.R.:   This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings

 
A-1:   A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
A-2:   A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
A-3:   A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

A-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
B:   A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of ‘B-1’, ‘B-2’, and ‘B-3’ may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the ‘B’ category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B-1:   A short-term obligation rated ‘B-1’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
B-2:   A short-term obligation rated ‘B-2’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
B-3:   A short-term obligation rated ‘B-3’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meets its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
C:   A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
D:   A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Fitch, Inc.

A brief description of the applicable Fitch, Inc. (Fitch) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Fitch) follows:

Long-Term Credit Ratings
Investment Grade

 
AAA:   Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA:   Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A:   High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB:   Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

Speculative Grade

 
BB:   Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.
B:   Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.
CCC:   Substantial credit risk. ‘CCC’ ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.

A-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
CC:   Very high levels of credit risk. ‘CC’ ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.
C:   Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. ‘C’ indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned ‘D’ ratings, but are instead rated in the ‘B’ to ‘C’ rating categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. This approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.

The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ obligation rating category, or to corporate finance obligation ratings in the categories below ‘CCC.’

The subscript ‘emr’ is appended to a rating to denote embedded market risk which is beyond the scope of the rating. The designation is intended to make clear that the rating solely addresses the counterparty risk of the issuing bank. It is not meant to indicate any limitation in the analysis of the counterparty risk, which in all other respects follows published Fitch criteria for analyzing the issuing financial institution. Fitch does not rate these instruments where the principal is to any degree subject to market risk.

Recovery Ratings

Recovery Ratings are assigned to selected individual securities and obligations. These currently are published for most individual obligations of corporate issuers with IDRs in the ‘B’ rating category and below.

Among the factors that affect recovery rates for securities are the collateral, the seniority relative to other obligations in the capital structure (where appropriate), and the expected value of the company or underlying collateral in distress.

The Recovery Rating scale is based upon the expected relative recovery characteristics of an obligation upon the curing of a default, emergence from insolvency or following the liquidation or termination of the obligor or its associated collateral.

Recovery Ratings are an ordinal scale and do not attempt to precisely predict a given level of recovery. As a guideline in developing the rating assessments, the agency employs broad theoretical recovery bands in its ratings approach based on historical averages, but actual recoveries for a given security may deviate materially from historical averages.

 
RR1:   Outstanding recovery prospects given default.   ‘RR1’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 91% – 100% of current principal and related interest.
RR2:   Superior recovery prospects given default.   ‘RR2’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 71% – 90% of current principal and related interest.
RR3:   Good recovery prospects given default.   ‘RR3’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 51% – 70% of current principal and related interest.
RR4:   Average recovery prospects given default.   ‘RR4’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 31% – 50% of current principal and related interest.
RR5:   Below average recovery prospects given default.   ‘RR5’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 11% – 30% of current principal and related interest.
RR6:   Poor recovery prospects given default.   ‘RR6’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 0% – 10% of current principal and related interest.

A-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Short-Term Credit Ratings

A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

 
F1:   Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
F2:   Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
F3:   Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.
B:   Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
C:   High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.
RD:   Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Applicable to entity ratings only.
D:   Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

A-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

  
  

$    

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Eagle Point Credit Company Inc.

  

    % Notes due 2020

 
 
 
 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
           , 2015

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

Incapital
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART C — OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 25. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

1. Financial Statements:

The following financial statements of Eagle Point Credit Company Inc. (the “Registrant”) are included in Part A of the Registration Statement:

 
Consolidated Statement of Net Assets and Liabilities as of March 31, 2015 (unaudited)     F-2  
Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of March 31, 2015 (unaudited)     F-3  
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the period from January 1, 2015 to March 31, 2015 (unaudited)     F-4  
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the period from January 1, 2015 to March 31, 2015 (unaudited)     F-5  
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the period from January 1, 2015 to March 31, 2015 (unaudited)     F-6  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)     F-7  
Financial Highlights as of March 31, 2015 (unaudited)     F-19  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-21  
Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2014     F-22  
Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2014     F-23  
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the period from June 6, 2014 (commencement of operations) to October 5, 2014 and from October 6, 2014 to December 31, 2014     F-25  
Consolidated Statement of Member’s Equity for the period from June 6, 2014 (commencement of operations) to October 5, 2014     F-26  
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the period from October 6, 2014 to December 31, 2014     F-27  
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the period from June 6, 2014 (commencement of operations) to October 5, 2014 and from October 6, 2014 to December 31, 2014     F-28  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements     F-29  
Financial Highlights as of December 31, 2014     F-42  

2. Exhibits:

 
    
(a)(1)   Form of Certification of Incorporation (3)
(a)(2)   Certificate of Designation for the 7.75% Series A Term Preferred Stock due 2022 (6)
(b)   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws (5)
(c)   Not applicable
(d)(1)   Form of Indenture between the Registrant and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, trustee
(d)(2)   Form of First Supplemental Indenture between the Registrant and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC
(d)(3)   Form of    % Notes due 2020 (included as part of Exhibit (d)(2))
(d)(4)   Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as trustee, with respect to the Form of Indenture
(e)   Dividend Reinvestment Plan (3)
(f)   Not applicable
(g)   Form of Investment Advisory Agreement by and between the Registrant and Eagle Point Credit Management LLC (1)

C-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
(h)(1)   Form of Underwriting Agreement
(h)(2)   Master Agreement among Underwriters (4)
(i)   Not applicable
(j)   Form of Custodian Agreement (1)
(k)(1)   Form of Administration Agreement by and between the Registrant and Eagle Point Administration LLC (1)
(k)(2)   Form of License Agreement between the Registrant and Eagle Point Credit Management LLC (2)
(k)(3)   Form of Transfer Agency and Registrar Services Agreement between the Registrant and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (3)
(k)(4)   Services Agreement, dated November 1, 2014 by and among SS&C Technologies, Inc., the Registrant, Eagle Point Administration LLC and Eagle Point Credit Management LLC (6)
(l)   Opinion and Consent of Counsel
(m)   Not applicable
(n)   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
(o)   Not applicable
(p)   Not applicable
(q)   Not applicable
(r)(1)   Code of Ethics of the Registrant (2)
(r)(2)   Code of Ethics of Eagle Point Credit Management LLC (3)

(1) Previously filed on June 6, 2014 with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-196590 and 811-22974) and incorporated by reference herein.
(2) Previously filed on July 7, 2014 with Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-196590 and 811-22974) and incorporated by reference herein.
(3) Previously filed on September 30, 2014 with Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-196590 and 811-22974) and incorporated by reference herein.
(4) Previously filed on October 6, 2014 with Amendment No. 5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-196590 and 811-22974) and incorporated by reference herein.
(5) Previously filed on March 20, 2015 with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-202914 and 811-22974) and incorporated by reference herein.
(6) Previously filed on May 11, 2015 with Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-202914 and 811-22974) and incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 26. MARKETING ARRANGEMENTS

The information contained under the heading “Underwriting” in the prospectus that forms a part of this Registration Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 27. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

 
SEC registration fee   $       
FINRA filing fee   $       
Rating agency fees   $ 30,000  
Printing and postage   $ 50,000  
Legal fees and expenses   $ 200,000  
Accounting fees and expenses   $ 40,000  
Miscellaneous   $ 10,000  
Total   $       

C-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note: Except for the SEC registration fee, the rating agency fee and the FINRA filing fee, all listed amounts are estimates.

ITEM 28. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL

Eagle Point Credit Company Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Registrant and was included in the Registrant’s consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015.

Eagle Point Credit Company Sub (Cayman) Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Registrant and was included in the Registrant’s consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2015.

ITEM 29. NUMBER OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

The following table sets forth the number of record holders of each class of the Registrant’s securities as of June 30, 2015:

 
Title of Class   Number of
Record Holders
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share     8  
Preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share     1  
     % Notes due 2020     0  

ITEM 30. INDEMNIFICATION

Directors and Officers

As permitted by Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, the Registrant has adopted provisions in its certificate of incorporation, as amended, that limit or eliminate the personal liability of its directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to the Registrant or its stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for: any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders; any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payment of dividends; or any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. These limitations of liability do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

The Registrant’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that all directors, officers, employees and agents of the registrant shall be entitled to be indemnified by us to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. Under Section 145 of the DGCL, the Registrant is permitted to offer indemnification to its directors, officers, employees and agents.

Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other enterprise. Such indemnity may be against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and if, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the person did not have reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or

C-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other enterprise, against any expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person in any such capacity, or arising out of the person’s status as such, regardless of whether the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under the provisions of the law. We have obtained liability insurance for the benefit of our directors and officers.

Adviser and Administrator

The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, Eagle Point Credit Management LLC (the “Adviser”) and its officers, managers, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from the Registrant for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Adviser’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as an Adviser of the Registrant.

The Administration Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, Eagle Point Administration LLC and its officers, managers, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from the Registrant for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of Eagle Point Administration LLC’s services under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Registrant.

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its officers and directors. The indemnification agreements are intended to provide the Registrant’s officers and directors the maximum indemnification permitted under Delaware law and the 1940 Act. Each indemnification agreement provides that the Registrant shall indemnify the director who is a party to the agreement (an “Indemnitee”), including the advancement of legal expenses, if, by reason of his or her corporate status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to or a witness in any threatened, pending, or completed proceeding, other than a proceeding by or in the right of the Registrant.

C-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 31. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER

A description of any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which the Adviser, and each managing director, director or executive officer (other than Nauman S. Malik) of the Adviser, is or has been during the past two fiscal years, engaged in for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in Part A of this Registration Statement in the sections entitled “Management” and “The Adviser and the Administrator. ” Mr. Malik joined the Adviser in June 2015 as General Counsel. Mr. Malik was previously an associate at Dechert LLP. Additional information regarding the Adviser and its officers and directors is set forth in its Form ADV, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC File No. 801-77721), under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 32. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

All accounts, books, and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of:

 
(1)   the Registrant, Eagle Point Credit Company Inc., 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, CT 06830;
(2)   the Transfer Agent and Trustee, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219;
(3)   the Custodian, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, 1761 East St. Andrews Place, Santa Ana, CA 92705; and
(4)   the Adviser, Eagle Point Credit Management LLC, 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, CT 06830.

ITEM 33. MANAGEMENT SERVICES

Not applicable.

ITEM 34. UNDERTAKINGS

(1) Not applicable.
(2) Not applicable.
(3) Not applicable.
(4) Not applicable.
(5) Registrant undertakes that:
(a) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and
(b) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(6) Not applicable.

C-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this pre-effective amendment no. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Township of Greenwich, in the State of Connecticut, on the 11 th day of August, 2015.

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC.

By: /s/ Thomas P. Majewski

Name: Thomas P. Majewski
Title:  Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this pre-effective amendment no. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

   
Signature   Title   Date
/s/ Thomas P. Majewski

Thomas P. Majewski
  Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  August 11, 2015
/s/ Kenneth P. Onorio

Kenneth P. Onorio
  Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  August 11, 2015
*

James R. Matthews
  Chairman of the Board of Directors   August 11, 2015
*

Scott W. Appleby
  Director   August 11, 2015
*

Kevin F. McDonald
  Director   August 11, 2015
*

Paul E. Tramontano
  Director   August 11, 2015
*

Jeffrey L. Weiss
  Director   August 11, 2015

*By:

/s/ Thomas P. Majewski

Name: Thomas P. Majewski
Title: Attorney-in-fact

C-6


 

Exhibit (d)(1)

 

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC.

 

(Issuer)

 

and

 

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC

 

(Trustee)

 

Indenture

 

Dated as of August [●], 2015

 

Providing for the Issuance

 

of

 

Debt Securities

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

      Page
       
ARTICLE One DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION 1
       
Section 1.01. Definitions 1
Section 1.02. Compliance Certificates and Opinions 8
Section 1.03. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee 8
Section 1.04. Acts of Holders 9
Section 1.05. Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company 10
Section 1.06. Notice to Holders; Waiver 10
Section 1.07. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents 10
Section 1.08. Successors and Assigns 11
Section 1.09. Separability Clause 11
Section 1.10. Benefits of Indenture 11
Section 1.11. Governing Law 11
Section 1.12. Legal Holidays 11
Section 1.13. Submission to Jurisdiction 11
       
ARTICLE Two SECURITIES FORMS 11
       
Section 2.01. Forms of Securities 11
Section 2.02. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication 12
Section 2.03. Securities Issuable in Global Form 12
       
ARTICLE Three THE SECURITIES 13
       
Section 3.01. Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series 13
Section 3.02. Denominations 15
Section 3.03. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating 15
Section 3.04. Temporary Securities 17
Section 3.05. Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange 17
Section 3.06. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities 19
Section 3.07. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved; Optional Interest Reset 19
Section 3.08. Optional Extension of Maturity 21
Section 3.09. Persons Deemed Owners 21
Section 3.10. Cancellation 22
Section 3.11. Computation of Interest 22
Section 3.12. Currency and Manner of Payments in Respect of Securities 22
Section 3.13. Appointment and Resignation of Successor Exchange Rate Agent 25
Section 3.14. CUSIP Numbers 25
       
ARTICLE Four SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 25
       
Section 4.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture 25
Section 4.02. Application of Trust Funds 26
       
ARTICLE Five REMEDIES 26
       
Section 5.01. Events of Default 26
Section 5.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment 28
Section 5.03. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee 28
Section 5.04. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim 29
Section 5.05. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities 30
Section 5.06. Application of Money Collected 30
Section 5.07. Limitation on Suits 30
Section 5.08. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest 31
Section 5.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies 31
Section 5.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative 31

 

   - i -  

 

 

Table of Contents
(continued)
      Page
       
Section 5.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver 31
Section 5.12. Control by Holders of Securities 31
Section 5.13. Waiver of Past Defaults 32
Section 5.14. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws 32
       
ARTICLE Six THE TRUSTEE 32
       
Section 6.01. Notice of Defaults 32
Section 6.02. Certain Rights of Trustee 33
Section 6.03. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities 34
Section 6.04. May Hold Securities 35
Section 6.05. Money Held in Trust 35
Section 6.06. Compensation and Reimbursement and Indemnification of Trustee 35
Section 6.07. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility 36
Section 6.08. Disqualification; Conflicting Interests 36
Section 6.09. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor 36
Section 6.10. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor 37
Section 6.11. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business 38
Section 6.12. Appointment of Authenticating Agent 38
       
ARTICLE Seven HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY 40
       
Section 7.01. Disclosure of Names and Addresses of Holders 40
Section 7.02. Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders 40
Section 7.03. Reports by Trustee 40
Section 7.04. Reports by Company 40
Section 7.05. Calculation of Original Issue Discount 41
       
ARTICLE Eight CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE OR TRANSFER 41
       
Section 8.01. Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms 41
Section 8.02. Successor Person Substituted 41
       
ARTICLE Nine SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES 41
       
Section 9.01. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders 41
Section 9.02. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders 42
Section 9.03. Execution of Supplemental Indentures 43
Section 9.04. Effect of Supplemental Indentures 44
Section 9.05. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act 44
Section 9.06. Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures 44
       
ARTICLE Ten COVENANTS 44
       
Section 10.01. Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest 44
Section 10.02. Existence; Maintenance of Office or Agency 44
Section 10.03. Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust 45
Section 10.04. Additional Amounts 45
Section 10.05. Statement as to Compliance 46
Section 10.06. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims 46
Section 10.07. Waiver of Certain Covenants 46
       
ARTICLE Eleven REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES 47
       
Section 11.01. Applicability of Article 47
Section 11.02. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee 47
Section 11.03. Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed 47
Section 11.04. Notice of Redemption 47

 

   - ii -  

 

 

Table of Contents
(continued)
      Page
       
Section 11.05. Deposit of Redemption Price 48
Section 11.06. Securities Payable on Redemption Date 48
Section 11.07. Securities Redeemed in Part 49
       
ARTICLE Twelve SINKING FUNDS 49
       
Section 12.01. Applicability of Article 49
Section 12.02. Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities 49
Section 12.03. Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund 50
       
ARTICLE Thirteen  REPAYMENT AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS 50
       
Section 13.01. Applicability of Article 50
Section 13.02. Repayment of Securities 50
Section 13.03. Exercise of Option 50
Section 13.04. When Securities Presented for Repayment Become Due and Payable 51
Section 13.05. Securities Repaid in Part 51
       
ARTICLE Fourteen  DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 51
       
Section 14.01. Applicability of Article; Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance 51
Section 14.02. Defeasance and Discharge 51
Section 14.03. Covenant Defeasance 52
Section 14.04. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance 52
Section 14.05. Deposited Money and Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions 53
       
ARTICLE Fifteen MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES 54
       
Section 15.01. Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called 54
Section 15.02. Call, Notice and Place of Meetings 54
Section 15.03. Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings 55
Section 15.04. Quorum; Action 55
Section 15.05. Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings 56
Section 15.06. Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings 56

 

   - iii -  

 

 

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC.

Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act of 1939

and Indenture, dated as of [●], 2015

 

Trust Indenture Act Section   Indenture Section
§ 310 (a)(1)   6.07
  (a)(2)   6.07
  (b)   6.08, 6.09
§ 312 (c)   7.01
§ 314 (a)   7.04
  (a)(4)   10.05
  (c)(1)   1.02
  (c)(2)   1.02
  (e)   1.02
§ 315 (b)   6.01
§ 316 (a) (last sentence)   1.01 (“Outstanding”)
  (a)(1)(A)   5.02, 5.12
  (a)(1)(B)   5.13
  (b)   5.08
§ 317 (a)(1)   5.03
  (a)(2)   5.04
§ 318 (a)   1.11
  (c)   1.11

 

 

 

NOTE: This reconciliation and tie sheet shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.

 

   - iv -  

 

 

INDENTURE, dated as of August [●], 2015, between Eagle Point Credit Company Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, trustee (in such capacity and not in its individual capacity, the “Trustee”).

 

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

 

WHEREAS, the Company deems it necessary to issue from time to time for its lawful purposes debt securities (hereinafter called the “Securities”) evidencing its unsecured indebtedness, which may or may not be convertible into or exchangeable for any securities of any Person (including the Company), and has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of the Securities, to be issued in one or more series, unlimited as to principal amount, to bear such rates of interest, to mature at such times and to have such other provisions as shall be fixed as hereinafter provided;

 

WHEREAS, this Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions; and

 

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of, and enforceable against, the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

 

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities, or of a series thereof, as follows:

 

ARTICLE One

 

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

 

Section 1.01.         Definitions .

 

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)         the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article, and include the plural as well as the singular and, pursuant to Section 3.01, any such item may, with respect to any particular series of Securities, be amended or modified or specified as being inapplicable;

 

(b)         all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein, and the terms “cash transaction” and “self-liquidating paper”, as used in Section 311 of the Trust Indenture Act, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the rules of the Commission adopted under the Trust Indenture Act;

 

(c)         all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States;

 

(d)         the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

 

(e)          “or” is not exclusive;

 

(f)          “including” shall be deemed to mean “including without limitation”;

 

(g)         provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

 

  1  

 

 

(h)         references to sections of or rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time.

 

Certain terms, used in other Articles herein, are defined in those Articles.

 

Act ”, when used with respect to any Holder of a Security, has the meaning specified in Section 1.04.

 

Additional Amounts ” means any additional amounts that are required by a Security or by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, under circumstances specified therein, to be paid by the Company in respect of certain taxes imposed on certain Holders and that are owing to such Holders.

 

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Authenticating Agent ” means any authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.12 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of one or more series.

 

Authorized Newspaper ” means a newspaper, in the English language or in an official language of the country of publication, customarily published on each Business Day, whether or not published on Saturdays, Sundays or holidays, and of general circulation in each place in connection with which the term is used or in the financial community of each such place. Where successive publications are required to be made in Authorized Newspapers, the successive publications may be made in the same or in different newspapers in the same city meeting the foregoing requirements and in each case on any Business Day.

 

Bankruptcy Law ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01.

 

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company or any committee of that board duly authorized to act hereunder.

 

Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Business Day ” means, when used with respect to any Place of Payment or any other particular location referred to in this Indenture or in the Securities, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in that Place of Payment or particular location are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

Clearstream ” means Clearstream International or its successor.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or, if at any time after execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties on such date.

 

Company ” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person.

 

  2  

 

 

Company Request ” and “ Company Order ” mean, respectively, a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President, and by the Chief Financial Officer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Component Currency ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.12(h).

 

Conversion Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.12(d).

 

Conversion Event ” means the cessation of use of (i) a Foreign Currency both by the government of the country which issued such currency and for the settlement of transactions by a central bank or other public institutions of or within the international banking community, (ii) the Euro both within the European Monetary System and for the settlement of transactions by public institutions of or within the European Union or (iii) any currency unit (or composite currency) other than the Euro for the purposes for which it was established.

 

Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which, at any particular time, its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219; provided , that for purposes of presentment or surrender of securities for transfer or payment or exchange, such office is located at 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

 

corporation ” includes corporations, associations, companies and business trusts.

 

Currency ” means any currency or currencies, composite currency or currency unit or currency units, including, without limitation, the Euro, issued by the government of one or more countries or by any reorganized confederation or association of such governments.

 

Default ” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(a).

 

Dollar ” or “ $ ” means a dollar or other equivalent unit in such coin or currency of the United States as at the time shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

 

Euro ” means the official currency of the eurozone.

 

Election Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.12(h).

 

Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System, or its successor as operator of the Euroclear System.

 

European Monetary System ” means the European Monetary System established by the Resolution of December 5, 1978 of the Council of the European Union.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01.

 

Exchange Rate Agent ” means, with respect to Securities of or within any series, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, a New York Clearing House bank designated pursuant to Section 3.01 or Section 3.13.

 

Exchange Rate Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate setting forth (i) the applicable Market Exchange Rate or the applicable bid quotation and (ii) the Dollar or Foreign Currency amounts of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any (on an aggregate basis and on the basis of a Security having the lowest denomination principal amount determined in accordance with Section 3.02 in the relevant Currency), payable with respect to a Security of any series on the basis of such Market Exchange Rate or the applicable bid quotation signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or any Vice President of the Company.

 

  3  

 

 

Extension Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08.

 

Extension Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08.

 

Final Maturity ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08.

 

Foreign Currency ” means any Currency other than the Dollar, including the Euro.

 

Government Obligations ” means securities that are (i) direct obligations of the United States or the government which issued the Foreign Currency in which the Securities of a particular series are payable, for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States or such other government is pledged or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States or such government that issued the Foreign Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable, the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States or such other government, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or the specific payment of interest on or principal of the Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

 

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Security Register.

 

Indenture ” means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, and shall include the terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 3.01; provided , however , that, if at any time more than one Person is acting as Trustee under this instrument, “Indenture” shall mean, with respect to any one or more series of Securities for which such Person is Trustee, this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and shall include the terms of the or those particular series of Securities for which such Person is Trustee established as contemplated by Section 3.01; exclusive, however, of any provisions or terms that relate solely to other series of Securities for which such Person is not Trustee, regardless of when such terms or provisions were adopted, and exclusive of any provisions or terms adopted by means of one or more indentures supplemental hereto executed and delivered after such Person had become such Trustee but to which such Person, as such Trustee, was not a party.

 

Indexed Security ” means a Security as to which all or certain interest payments and/or the principal amount payable at Maturity are determined by reference to prices, changes in prices, or differences between prices, of securities, Currencies, intangibles, goods, articles or commodities or by such other objective price, economic or other measures as are specified in Section 3.01 hereof.

 

Interest ” means, when used with respect to an Original Issue Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, interest payable after Maturity, and, when used with respect to a Security which provides for the payment of Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 10.04, includes such Additional Amounts.

 

Interest Payment Date ” means, when used with respect to any Security, the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Security.

 

Investment Company Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the rules, regulations and interpretations promulgated by the Commission thereunder and any statute successor thereto, in each case, as amended from time to time.

 

  4  

 

 

Market Exchange Rate ” means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, (i) for any conversion involving a currency unit, on the one hand, and Dollars or any Foreign Currency, on the other, the exchange rate between the relevant currency unit and Dollars or such Foreign Currency calculated by the method specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of the relevant series, (ii) for any conversion of Dollars into any Foreign Currency, the noon buying rate for such Foreign Currency for cable transfers quoted in The City of New York as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and (iii) for any conversion of one Foreign Currency into Dollars or another Foreign Currency, the spot rate at noon local time in the relevant market at which, in accordance with normal banking procedures, the Dollars or Foreign Currency into which conversion is being made could be purchased with the Foreign Currency from which conversion is being made from major banks located in either The City of New York, London or any other principal market for Dollars or such purchased Foreign Currency, in each case determined by the Exchange Rate Agent. Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, in the event of the unavailability of any of the exchange rates provided for in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), the Exchange Rate Agent shall use, in its sole discretion and without liability on its part, such quotation of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as of the most recent available date, or quotations from one or more major banks in The City of New York, London or other principal market for such currency or currency unit in question, or such other quotations as the Exchange Rate Agent shall deem appropriate. Unless otherwise specified by the Exchange Rate Agent, if there is more than one market for dealing in any currency or currency unit by reason of foreign exchange regulations or otherwise, the market to be used in respect of such currency or currency unit shall be that upon which a nonresident issuer of securities designated in such currency or currency unit would purchase such currency or currency unit in order to make payments in respect of such securities as determined by the Exchange Rate Agent, in its sole discretion.

 

Maturity ” means, when used with respect to any Security, the date on which the principal of such Security or an installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, notice of redemption, notice of option to elect repayment, notice of exchange or conversion or otherwise.

 

Notice of Default ” has the meaning provided in Section 5.01.

 

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an officer of the Company, who must be the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President or the Secretary and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for the Company or who may be an employee of or other counsel for the Company, and who shall be acceptable to the Trustee.

 

Optional Reset Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(b).

 

Original Issue Discount Security ” means any Security that provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02.

 

Original Stated Maturity ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08.

 

Outstanding ” means, when used with respect to Securities or any series of Securities, all Securities or all Securities of such series, as the case may be, theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture as of the date of determination, except :

 

(i)           Securities theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

 

(ii)          Securities, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption or repayment at the option of the Holder money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Securities; provided that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

 

  5  

 

 

(iii)         Securities, except to the extent provided in Sections 14.02 and 14.03, with respect to which the Company has effected defeasance and/or covenant defeasance as provided in Article Fourteen; and

 

(iv)         Securities that have been paid pursuant to Section 3.06 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Securities in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Securities are held by a protected purchaser in whose hands such Securities are valid obligations of the Company;

 

provided , however , that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Securities shall have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder or are present at a meeting of Holders for quorum purposes, and for the purpose of making the calculations required by TIA Section 313, (i) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security that may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed to be Outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the amount of principal thereof that would be (or shall have been declared to be) due and payable, at the time of such determination, upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02, (ii) the principal amount of any Security denominated in a Foreign Currency that may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed Outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the Dollar equivalent, determined as of the date such Security is originally issued by the Company as set forth in an Exchange Rate Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, of the principal amount (or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security or Indexed Security, the Dollar equivalent as of such date of original issuance of the amount determined as provided in clause (i) above or (iii) below, respectively) of such Security, (iii) the principal amount of any Indexed Security that may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the principal face amount of such Indexed Security at original issuance, unless otherwise provided with respect to such Security pursuant to Section 3.01, and (iv) Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding; except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making such calculation or in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver or upon any such determination as to the presence of a quorum, only Securities which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.

 

Paying Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Securities on behalf of the Company.

 

Person ” means any natural person or corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, business trust, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

Place of Paymen t” means, when used with respect to the Securities of or within any series, the place or places where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Securities are payable as specified and as contemplated by Sections 3.01 and 10.02.

 

Predecessor Security ” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 3.06 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

 

Redemption Date ” means, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, in whole or in part, the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

 

  6  

 

 

Redemption Price ” means, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Registered Security ” means any Security that is registered in the Security Register.

 

Regular Record Date ” means, for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date on the Registered Securities of or within any series, the date specified for that purpose as contemplated by Section 3.01, whether or not a Business Day.

 

Repayment Date ” means, when used with respect to any Security to be repaid at the option of the Holder, the date fixed for such repayment by or pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Repayment Price ” means, when used with respect to any Security to be repaid at the option of the Holder, the price at which it is to be repaid by or pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Reset Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(b).

 

Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

Security ” or “ Securities ” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and, more particularly, means any Security or Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture; provided , however , that, if at any time there is more than one Person acting as Trustee under this Indenture, “Securities” with respect to the Indenture as to which such Person is Trustee shall have the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and shall more particularly mean Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, exclusive , however , of Securities of any series as to which such Person is not Trustee.

 

Security Register ” and “ Security Registrar ” have the respective meanings specified in Section 3.05.

 

Special Record Date ” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Registered Securities of or within any series means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.07.

 

Specified Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.12(h).

 

Stated Maturity ” means, when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable, as such date may be extended pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.08.

 

Subsequent Interest Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(b).

 

Trust Indenture Act ” or “ TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in force at the date as of which this Indenture was executed, except as provided in Section 9.05.

 

Trustee ” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, “Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder; provided , however , that if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Trustee” as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean only the Trustee with respect to Securities of that series.

 

United States ” means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, the United States of America (including the states and the District of Columbia), its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction.

 

  7  

 

 

United States person ” means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, any natural person who is a citizen or resident of the United States or a corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, unincorporated organization or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (other than a partnership that is not treated as a United States Person under any applicable Treasury regulations), any estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source, or any trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, to the extent provided in the Treasury regulations, certain trusts in existence on August 20, 1996, and treated as United States persons prior to such date that elect to continue to be treated as United States Persons, will also be United States persons.

 

Valuation Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.12(c).

 

Yield to Maturity ” means the yield to maturity, computed at the time of issuance of a Security (or, if applicable, at the most recent redetermination of interest on such Security) and as set forth in such Security in accordance with generally accepted United States bond yield computation principles.

 

Section 1.02.         Compliance Certificates and Opinions .

 

Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that, in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

 

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 10.05) shall include:

 

(a)         a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such condition or covenant and the definitions herein relating thereto;

 

(b)         a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(c)         a statement that such individual signing the certificate or opinion has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such individual to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such condition or covenant has been complied with; and

 

(d)         a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

Section 1.03.         Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee .

 

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion as to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

 

  8  

 

 

Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon an Opinion of Counsel, or a certificate or representations by counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the opinion, certificate or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such Opinion of Counsel or certificate or representations may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information as to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations as to such matters are erroneous.

 

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

 

Section 1.04.         Acts of Holders .

 

(a)         Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders of the Outstanding Securities of all series or one or more series, as the case may be, may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing or approved at a meeting of the holders. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record of such meeting or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments and any such record (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments or so voting at any such meeting. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or of the holding by any Person of a Security, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company and any agent of the Trustee or the Company if made in the manner provided in this Section. The record of any meeting of Holders of Securities shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 15.06.

 

(b)         The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him or her the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems reasonably sufficient.

 

(c)         The ownership of Registered Securities shall be proved by the Security Register.

 

(d)         If the Company shall solicit from the Holders of Registered Securities any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Company may, at its option, in or pursuant to a Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. Notwithstanding TIA Section 316(c), such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such Board Resolution, which shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith and not later than the date such solicitation is completed. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding Securities have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the Outstanding Securities shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date.

 

(e)         Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee, any Security Registrar, any Paying Agent, any Authenticating Agent or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.

 

  9  

 

 

Section 1.05.         Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company .

 

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with:

 

(i)           the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid or sent via overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery or same day messenger service to the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: General Counsel; or

 

(ii)          the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, or sent via overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery or same day messenger service, to the Company, to the attention of its General Counsel at 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.

 

The Company or the Trustee, by notice to the other, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: (i) at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; (ii) five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid; and (iii) the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

 

Section 1.06.         Notice to Holders; Waiver .

 

Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to Holders of Registered Securities by the Company or the Trustee, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, or by overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery to each such Holder affected by such event, at such Holder’s address as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA Section 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. In any case where notice to Holders of Registered Securities is given by mail or by overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders of Registered Securities. Any notice mailed or sent to a Holder in the manner herein prescribed shall be conclusively deemed to have been received by such Holder, whether or not such Holder actually receives such notice.

 

If by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification to Holders of Registered Securities as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification to such Holders for every purpose hereunder.

 

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver required or permitted under this Indenture shall be in the English language, except that any published notice may be in an official language of the country of publication.

 

Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

 

Section 1.07.         Effect of Headings and Table of Contents .

 

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

  10  

 

 

Section 1.08.         Successors and Assigns .

 

All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

 

Section 1.09.         Separability Clause .

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in any Security shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 1.10.         Benefits of Indenture .

 

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Security Registrar, any Paying Agent, any Authenticating Agent and their successors hereunder and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

 

Section 1.11.         Governing Law .

 

This Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York. This Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

 

Section 1.12.         Legal Holidays .

 

In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment Date, sinking fund payment date, Stated Maturity or Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Security other than a provision in the Securities of any series which specifically states that such provision shall apply in lieu of this Section), payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment Date or sinking fund payment date, or at the Stated Maturity or Maturity; provided that no interest shall accrue on the amount so payable for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment Date, sinking fund payment date, Stated Maturity or Maturity, as the case may be.

 

Section 1.13.         Submission to Jurisdiction .

 

The Company hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in The City of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Indenture and the Securities of any series, and the Company hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or federal court. The Company hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding.

 

ARTICLE Two

 

SECURITIES FORMS

 

Section 2.01.         Forms of Securities .

 

The Registered Securities of each series, the temporary global Securities of each series, if any, and the permanent global Securities of each series, if any, to be endorsed thereon shall be in substantially the forms as shall be established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto or approved from time to time by or pursuant to a Board Resolution in accordance with Section 3.01, shall have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture or any indenture supplemental hereto (and applicable law), and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which the Securities may be listed, or to conform to usage.

 

  11  

 

 

The definitive Securities shall be produced in any manner, as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

 

Section 2.02.         Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication .

 

Subject to Section 6.11, the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

 

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

  American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, trustee
     
  By:  
    Authorized Officer

 

Section 2.03.         Securities Issuable in Global Form .

 

If Securities of or within a series are issuable in global form, as specified as contemplated by Section 3.01, then, notwithstanding clause (viii) of Section 3.01 and the provisions of Section 3.02, any such Security shall represent such of the Outstanding Securities of such series as shall be specified therein and may provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities of such series from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities of such series represented thereby may from time to time be increased or decreased to reflect exchanges. Any endorsement of a Security in global form to reflect the amount or any increase or decrease in the amount of Outstanding Securities represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Security Registrar in such manner and upon instructions given by such Person or Persons as shall be specified therein or in the Company Order to be delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.03 or 3.04. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.03 and, if applicable, Section 3.04, the Trustee or the Security Registrar shall deliver and redeliver any Security in permanent global form in the manner and upon instructions given by the Person or Persons specified therein or in the applicable Company Order. If a Company Order pursuant to Section 3.03 or 3.04 has been, or simultaneously is, delivered, any instructions by the Company with respect to endorsement, delivery or redelivery of a Security in global form shall be in writing but need not comply with Section 1.02 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel.

 

The provisions of the last sentence of Section 3.03 shall apply to any Security represented by a Security in global form if such Security was never issued and sold by the Company and the Company delivers to the Trustee or the Security Registrar the Security in global form together with written instructions (which need not comply with Section 1.02 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) with regard to the reduction in the principal amount of Securities represented thereby, together with the written statement contemplated by the last sentence of Section 3.03.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.07, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01, payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any Security in permanent global form shall be made to the Person or Persons specified therein.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.09 and except as provided in the preceding paragraph, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company and the Trustee, as applicable, shall treat the Holder of a permanent global Security in registered form as the Holder of such principal amount of Outstanding Securities represented by such permanent global Security.

 

  12  

 

 

ARTICLE Three

 

THE SECURITIES

 

Section 3.01.         Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series .

 

The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

 

The Securities may be issued in one or more series. There shall be established in one or more Board Resolutions or pursuant to authority granted by one or more Board Resolutions and, subject to Section 3.03, set forth, or determined in the manner provided, in an Officer’s Certificate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of Securities of any series, any or all of the following, as applicable (each of which (except for the matters set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (xv) below), if so provided, may be determined from time to time by the Company with respect to unissued Securities of the series when issued from time to time):

 

(i)           the title of the Securities of the series including CUSIP numbers (which shall distinguish the Securities of such series from all other series of Securities);

 

(ii)          any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of the series that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the series pursuant to Section 3.04, 3.05, 3.06, 9.06, 11.07 or 13.05, and except for any Securities which, pursuant to Section 3.03, are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder);

 

(iii)         the date or dates, or the method by which such date or dates shall be determined or extended, on which the principal of the Securities of the series shall be payable;

 

(iv)         the rate or rates at which the Securities of the series shall bear interest, if any, or the method by which such rate or rates shall be determined, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue or the method by which such date or dates shall be determined, the Interest Payment Dates on which such interest shall be payable and the Regular Record Date, if any, for the interest payable on any Registered Security on any Interest Payment Date, or the method by which such date shall be determined, and the basis upon which such interest shall be calculated if other than that of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months;

 

(v)          the place or places, if any, other than or in addition to the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on Securities of the series shall be payable, any Registered Securities of the series may be surrendered for registration of transfer, Securities of the series may be surrendered for exchange, Securities of that series that are convertible or exchangeable may be surrendered for conversion or exchange, as applicable, and notices or demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of the series and this Indenture may be served;

 

(vi)         the period or periods within which, or the date or dates on which, the price or prices at which, the Currency or Currencies in which, and other terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company, if the Company is to have the option;

 

(vii)        the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem, repay or purchase Securities of the series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provision or at the option of a Holder thereof, and the period or periods within which, or the date or dates on which, the price or prices at which, the Currency or Currencies in which, and other terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series shall be redeemed, repaid or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;

 

  13  

 

 

(viii)       if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the denomination or denominations in which any Registered Securities of the series shall be issuable;

 

(ix)          if other than the Trustee, the identity of each Security Registrar and/or Paying Agent;

 

(x)           if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Securities of the series that shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02, upon redemption of the Securities of the series which are redeemable before their Stated Maturity, upon surrender for repayment at the option of the Holder, or which the Trustee shall be entitled to claim pursuant to Section 5.04 or the method by which such portion shall be determined;

 

(xi)          if other than Dollars, the Currency or Currencies in which payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of the series shall be made or in which the Securities of the series shall be denominated and the particular provisions applicable thereto in accordance with, in addition to or in lieu of any of the provisions of Section 3.12;

 

(xii)         whether the amount of payments of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of the series may be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method (which index, formula or method may be based, without limitation, on one or more Currencies, commodities, equity indices or other indices), and the manner in which such amounts shall be determined;

 

(xiii)        whether the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of the series are to be payable, at the election of the Company or a Holder thereof, in one or more Currencies other than that in which such Securities are denominated or stated to be payable, the period or periods within which (including the Election Date), and the terms and conditions upon which, such election may be made, and the time and manner of determining the exchange rate between the Currency or Currencies in which such Securities are denominated or stated to be payable and the Currency or Currencies in which such Securities are to be paid, in each case in accordance with, in addition to or in lieu of any of the provisions of Section 3.12;

 

(xiv)       provisions, if any, granting special rights to the Holders of Securities of the series (solely to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act, if then applicable to the Company);

 

(xv)        any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the Events of Default or covenants (including any deletions from, modifications of or additions to any of the provisions of Section 10.07) of the Company with respect to Securities of the series, whether or not such Events of Default or covenants are consistent with the Events of Default or covenants set forth herein;

 

(xvi)       whether any Securities of the series are to be issuable initially in temporary global form and whether any Securities of the series are to be issuable in permanent global form and, if so, whether beneficial owners of interests in any such permanent global Security may exchange such interests for Securities of such series in certificated form and of like tenor of any authorized form and denomination and the circumstances under which any such exchanges may occur, if other than in the manner provided in Section 3.05;

 

(xvii)      the date as of which any temporary global Security representing Outstanding Securities of the series shall be dated if other than the date of original issuance of the first Security of the series to be issued;

 

(xviii)     the Person to whom any interest on any Registered Security of the series shall be payable, if other than the Person in whose name such Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, and the extent to which, or the manner in which, any interest payable on a temporary global Security on an Interest Payment Date shall be paid if other than in the manner provided in Section 3.04; and the extent to which, or the manner in which, any interest payable on a permanent global Security on an Interest Payment Date shall be paid if other than in the manner provided in Section 3.07;

 

  14  

 

 

(xix)        the applicability, if any, of Sections 14.02 and/or 14.03 to the Securities of the series and any provisions in modification of, in addition to or in lieu of any of the provisions of Article Fourteen (solely to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act, if then applicable to the Company);

 

(xx)         if the Securities of such series are to be issuable in definitive form (whether upon original issue or upon exchange of a temporary Security of such series) only upon receipt of certain certificates or other documents or satisfaction of other conditions, then the form and/or terms of such certificates, documents or conditions;

 

(xxi)        whether, under what circumstances and the Currency in which, the Company shall pay Additional Amounts as contemplated by Section 10.04 on the Securities of the series to any Holder who is not a United States Person (including any modification to the definition of such term) in respect of any tax, assessment or governmental charge and, if so, whether the Company shall have the option to redeem such Securities rather than pay such Additional Amounts (and the terms of any such option);

 

(xxii)       the designation of the initial Exchange Rate Agent, if any;

 

(xxiii)      if the Securities of the series are to be issued upon the exercise of warrants, the time, manner and place for such Securities to be authenticated and delivered;

 

(xxiv)     if the Securities of the series are to be convertible into or exchangeable for any securities of any Person (including the Company), the terms and conditions upon which such Securities will be so convertible or exchangeable;

 

(xxv)      if the Securities of the series are to be listed on a securities exchange, the name of such exchange; and

 

(xxvi)     any other terms of the series (which terms shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture or the requirements of the Investment Company Act (if then applicable to the Company) or the Trust Indenture Act), including secured Securities and guarantees of Securities.

 

All Securities of any one series need not be issued at the same time and, unless otherwise provided, a series may be reopened, without the consent of the Holders, for issuances of additional Securities of such series.

 

If any of the terms of the Securities of any series are established by action taken pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions, a copy of an appropriate record of such action(s) shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officer’s Certificate setting forth the terms of the Securities of such series.

 

Section 3.02.         Denominations .

 

The Securities of each series shall be issuable in such denominations as shall be specified as contemplated by Section 3.01. With respect to Securities of any series denominated in Dollars, in the absence of any such provisions with respect to the Securities of any series, the Registered Securities of such series, other than Registered Securities issued in global form (which may be of any denomination) shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

 

Section 3.03.         Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating .

 

The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or one of its Vice Presidents and attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile signatures of the present or any future such authorized officer and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Securities.

 

  15  

 

 

Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities.

 

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series executed by the Company, to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee in accordance with the Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities. If all the Securities of any series are not to be issued at one time and if the Board Resolution or supplemental indenture establishing such series shall so permit, such Company Order may set forth procedures acceptable to the Trustee for the issuance of such Securities and determining the terms of particular Securities of such series, such as interest rate, maturity date, date of issuance and date from which interest shall accrue. In authenticating such Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to TIA Section 315(a) through 315(d)) shall be fully protected in relying upon,

 

(a)          an Opinion of Counsel stating,

 

(i)           that the form or forms of such Securities have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

 

(ii)          that the terms of such Securities have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and

 

(iii)         that such Securities, when completed by appropriate insertions and executed and delivered by the Company to the Trustee for authentication in accordance with this Indenture, authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in accordance with this Indenture and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, shall constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium and other similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights, to general equitable principles and to such other qualifications as such counsel shall conclude do not materially affect the rights of Holders of such Securities; and

 

(b)         an Officer’s Certificate stating, to the best of the knowledge of the signer of such certificate, that no Event of Default with respect to any of the Securities shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.01 and of this Section 3.03, if all the Securities of any series are not to be issued at one time, it shall not be necessary to deliver an Officer’s Certificate otherwise required pursuant to Section 3.01 or the Company Order, Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate otherwise required pursuant to the preceding paragraph at the time of issuance of each Security of such series, but such order, opinion and certificates, with appropriate modifications to cover such future issuances, shall be delivered at or before the time of issuance of the first Security of such series.

 

If such form or terms have been so established, the Trustee shall not be required to authenticate such Securities if the issue of such Securities pursuant to this Indenture will affect the Trustee’s own rights, duties, obligations or immunities under the Securities and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner which is not reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee will not be required to authenticate Securities denominated in a Foreign Currency if the Trustee reasonably believes that it would be unable to perform its duties with respect to such Securities.

 

Each Registered Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 

  16  

 

 

No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein duly executed by the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent by manual signature of an authorized signatory, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 3.10 together with a written statement (which need not comply with Section 1.02 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) stating that such Security has never been issued and sold by the Company, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

 

Section 3.04.         Temporary Securities .

 

Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued, in registered form, or, if authorized, in bearer form with one or more coupons or without coupons, and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such Securities. In the case of Securities of any series, such temporary Securities may be in global form.

 

If temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company shall cause definitive Securities of that series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities of such series, the temporary Securities of such series shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities of such series upon surrender of the temporary Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities of any series, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount and like tenor of definitive Securities of the same series of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series.

 

Section 3.05.         Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange .

 

The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or in any office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment a register for each series of Securities (the registers maintained in such office or in any such office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes referred to collectively as the “ Security Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Registered Securities and of transfers of Registered Securities. The Security Register shall be in written form or any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. The Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office, is hereby initially appointed “Security Registrar” for the purpose of registering Registered Securities and transfers of Registered Securities on such Security Register as herein provided, and for facilitating exchanges of temporary global Securities for permanent global Securities or definitive Securities, or both, or of permanent global Securities for definitive Securities, or both, as herein provided. In the event that the Trustee shall cease to be Security Registrar, it shall have the right to examine the Security Register at all reasonable times.

 

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Registered Security of any series at any office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Registered Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding and containing identical terms and provisions.

 

At the option of the Holder, Registered Securities of any series may be exchanged for other Registered Securities of the same series, of any authorized denomination or denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, containing identical terms and provisions, upon surrender of the Registered Securities to be exchanged at any such office or agency. Whenever any Registered Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Registered Securities that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

 

  17  

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01, any permanent global Security shall be exchangeable only as provided in this paragraph. If any beneficial owner of an interest in a permanent global Security is entitled to exchange such interest for Securities of such series and of like tenor and principal amount of another authorized form and denomination, as specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 and provided that any applicable notice provided in the permanent global Security shall have been given, then without unnecessary delay but in any event not later than the earliest date on which such interest may be so exchanged, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee definitive Securities in aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such beneficial owner’s interest in such permanent global Security, executed by the Company. On or after the earliest date on which such interests may be so exchanged, such permanent global Security shall be surrendered by the London office of a depositary or common depositary or such other depositary as shall be specified in the Company Order with respect thereto to the Trustee, as the Company’s agent for such purpose, or to the Security Registrar, to be exchanged, in whole or from time to time in part, for definitive Securities of the same series without charge and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for each portion of such permanent global Security, an equal aggregate principal amount of definitive Securities of the same series of authorized denominations and of like tenor as the portion of such permanent global Security to be exchanged; provided , however , that no such exchanges may occur during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before any selection of Securities to be redeemed and ending on the relevant Redemption Date if the Security for which exchange is requested may be among those selected for redemption. If a Registered Security is issued in exchange for any portion of a permanent global Security after the close of business at the office or agency where such exchange occurs on (i) any Regular Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the relevant Interest Payment Date, or (ii) any Special Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the related proposed date for payment of Defaulted Interest or interest, as the case may be, will not be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, in respect of such Registered Security, but will be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, only to the Person to whom interest in respect of such portion of such permanent global Security is payable in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities shall be valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

Every Registered Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Security Registrar or any transfer agent) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, and duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney or any transfer agent duly authorized in writing.

 

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 3.04, 9.06, 11.07 or 13.05 not involving any transfer.

 

The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security if such Security may be among those selected for redemption during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before selection of the Securities to be redeemed under Section 11.03 and ending at the close of business on the day of the mailing of the relevant notice of redemption, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Registered Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except, in the case of any Registered Security to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed or (iii) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security that has been surrendered for repayment at the option of the Holder, except the portion, if any, of such Security not to be so repaid.

 

  18  

 

 

Section 3.06.         Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities .

 

If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company, together with, in proper cases, such security or indemnity as may be required by the Company or the Trustee to save each of them or any agent of either of them harmless, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of the same series and principal amount, containing identical terms and provisions and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

If there shall be delivered to the Company and to the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Company shall, subject to the following paragraph, execute and, upon its request, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of the same series and principal amount, containing identical terms and provisions and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of the previous two paragraphs, in case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

 

Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

 

Every new Security of any series issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of that series duly issued hereunder.

 

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

 

Section 3.07.         Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved; Optional Interest Reset .

 

(a)         Except as otherwise specified with respect to a series of Securities in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01, interest, if any, on any Registered Security that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 10.02; provided , however , that in the event that the Securities become represented by certificates, the Company shall pay each installment of interest by (i) mailing a check for such interest, payable to or upon the written order of the Person entitled thereto pursuant to Section 3.09, to the address of such Person as it appears on the Security Register or (ii) at the option of the Holder as notified to the Company, transfer to an account maintained by the payee located in the United States.

 

Except as otherwise specified with respect to a series of Securities in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01, any interest on any Registered Security of any series that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder thereof on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (i) or (ii) below:

 

  19  

 

 

(i)           The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Registered Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner: The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Registered Security of such series and the date of the proposed payment (which shall not be less than 20 days after such notice is received by the Trustee), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit on or prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder of Registered Securities of such series at his address as it appears in the Security Register not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Registered Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (ii).

 

(ii)          The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Registered Securities of any series in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause (and certification by the Company that the proposed manner of payment complies with the requirements of this clause (ii)), such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

 

(b)         The provisions of this Section 3.07(b) may be made applicable to any series of Securities pursuant to Section 3.01 (with such modifications, additions or substitutions as may be specified pursuant to such Section 3.01). The interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) on any Security of such series may be reset by the Company on the date or dates specified on the face of such Security (each an “ Optional Reset Date ”). The Company may exercise such option with respect to such Security by notifying the Trustee of such exercise at least 45 but not more than 60 days prior to an Optional Reset Date for such Security. Not later than 40 days prior to each Optional Reset Date, the Trustee shall transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 1.06, to the Holder of any such Security a notice (the “ Reset Notice ”), indicating whether the Company has elected to reset the interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable), and if so (i) such new interest rate (or such new spread or spread multiplier, if applicable) and (ii) the provisions, if any, for redemption during the period from such Optional Reset Date to the next Optional Reset Date, or if there is no such next Optional Reset Date, to the Stated Maturity of such Security (each such period, a “ Subsequent Interest Period ”), including the date or dates on which, or the period or periods during which, and the price or prices at which such redemption may occur during the Subsequent Interest Period.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, not later than 20 days prior to the Optional Reset Date (or if 20 days does not fall on a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), the Company may, at its option, revoke the interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) provided for in the Reset Notice and establish a higher interest rate (or a spread or spread multiplier providing for a higher interest rate, if applicable) for the Subsequent Interest Period by causing the Trustee to transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 1.06, notice of such higher interest rate (or such higher spread or spread multiplier providing for a higher interest rate, if applicable) to the Holder of such Security. Such notice shall be irrevocable. All Securities with respect to which the interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) is reset on an Optional Reset Date, and with respect to which the Holders of such Securities have not tendered such Securities for repayment (or have validly revoked any such tender) pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph, shall bear such higher interest rate (or such higher spread or spread multiplier providing for a higher interest rate, if applicable).

 

  20  

 

 

The Holder of any such Security will have the option to elect repayment by the Company of the principal of such Security on each Optional Reset Date at a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus interest accrued to such Optional Reset Date. In order to obtain repayment on an Optional Reset Date, the Holder must follow the procedures set forth in Article Thirteen for repayment at the option of Holders, except that the period for delivery or notification to the Trustee shall be at least 25 but not more than 35 days prior to such Optional Reset Date and except that, if the Holder has tendered any Security for repayment pursuant to the Reset Notice, the Holder may, by written notice to the Trustee, revoke such tender or repayment until the close of business on the tenth day before such Optional Reset Date.

 

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section and Section 3.05, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Security.

 

Section 3.08.         Optional Extension of Maturity .

 

The provisions of this Section 3.08 may be made applicable to any series of Securities pursuant to Section 3.01 (with such modifications, additions or substitutions as may be specified pursuant to such Section 3.01). The Stated Maturity of any Security of such series may be extended at the option of the Company for the period or periods specified on the face of such Security (each, an “ Extension Period ”) up to, but not beyond, the date (the “ Final Maturity ”) set forth on the face of such Security. The Company may exercise such option with respect to any Security by notifying the Trustee of such exercise at least 45 but not more than 60 days prior to the Stated Maturity of such Security in effect prior to the exercise of such option (the “ Original Stated Maturity ”). If the Company exercises such option, the Trustee shall transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 1.06, to the Holder of such Security not later than 40 days prior to the Original Stated Maturity a notice (the “ Extension Notice ”), prepared by the Company, indicating (i) the election of the Company to extend the Stated Maturity, (ii) the new Stated Maturity, (iii) the interest rate (or spread, spread multiplier or other formula to calculate such interest rate, if applicable), if any, applicable to the Extension Period and (iv) the provisions, if any, for redemption during such Extension Period. Upon the Trustee’s transmittal of the Extension Notice, the Stated Maturity of such Security shall be extended automatically and, except as modified by the Extension Notice and as described in the next paragraph, such Security shall have the same terms as prior to the transmittal of such Extension Notice.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, not later than 20 days before the Original Stated Maturity (or if 20 days does not fall on a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) of such Security, the Company may, at its option, revoke the interest rate (or spread, spread multiplier or other formula to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) provided for in the Extension Notice and establish a higher interest rate (or spread, spread multiplier or other formula to calculate such higher interest rate, if applicable) for the Extension Period by causing the Trustee to transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 1.06, notice of such higher interest rate (or spread, spread multiplier or other formula to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) to the Holder of such Security. Such notice shall be irrevocable. All Securities with respect to which the Stated Maturity is extended shall bear such higher interest rate.

 

If the Company extends the Stated Maturity of any Security, the Holder will have the option to elect repayment of such Security by the Company on the Original Stated Maturity at a price equal to the principal amount thereof, plus interest accrued to such date. In order to obtain repayment on the Original Stated Maturity once the Company has extended the Stated Maturity thereof, the Holder must follow the procedures set forth in Article Thirteen for repayment at the option of Holders, except that the period for delivery or notification to the Trustee shall be at least 25 but not more than 35 days prior to the Original Stated Maturity and except that, if the Holder has tendered any Security for repayment pursuant to an Extension Notice, the Holder may by written notice to the Trustee revoke such tender for repayment until the close of business on the tenth day before the Original Stated Maturity.

 

Section 3.09.         Persons Deemed Owners .

 

Prior to due presentment of a Registered Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee, as applicable, may treat the Person in whose name such Registered Security is registered as the owner of such Registered Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Sections 3.05 and 3.07) interest, if any, on such Registered Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Registered Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee, as applicable, shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

  21  

 

 

None of the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Security Registrar shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Security in global form or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any global temporary or permanent Security, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee, or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by any depositary, as a Holder, with respect to such global Security or impair, as between such depositary and owners of beneficial interests in such global Security, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of such depositary (or its nominee) as Holder of such global Security.

 

Section 3.10.         Cancellation .

 

All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, repayment at the option of the Holder, registration of transfer or exchange or for credit against any sinking fund payment shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee, and any such Securities surrendered directly to the Trustee for any such purpose shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. If the Company shall so acquire any of the Securities, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Securities unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. Cancelled Securities held by the Trustee shall be destroyed by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures, unless by a Company Order the Company directs the Trustee to deliver a certificate of such destruction to the Company or to return them to the Company.

 

Section 3.11.         Computation of Interest .

 

Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 with respect to Securities of any series, interest, if any, on the Securities of each series shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

 

Section 3.12.         Currency and Manner of Payments in Respect of Securities .

 

(a)         Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, with respect to Registered Securities of any series not permitting the election provided for in paragraph (b) below or the Holders of which have not made the election provided for in paragraph (b) below, payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any Registered Security of such series shall be made in the Currency in which such Registered Security is payable. The provisions of this Section 3.12 may be modified or superseded with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01.

 

(b)         It may be provided pursuant to Section 3.01 with respect to Registered Securities of any series that Holders shall have the option, subject to paragraphs (d) and (e) below, to receive payments of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on such Registered Securities in any of the Currencies which may be designated for such election by delivering to the Trustee for such series of Registered Securities a written election with signature guarantees and in the applicable form established pursuant to Section 3.01, not later than the close of business on the Election Date immediately preceding the applicable payment date. If a Holder so elects to receive such payments in any such Currency, such election shall remain in effect for such Holder or any transferee of such Holder until changed by such Holder or such transferee by written notice to the Trustee for such series of Registered Securities (but any such change must be made not later than the close of business on the Election Date immediately preceding the next payment date to be effective for the payment to be made on such payment date, and no such change of election may be made with respect to payments to be made on any Registered Security of such series with respect to which an Event of Default has occurred or with respect to which the Company has deposited funds pursuant to Article Four or Fourteen or with respect to which a notice of redemption has been given by the Company or a notice of option to elect repayment has been sent by such Holder or such transferee). Any Holder of any such Registered Security who shall not have delivered any such election to the Trustee of such series of Registered Securities not later than the close of business on the applicable Election Date will be paid the amount due on the applicable payment date in the relevant Currency as provided in Section 3.12(a). The Trustee for each such series of Registered Securities shall notify the Exchange Rate Agent as soon as practicable after the Election Date of the aggregate principal amount of Registered Securities for which Holders have made such written election.

 

  22  

 

 

(c)         Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, if the election referred to in paragraph (b) above has been provided for pursuant to Section 3.01, then, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, not later than the fourth Business Day after the Election Date for each payment date for Registered Securities of any series, the Exchange Rate Agent shall deliver to the Company a written notice specifying the Currency in which Registered Securities of such series are payable, the respective aggregate amounts of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Registered Securities to be paid on such payment date, specifying the amounts in such Currency so payable in respect of the Registered Securities as to which the Holders of Registered Securities denominated in any Currency shall have elected to be paid in another Currency as provided in paragraph (b) above. If the election referred to in paragraph (b) above has been provided for pursuant to Section 3.01 and if at least one Holder has made such election, then, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, on the second Business Day preceding such payment date the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for such series of Registered Securities an Exchange Rate Officer’s Certificate in respect of the Dollar or Foreign Currency or Currencies payments to be made on such payment date. Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, the Dollar or Foreign Currency or Currencies amount receivable by Holders of Registered Securities who have elected payment in a Currency as provided in paragraph (b) above shall be determined by the Company on the basis of the applicable Market Exchange Rate in effect on the second Business Day (the “ Valuation Date ”) immediately preceding each payment date, and such determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

 

(d)         If a Conversion Event occurs with respect to a Foreign Currency in which any of the Securities are denominated or payable other than pursuant to an election provided for pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then with respect to each date for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any on the applicable Securities denominated or payable in such Foreign Currency occurring after the last date on which such Foreign Currency was used (the “ Conversion Date ”), the Dollar shall be the currency of payment for use on each such payment date. Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, the Dollar amount to be paid by the Company to the Trustee of each such series of Securities and by such Trustee or any Paying Agent to the Holders of such Securities with respect to such payment date shall be, in the case of a Foreign Currency other than a currency unit, the Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency or, in the case of a currency unit, the Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit, in each case as determined by the Exchange Rate Agent in the manner provided in paragraph (f) or (g) below.

 

(e)         Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, if the Holder of a Registered Security denominated in any Currency shall have elected to be paid in another Currency as provided in paragraph (b) above, and a Conversion Event occurs with respect to such elected Currency, such Holder shall receive payment in the Currency in which payment would have been made in the absence of such election; and if a Conversion Event occurs with respect to the Currency in which payment would have been made in the absence of such election, such Holder shall receive payment in Dollars as provided in paragraph (d) of this Section 3.12.

 

(f)          The “ Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency ” shall be determined by the Exchange Rate Agent and shall be obtained for each subsequent payment date by converting the specified Foreign Currency into Dollars at the Market Exchange Rate on the Conversion Date.

 

(g)         The “ Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit ” shall be determined by the Exchange Rate Agent and subject to the provisions of paragraph (h) below shall be the sum of each amount obtained by converting the Specified Amount of each Component Currency into Dollars at the Market Exchange Rate for such Component Currency on the Valuation Date with respect to each payment.

 

  23  

 

 

(h)         For purposes of this Section 3.12, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

A “ Component Currency ” shall mean any currency which, on the Conversion Date, was a component currency of the relevant currency unit.

 

A “ Specified Amount ” of a Component Currency shall mean the number of units of such Component Currency or fractions thereof which were represented in the relevant currency unit on the Conversion Date. If, after the Conversion Date the official unit of any Component Currency is altered by way of combination or subdivision, the Specified Amount of such Component Currency shall be divided or multiplied in the same proportion. If after the Conversion Date two or more Component Currencies are consolidated into a single currency, the respective Specified Amounts of such Component Currencies shall be replaced by an amount in such single currency equal to the sum of the respective Specified Amounts of such consolidated Component Currencies expressed in such single currency, and such amount shall thereafter be a Specified Amount and such single currency shall thereafter be a Component Currency. If after the Conversion Date any Component Currency shall be divided into two or more currencies, the Specified Amount of such Component Currency shall be replaced by amounts of such two or more currencies, having an aggregate Dollar Equivalent value at the Market Exchange Rate on the date of such replacement equal to the Dollar Equivalent of the Specified Amount of such former Component Currency at the Market Exchange Rate immediately before such division, and such amounts shall thereafter be Specified Amounts and such currencies shall thereafter be Component Currencies. If, after the Conversion Date of the relevant currency unit, a Conversion Event (other than any event referred to above in this definition of “ Specified Amount ”) occurs with respect to any Component Currency of such currency unit and is continuing on the applicable Valuation Date, the Specified Amount of such Component Currency shall, for purposes of calculating the Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit, be converted into Dollars at the Market Exchange Rate in effect on the Conversion Date of such Component Currency.

 

An “ Election Date ” shall mean the Regular Record Date for the applicable series of Registered Securities or at least 16 days prior to Maturity, as the case may be, or such other prior date for any series of Registered Securities as specified pursuant to clause (xiii) of Section 3.01 by which the written election referred to in Section 3.12(b) may be made.

 

All decisions and determinations of the Exchange Rate Agent regarding the Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency, the Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit, the Market Exchange Rate and changes in the Specified Amounts as specified above shall be in its sole discretion and shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive for all purposes and irrevocably binding upon the Company, the Trustee for the appropriate series of Securities and all Holders of such Securities denominated or payable in the relevant Currency. The Exchange Rate Agent shall promptly give written notice to the Company and the Trustee for the appropriate series of Securities of any such decision or determination.

 

In the event that the Company determines in good faith that a Conversion Event has occurred with respect to a Foreign Currency, the Company shall immediately give written notice thereof and of the applicable Conversion Date to the Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities and to the Exchange Rate Agent (and such Trustee shall promptly thereafter give notice in the manner provided in Section 1.06 to the affected Holders) specifying the Conversion Date. In the event the Company so determines that a Conversion Event has occurred with respect to the Euro or any other currency unit in which Securities are denominated or payable, the Company shall immediately give written notice thereof to the Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities and to the Exchange Rate Agent (and such Trustee shall promptly thereafter give notice in the manner provided in Section 1.06 to the affected Holders) specifying the Conversion Date and the Specified Amount of each Component Currency on the Conversion Date. In the event the Company determines in good faith that any subsequent change in any Component Currency as set forth in the definition of Specified Amount above has occurred, the Company shall similarly give written notice to the Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities and to the Exchange Rate Agent.

 

The Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities shall be fully justified and protected in conclusively relying and acting upon information received by it from the Company and the Exchange Rate Agent and shall not otherwise have any duty or obligation to determine the accuracy or validity of such information independent of the Company or the Exchange Rate Agent.

 

  24  

 

 

Section 3.13.         Appointment and Resignation of Successor Exchange Rate Agent .

 

(a)         Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, if and so long as the Securities of any series (i) are denominated in a Foreign Currency or (ii) may be payable in a Foreign Currency, or so long as it is required under any other provision of this Indenture, then the Company shall maintain with respect to each such series of Securities, or as so required, at least one Exchange Rate Agent. The Company shall cause the Exchange Rate Agent to make the necessary foreign exchange determinations at the time and in the manner specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the purpose of determining the applicable rate of exchange and, if applicable, for the purpose of converting the issued Foreign Currency into the applicable payment Currency for the payment of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, pursuant to Section 3.12.

 

(b)         No resignation of the Exchange Rate Agent and no appointment of a successor Exchange Rate Agent pursuant to this Section shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Exchange Rate Agent as evidenced by a written instrument delivered to the Company and the Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities accepting such appointment executed by the successor Exchange Rate Agent.

 

(c)         If the Exchange Rate Agent shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Exchange Rate Agent for any cause, with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Exchange Rate Agent or Exchange Rate Agents with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Exchange Rate Agent may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, at any time there shall only be one Exchange Rate Agent with respect to the Securities of any particular series that are originally issued by the Company on the same date and that are initially denominated and/or payable in the same Currency).

 

Section 3.14.         CUSIP Numbers .

 

In issuing the Securities the Company may use CUSIP numbers, and, if so, the Trustee shall indicate the respective CUSIP numbers of the Securities in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall advise the Trustee as promptly as practicable in writing of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

 

ARTICLE Four

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 4.01.         Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .

 

Except as set forth below, this Indenture shall upon Company Request cease to be of further effect with respect to any series of Securities specified in such Company Request (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities of such series expressly provided for herein or pursuant hereto, any surviving rights of tender for repayment at the option of the Holders and any right to receive Additional Amounts, as provided in Section 10.04), and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such series when

 

(a)          either

 

(i)           all Securities of such series theretofore authenticated and delivered have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

  25  

 

 

(ii)          all Securities of such series

 

(1)         have become due and payable,

 

(2)         will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

 

(3)         if redeemable at the option of the Company, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,

 

and the Company, in the case of (i) or (ii) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for such purpose, solely for the benefit of the Holders, an amount in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable, sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

 

(b)          the Company has irrevocably paid or caused to be irrevocably paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and

 

(c)          the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such series have been complied with.

 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section 6.06, the obligations of the Company to any Authenticating Agent under Section 6.12 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (ii) of clause (a) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 4.02 and the last paragraph of Section 10.03 shall survive any termination of this Indenture.

 

Section 4.02.         Application of Trust Funds .

 

Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.03, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with or received by the Trustee, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. Money so held in trust is subject to the Trustee’s rights under Section 6.06.

 

ARTICLE Five

REMEDIES

 

Section 5.01.         Events of Default .

 

Event of Default ”, wherever used herein with respect to any particular series of Securities, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether or not it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), unless it is either inapplicable to a particular series or is specifically deleted or modified in or pursuant to the supplemental indenture or a Board Resolution establishing such series of Securities or is in the form of Security for such series:

 

(i)           default in the payment of any interest upon any Security of that series when such interest becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or

 

  26  

 

 

(ii)          default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security of that series when it becomes due and payable at its Maturity, and continuance of such default for a period of five days; or

 

(iii)         default in the deposit of any sinking fund payment, when and as due by the terms of any Security of that series, and continuance of such default for a period of five days; or

 

(iv)         default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of the Company in this Indenture with respect to any Security of that series (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with or that has expressly been included in this Indenture solely for the benefit of a series of Securities other than that series), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

 

(v)          the Company, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(1)         commences a voluntary case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law,

 

(2)         consents to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against it, or files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief against it,

 

(3)         consents to the entry of a decree or order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding,

 

(4)         consents to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a Custodian of the Company or for all or substantially all of its property, or

 

(5)         makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admits in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or

 

(6)         takes any corporate action in furtherance of any such action; or

 

(vi)         a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(1)         is for relief against the Company in an involuntary case or proceeding, or

 

(2)         adjudges the Company bankrupt or insolvent, or approves as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company, or

 

(3)         appoints a Custodian of the Company or for all or substantially all of its property, or

 

(4)         orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company,
 

and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order remains unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

 

  27  

 

 

(vii)        if, pursuant to Sections 18(a)(1)(c)(ii) of the Investment Company Act, on the last business day of each of 24 consecutive calendar months, the Securities shall have an asset coverage (as such term is used in the Investment Company Act) of less than 100%, after giving effect to exemptive relief, if any, granted to the Company by the Commission; or

 

(viii)       any other Event of Default provided with respect to Securities of that series.

 

The term “ Bankruptcy Law ” means title 11, U.S. Code or any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law. The term “ Custodian ” means any custodian, receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

Section 5.02.         Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment .

 

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series may declare the principal (or, if any Securities are Original Issue Discount Securities or Indexed Securities, such portion of the principal as may be specified in the terms thereof) of all the Securities of that series to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by the Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal or specified portion thereof shall become immediately due and payable.

 

At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Securities of any series has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

 

(i)           the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)):

 

(1)         all overdue installments of interest, if any, on all Outstanding Securities of that series,

 

(2)         the principal of (and premium, if any, on) all Outstanding Securities of that series that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Securities,

 

(3)         to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue installments of interest at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Securities, and

 

(4)         all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and

 

(ii)          all Events of Default with respect to Securities of that series, other than the nonpayment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest on Securities of that series that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13.

 

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 5.03.         Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee .

 

The Company covenants that if:

 

  28  

 

 

(i)           default is made in the payment of any installment of interest on any Security of any series and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or

 

(ii)          default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) any Security of any series at its Maturity and such default continues for a period of five days,

 

then the Company shall, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of Securities of such series, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, with interest upon any overdue principal (and premium, if any) and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon any overdue installments of interest, if any, at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Securities, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon Securities of such series and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities of such series, wherever situated.

 

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

 

Section 5.04.         Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

 

In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities of any series shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of any overdue principal, premium or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

(i)           to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (or in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities or Indexed Securities, such portion of the principal as may be provided for in the terms thereof) (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities and to file such other papers or documents (and take such other actions, including serving on a committee of creditors) as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

 

(ii)          to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder of Securities of such series to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee, their agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee under Section 6.06.

 

  29  

 

 

Subject to Article Eight and Section 9.02 and unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 3.01, nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder of a Security any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder of a Security in any such proceeding.

 

Section 5.05.         Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities .

 

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or any of the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

 

Section 5.06.         Application of Money Collected .

 

Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, upon presentation of the Securities, and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

 

FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section 6.06;

 

SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon any Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the aggregate amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, respectively; and

 

THIRD: To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company or any other Person or Persons entitled thereto.

 

Section 5.07.         Limitation on Suits .

 

No Holder of any Security of any series shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

 

(i)           such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that series;

 

(ii)          the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

 

(iii)         such Holder or Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity, security or both against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

 

(iv)         the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity shall have failed to institute any such proceeding; and

 

(v)          no direction inconsistent with such written request shall have been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series;

 

  30  

 

 

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all such Holders.

 

Section 5.08.         Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and (subject to Sections 3.05 and 3.07) interest, if any, on such Security on the Stated Maturity or Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date or, in the case of repayment at the option of the Holders on the Repayment Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 5.09.         Restoration of Rights and Remedies .

 

If the Trustee or any Holder of a Security has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of Securities shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

Section 5.10.         Rights and Remedies Cumulative .

 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in the last paragraph of Section 3.06, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders of Securities is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

Section 5.11.         Delay or Omission Not Waiver .

 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Security to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders of Securities, as the case may be.

 

Section 5.12.         Control by Holders of Securities .

 

Subject to Section 6.02(v), the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series; provided that

 

(i)           such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture,

 

(ii)          the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction, and

 

  31  

 

 

(iii)         the Trustee need not take any action that might involve it in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders of Securities of such series not consenting.

 

Section 5.13.         Waiver of Past Defaults .

 

Subject to Section 5.02, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series waive any past Default hereunder with respect to the Securities of such series and its consequences, except a default

 

(i)           in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest, if any, on any Security of such series, or

 

(ii)          in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series affected.

 

Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 5.14.         Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws .

 

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

ARTICLE Six

 

THE TRUSTEE

 

Section 6.01.         Notice of Defaults .

 

(a)          Within 90 days after the occurrence of any Default hereunder with respect to the Securities of any series, the Trustee shall transmit in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c), notice of such Default hereunder known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, unless such Default shall have been cured or waived; provided , however , that, except in the case of a Default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest, if any, on any Security of such series, or in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund installment with respect to the Securities of such series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders of the Securities of such series; and provided , further , that, in the case of any Default or breach of the character specified in Section 5.01(iv) with respect to the Securities of such series, no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 90 days after the occurrence thereof.

 

(b)         Prior to the time when the occurrence of an Event of Default becomes known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default with respect to a series of Securities that may have occurred:

 

(i)           the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall with respect to the Securities of any series be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to the Securities except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

  32  

 

 

(ii)          in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein); and

 

(iii)         the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

 

Section 6.02.         Certain Rights of Trustee .

 

Subject to the provisions of TIA Section 315(a) through 315(d):

 

(i)           The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any document.

 

(ii)          Any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order (other than delivery of any Security to the Trustee for authentication and delivery pursuant to Section 3.03, which shall be sufficiently evidenced as provided therein) and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution.

 

(iii)         Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon a Board Resolution, an Opinion of Counsel or an Officer’s Certificate.

 

(iv)         The Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(v)          The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of Securities of any series pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(vi)         The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled upon reasonable notice and at reasonable times during normal business hours to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney.

 

(vii)        The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

 

  33  

 

 

(viii)       The Trustee shall not deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture.

 

(ix)          The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder.

 

(x)           The permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not be construed as duties.

 

(xi)          The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee under this Indenture with respect to such Securities.

 

(xii)         Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate (unless other evidence is specifically prescribed herein). The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate.

 

(xiii)        The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

 

(xiv)        The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

(xv)        Anything in this Indenture notwithstanding, in no event shall the Trustee be liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to loss of profit), even if the Trustee has been advised as to the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

(xvi)        The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority and governmental action.

 

The Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

Section 6.03.         Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities .

 

The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Securities and perform its obligations hereunder and that the statements made by it in a Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 supplied to the Company are true and accurate, subject to the qualifications set forth therein. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be responsible for any statement of the Company in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Securities.

 

  34  

 

 

Section 6.04.         May Hold Securities .

 

The Trustee, any Paying Agent, Security Registrar, Authenticating Agent or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to TIA Sections 310(b) and 311, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Security Registrar, Authenticating Agent or such other agent.

 

Section 6.05.         Money Held in Trust .

 

Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Company.

 

Section 6.06.         Compensation and Reimbursement and Indemnification of Trustee .

 

The Company agrees:

 

(i)           To pay to the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee from time to time such reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder as has been agreed upon from time to time in writing (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust).

 

(ii)          Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse each of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith.

 

(iii)         To indemnify each of the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on its own part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

 

As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Section, the Trustee shall have a claim prior to the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest, if any, on particular Securities.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01 occurs, the expenses and compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar Federal, State or analogous foreign law for the relief of debtors.

 

The provisions of this Section 6.06 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction, termination or discharge of this Indenture.

 

  35  

 

 

Section 6.07.          Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility .

 

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that shall be eligible to act as Trustee under TIA Section 310(a)(1) and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of federal, state, territorial or the District of Columbia supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

 

Section 6.08.          Disqualification; Conflicting Interests .

 

If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture.

 

Section 6.09.          Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor .

 

(a)          No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 6.10 and any and all amounts then due and owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid in full.

 

(b)          The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Securities of one or more series by giving written notice thereof to the Company.

 

(c)          The Trustee may be removed at any time with respect to the Securities of any series by (i) the Company, by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee; provided , that, contemporaneously therewith, (x) the Company immediately appoints a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series meeting the requirements of Section 6.07 hereof and (y) the terms of Section 6.10 hereof are complied with in respect of such appointment (the Trustee being removed hereby agreeing to execute the instrument contemplated by Section 6.10(b) hereof, if applicable, under such circumstances); and provided , further , that no Default with respect to such Securities shall have occurred and then be continuing at such time, or (ii) Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

 

(d)          If at any time:

 

(i)          the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of TIA Section 310(b) after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or

 

(ii)         the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 6.07 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or

 

(iii)        the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

 

then, in any such case, (i) the Company by or pursuant to a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, or (ii) subject to TIA Section 315(e), any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee with respect to all Securities and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

 

  36  

 

  

(e)          If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of a notice of resignation or the delivery of an Act of removal, the Trustee resigning or being removed may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(f)          If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Trustee may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any particular series). If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders of Securities and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to Securities of such series.

 

(g)          The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series in the manner provided for notices to the Holders of Securities in Section 1.06.

 

Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

 

Section 6.10.          Acceptance of Appointment by Successor .

 

(a)          In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, every such successor Trustee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee. However, on request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee, and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder, subject nevertheless to its claim, if any, provided for in Section 6.06.

 

(b)          In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the retiring Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and that (i) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, (ii) shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee and (iii) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee. Upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein, and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates. However, on request of the Company or any successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, subject nevertheless to its claim, if any, as provided for in Section 6.06. Whenever there is a successor Trustee with respect to one or more (but less than all) series of securities issued pursuant to this Indenture, the terms “ Indenture ” and “ Securities ” shall have the meanings specified in the provisos to the respective definitions of those terms in Section 1.01 which contemplate such situation.

 

  37  

 

 

(c)          Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments reasonably necessary to more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, as the case may be.

 

(d)          No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

 

Section 6.11.          Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business .

 

Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities. In case any Securities shall not have been authenticated by such predecessor Trustee, any such successor Trustee may authenticate and deliver such Securities, in either its own name or that of its predecessor Trustee, with the full force and effect which this Indenture provides for the certificate of authentication of the Trustee; provided , however, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or to authenticate Securities in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

 

Section 6.12.          Appointment of Authenticating Agent .

 

At any time when any of the Securities remain Outstanding, the Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents (which may be an Affiliate or Affiliates of the Company) with respect to one or more series of Securities that shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon original issue or upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, a copy of which instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Company. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and, except as may otherwise be provided pursuant to Section 3.01, shall at all times be a bank or trust company or corporation organized and doing business and in good standing under the laws of the United States or of any State or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authorities. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then, for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. In case at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

 

  38  

 

 

Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent; provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

 

An Authenticating Agent for any series of Securities may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee for such series and to the Company. The Trustee for any series of Securities may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee for such series may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall promptly give written notice of such appointment to all Holders of Securities of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent shall serve in the manner set forth in Section 1.06. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent herein. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

 

The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation including reimbursement of its reasonable expenses for its services under this Section.

 

If an appointment with respect to one or more series is made pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to or in lieu of the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication substantially in the following form:

 

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

  American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, Trustee
     
  By:  
    as Authenticating Agent
     
  By:  
    Authorized Officer

 

If all of the Securities of a series may not be originally issued at one time, and the Trustee does not have an office capable of authenticating Securities upon original issuance located in a Place of Payment where the Company wishes to have Securities of such series authenticated upon original issuance, the Trustee, if so requested by the Company in writing (which writing need not comply with Section 1.02 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel), shall appoint in accordance with this Section an Authenticating Agent (which, if so requested by the Company, shall be an Affiliate of the Company) having an office in a Place of Payment designated by the Company with respect to such series of Securities; provided that the terms and conditions of such appointment are reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

 

  39  

 

 

ARTICLE Seven

HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

 

Section 7.01.          Disclosure of Names and Addresses of Holders .

 

Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any Paying Agent nor any Security Registrar nor any agent of any of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any information as to the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities in accordance with TIA Section 312, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under TIA Section 312(b).

 

Section 7.02.          Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders .

 

(a)          The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.01 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 7.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

 

(b)          The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities, and the corresponding rights and duties of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act.

 

(c)          Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.

 

Section 7.03.          Reports by Trustee .

 

Within 60 days after May 15 of each year commencing with the first May 15 after the first issuance of Securities pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Holders of Securities as provided in TIA Section 313(c) a report dated as of such May 15 which meets the requirements of TIA Section 313(a).

 

A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange, if any, upon which the Securities are listed, with the Commission and with the Company. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of the listing of the Securities on any stock exchange. In the event that, on any such reporting date, no events have occurred under the applicable sections of the TIA within the 12 months preceding such reporting date, the Trustee shall be under no duty or obligation to provide such reports.

 

Section 7.04.          Reports by Company .

 

The Company shall file with the Trustee and the Commission, and transmit to Holders, such information, documents and other reports, and such summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act; provided that any such information, documents or reports filed electronically with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall be deemed filed with and delivered to the Trustee and the Holders at the same time as filed with the Commission.

 

Delivery of such reports, information, and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to conclusively rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

 

  40  

 

 

Section 7.05.          Calculation of Original Issue Discount .

 

Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall file with the Trustee promptly at the end of each calendar year a written notice specifying the amount of original issue discount (including daily rates and accrual periods), if any, accrued on Outstanding Securities as of the end of such year.

 

ARTICLE Eight

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE OR TRANSFER

 

Section 8.01.          Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms .

 

Unless otherwise provided in the terms of such Securities, the Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into any other corporation or convey or transfer all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person, unless:

 

(i)          either the Company shall be the continuing corporation, or the corporation (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on all the Securities and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;

 

(ii)         immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have happened and be continuing; and

 

(iii)        the Company and the successor Person have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 

Section 8.02.          Successor Person Substituted .

 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any conveyance or transfer of the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 8.01, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the successor Person to which such conveyance or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor had been named as the Company herein. In the event of any such conveyance or transfer, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities and may be dissolved and liquidated.

 

ARTICLE Nine

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

 

Section 9.01.          Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders .

 

Without the consent of any Holders of Securities, the Company, when authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

 

(i)          to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein and in the Securities contained; or

 

  41  

 

 

(ii)         to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; or

 

(iii)        to add any additional Events of Default for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such Events of Default are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such Events of Default are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series); provided , however , that in respect of any such additional Events of Default such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such default or may limit the right of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of that or those series of Securities to which such additional Events of Default apply to waive such default; or

 

(iv)        to change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture; provided that any such change or elimination shall become effective only when there is no Security Outstanding of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture that is entitled to the benefit of such provision; or

 

(v)         to secure the Securities pursuant to the requirements of Section 8.01 or otherwise; or

 

(vi)        to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series as permitted by Sections 2.01 and 3.01, including the provisions and procedures relating to Securities convertible into or exchangeable for any securities of any Person (including the Company); or

 

(vii)       to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee; or

 

(viii)      to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein that may be inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture; provided that such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series in any material respect; or

 

(ix)         to supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of any series of Securities pursuant to Sections 4.01, 14.02 and 14.03; provided that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of such series or any other series of Securities in any material respect.

 

Section 9.02.          Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders .

 

With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of all Outstanding Securities affected by such supplemental indenture, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture that affects such series of Securities or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of such series of Securities under this Indenture; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby:

 

  42  

 

 

(i)          change the Stated Maturity of the principal of (or premium, if any) or any installment of principal of or interest on, any Security, subject to the provisions of Section 3.08; or the terms of any sinking fund with respect to any Security; or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest (or change the manner of calculating the rate of interest, thereon, or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or change any obligation of the Company to pay Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 10.04 (except as contemplated by Section 8.01(i) and permitted by Section 9.01(i)), or reduce the portion of the principal of an Original Issue Discount Security or Indexed Security that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02, or upon the redemption thereof or the amount thereof provable in bankruptcy pursuant to Section 5.04, or adversely affect any right of repayment at the option of the Holder of any Security, or change any Place of Payment where, or the Currency in which, any Security or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption or repayment at the option of the Holder, on or after the Redemption Date or the Repayment Date, as the case may be), or adversely affect any right to convert or exchange any Security as may be provided pursuant to Section 3.01 herein; or

 

(ii)         reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver with respect to such series (of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this Indenture, or reduce the requirements of Section 15.04 for quorum or voting; or

 

(iii)        modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 5.13 or Section 10.07, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby; provided , however , that this clause shall not be deemed to require the consent of any Holder of a Security with respect to changes in the references to “the Trustee” and concomitant changes in this Section, or the deletion of this proviso, in accordance with the requirements of Sections 6.10(b) and 9.01(vii).

 

It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

 

A supplemental indenture that changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or that modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series.

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any indenture supplemental hereto. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that unless such consent shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date that is eleven months after such record date, any such consent previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.

 

Section 9.03.          Execution of Supplemental Indentures .

 

In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modification thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 1.02 of this Indenture, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that all conditions precedent to such supplemental indenture have been complied with. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

  43  

 

 

Section 9.04.          Effect of Supplemental Indentures .

 

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

 

Section 9.05.          Conformity with Trust Indenture Act .

 

Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

 

Section 9.06.          Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures .

 

Securities of any series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall, if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities of such series.

 

ARTICLE Ten

COVENANTS

 

Section 10.01.          Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest .

 

The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders of each series of Securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest, if any, on the Securities of that series in accordance with the terms of such series of Securities and this Indenture. Unless otherwise specified with respect to Securities of any series pursuant to Section 3.01, at the option of the Company, all payments of principal may be paid by check to the registered Holder of the Registered Security or other person entitled thereto against surrender of such Security.

 

Section 10.02.          Existence; Maintenance of Office or Agency .

 

Except as otherwise permitted in Article Eight, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence as a corporation or other Person. The Company shall also maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of Securities an office or agency where Securities of that series may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, where Securities of that series that are convertible or exchangeable may be surrendered for conversion or exchange, as applicable, and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of each such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency in respect of any series of Securities or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive such respective presentations, surrenders, notices and demands, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities of one or more series may be presented or surrendered for any or all of such purposes, and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in accordance with the requirements set forth above for Securities of any series for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01 with respect to a series of Securities, the Company hereby designates as a Place of Payment for each series of Securities the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and initially appoints the Trustee as Paying Agent with its office at 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219, and as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

  44  

 

 

Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, if and so long as the Securities of any series (i) are denominated in a currency other than Dollars or (ii) may be payable in a currency other than Dollars, or so long as it is required under any other provision of the Indenture, then the Company will maintain with respect to each such series of Securities, or as so required, at least one Exchange Rate Agent. The Company will notify the Trustee of the name and address of any Exchange Rate Agent retained by it.

 

Section 10.03.          Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust .

 

If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to any series of any Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any of the Securities of that series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) sufficient to pay the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest, if any, on Securities of such series so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

 

Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest, if any, on any Securities of that series, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum (in the Currency or Currencies described in the preceding paragraph) sufficient to pay the principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, so becoming due, such sum of money to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

 

The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums of money held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums.

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Securities of any series, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest, if any, on any Security of any series and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company upon Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such money held in trust, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in an Authorized Newspaper, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

 

Section 10.04.          Additional Amounts .

 

If the Securities of a series provide for the payment of Additional Amounts, the Company shall pay to the Holder of any Security of such series such Additional Amounts as may be specified as contemplated by Section 3.01. Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest, if any, on any Security of any series or the net proceeds received on the sale or exchange of any Security of any series, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts provided for by the terms of such series established pursuant to Section 3.01 to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to such terms and express mention of the payment of Additional Amounts (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.

 

  45  

 

 

Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01, if the Securities of a series provide for the payment of Additional Amounts, at least 10 days prior to the first Interest Payment Date with respect to that series of Securities (or if the Securities of that series shall not bear interest prior to Maturity, the first day on which a payment of principal premium is made), and at least 10 days prior to each date of payment of principal, premium or interest if there has been any change with respect to the matters set forth in the below-mentioned Officer’s Certificate, the Company shall furnish the Trustee and the Company’s principal Paying Agent or Paying Agents, if other than the Trustee, with an Officer’s Certificate instructing the Trustee and such Paying Agent or Paying Agents whether such payment of principal, premium or interest on the Securities of that series shall be made to Holders of Securities of that series who are not United States persons without withholding for or on account of any tax, assessment or other governmental charge described in the Securities of that series. If any such withholding shall be required, then such Officer’s Certificate shall specify by country the amount, if any, required to be withheld on such payments to such Holders of Securities of that series and the Company shall pay to the Trustee or such Paying Agent the Additional Amounts required by the terms of such Securities. In the event that the Trustee or any Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall not so receive the above-mentioned certificate, then the Trustee or such Paying Agent shall be entitled (i) to assume that no such withholding or deduction is required with respect to any payment of principal or interest with respect to any Securities of a series until it shall have received a certificate advising otherwise and (ii) to make all payments of principal and interest with respect to the Securities of a series without withholding or deductions until otherwise advised. The Company covenants to indemnify the Trustee and any Paying Agent for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense reasonably incurred without negligence or bad faith on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by any of them in reliance on any Officer’s Certificate furnished pursuant to this Section or in reliance on the Company’s not furnishing such an Officer’s Certificate.

 

Section 10.05.          Statement as to Compliance .

 

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the date hereof so long as any Security is Outstanding hereunder, an Officer’s Certificate stating to the knowledge of the signer thereof whether the Company is in default in the performance of any of the terms, provisions or conditions of this Indenture. For purposes of this Section 10.05, such default shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice under this Indenture.

 

Section 10.06.          Payment of Taxes and Other Claims .

 

The Company shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or upon the income, profits or property of the Company, and (2) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the property of the Company, except where the failure to do so would not be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

 

Section 10.07.          Waiver of Certain Covenants .

 

The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant or condition set forth in Section 10.06, and, as specified pursuant to Section 3.01(xv) for Securities of any series, in any covenants of the Company added to Article Ten pursuant to Section 3.01(xiv) or Section 3.01(xv) in connection with the Securities of a series, if before or after the time for such compliance the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of all Outstanding Securities of such series, by Act of such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

 

  46  

 

 

ARTICLE Eleven

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

 

Section 11.01.          Applicability of Article .

 

Securities of any series that are redeemable before their Stated Maturity shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 for Securities of any series) in accordance with this Article.

 

Section 11.02.          Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee .

 

The election of the Company to redeem any Securities shall be evidenced by or pursuant to a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company of less than all of the Securities of any series, the Company shall, at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee in writing of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Securities of such series to be redeemed, and, if applicable, of the tenor of the Securities to be redeemed, and shall deliver to the Trustee such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Securities to be redeemed pursuant to Section 11.03. In the case of any redemption of Securities of any series prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officer’s Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction.

 

Section 11.03.          Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed .

 

If less than all the Securities of any series issued on the same day with the same terms are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of such series issued on such date with the same terms not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate; provided that such method complies with the rules of any national securities exchange or quotation system on which the Securities are listed (which rules shall be certificated to the Trustee by the Company or such national securities exchange at the Trustee’s request), and may provide for the selection for redemption of portions (equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal amount of Securities of such series of a denomination larger than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series; provided , however , that no such partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount of a Security not redeemed to less than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of such series.

 

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company and the Security Registrar (if other than itself) in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

 

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Security which has been or is to be redeemed.

 

Section 11.04.          Notice of Redemption .

 

Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided in Section 1.06, not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, unless a shorter period is specified by the terms of such series established pursuant to Section 3.01, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed; provided that failure to give such notice in the manner herein provided to the Holder of any Security designated for redemption as a whole or in part, or any defect in the notice to any such Holder, shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other such Security or portion thereof.

 

  47  

 

 

Any notice that is mailed to the Holders of Registered Securities in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives the notice.

 

All notices of redemption shall state:

 

(i)          the Redemption Date;

 

(ii)         the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 11.06;

 

(iii)        if less than all Outstanding Securities of any series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the principal amount) of the particular Security or Securities to be redeemed;

 

(iv)        in case any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice that relates to such Security shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Security, the Holder will receive, without a charge, a new Security or Securities of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed;

 

(v)         that on the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 11.06 will become due and payable upon each such Security, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed and, if applicable, that interest thereon shall cease to accrue on and after said date;

 

(vi)        the Place or Places of Payment where such Securities, if any, maturing after the Redemption Date, are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any;

 

(vii)       that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case; and

 

(viii)      the CUSIP number of such Security, if any.

 

A notice of redemption published as contemplated by Section 1.06 need not identify particular Registered Securities to be redeemed. Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.

 

Section 11.05.          Deposit of Redemption Price .

 

On or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Business Day prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 10.03) an amount of money in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) sufficient to pay on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price of, and (unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01) accrued interest on, all the Securities or portions thereof which are to be redeemed on that date.

 

Section 11.06.          Securities Payable on Redemption Date .

 

Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) (together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date), and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any) such Securities shall if the same were interest-bearing cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Security for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Security shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date; provided , however , that, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01, installments of interest on Registered Securities whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 3.07.

 

  48  

 

 

If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the Redemption Price shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate of interest set forth in such Security or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security, at the Yield to Maturity of such Security.

 

Section 11.07.          Securities Redeemed in Part .

 

Any Registered Security that is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article or of Article Twelve) shall be surrendered at a Place of Payment therefor (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security without service charge a new Security or Securities of the same series and of like tenor, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered. If a temporary global Security or permanent global Security is so surrendered, such new Security so issued shall be a new temporary global Security or permanent global Security, respectively. However, if less than all the Securities of any series with differing issue dates, interest rates and stated maturities are to be redeemed, the Company in its sole discretion shall select the particular Securities to be redeemed and shall notify the Trustee in writing thereof at least 45 days prior to the relevant redemption date.

 

ARTICLE Twelve

SINKING FUNDS

 

Section 12.01.          Applicability of Article .

 

The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 for Securities of such series.

 

The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as a “mandatory sinking fund payment,” and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of such Securities of any series is herein referred to as an “optional sinking fund payment.” If provided for by the terms of any Securities of any series, the cash amount of any mandatory sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 12.02. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any series as provided for by the terms of Securities of such series.

 

Section 12.02.          Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities .

 

The Company may, in satisfaction of all or any part of any mandatory sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of a series, (i) deliver Outstanding Securities of such series (other than any previously called for redemption) and (ii) apply as a credit Securities of such series which have been redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Securities, as provided for by the terms of such Securities; provided that such Securities so delivered or applied as a credit have not been previously so credited. Such Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the applicable Redemption Price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such mandatory sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.

 

  49  

 

 

Section 12.03.          Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund .

 

Not less than 60 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for Securities of any series, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment for that series pursuant to the terms of that series, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities of that series pursuant to Section 12.02, and the optional amount, if any, to be added in cash to the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment, and shall also deliver to the Trustee any Securities to be so delivered and credited. If such Officer’s Certificate specifies an optional amount to be added in cash to the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment, the Company shall thereupon be obligated to pay the amount therein specified. Not less than 30 days before each such sinking fund payment date the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 11.03 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section 11.04. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Sections 11.06 and 11.07.

 

ARTICLE Thirteen

REPAYMENT AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS

 

Section 13.01.          Applicability of Article .

 

Repayment of Securities of any series before their Stated Maturity at the option of Holders thereof shall be made in accordance with the terms of such Securities and (except as otherwise specified by the terms of such series established pursuant to Section 3.01) in accordance with this Article.

 

Section 13.02.          Repayment of Securities .

 

Securities of any series subject to repayment in whole or in part at the option of the Holders thereof will, unless otherwise provided in the terms of such Securities, be repaid at the Repayment Price thereof, together with interest, if any, thereon accrued to the Repayment Date specified in or pursuant to the terms of such Securities. The Company covenants that on or before 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Business Day preceding the Repayment Date it shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 10.03) an amount of money in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) sufficient to pay the Repayment Price of, and (unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01) accrued interest on, all the Securities or portions thereof, as the case may be, to be repaid on such date.

 

Section 13.03.          Exercise of Option .

 

Securities of any series subject to repayment at the option of the Holders thereof shall contain an “Option to Elect Repayment” form on the reverse of such Securities. To be repaid at the option of the Holder, any Security so providing for such repayment, with the “Option to Elect Repayment” form on the reverse of such Security duly completed by the Holder (or by the Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), must be received by the Company at the Place of Payment therefor specified in the terms of such Security (or at such other place or places of which the Company shall from time to time notify the Holders of such Securities) not earlier than 45 days nor later than 30 days prior to the Repayment Date. If less than the entire Repayment Price of such Security is to be repaid in accordance with the terms of such Security, the portion of the Repayment Price of such Security to be repaid, in increments of the minimum denomination for Securities of such series, and the denomination or denominations of the Security or Securities to be issued to the Holder for the portion of such Security surrendered that is not to be repaid, must be specified. Any Security providing for repayment at the option of the Holder thereof may not be repaid in part if, following such repayment, the unpaid principal amount of such Security would be less than the minimum authorized denomination of Securities of the series of which such Security to be repaid is a part. Except as otherwise may be provided by the terms of any Security providing for repayment at the option of the Holder thereof, exercise of the repayment option by the Holder shall be irrevocable unless waived by the Company.

 

  50  

 

 

Section 13.04.          When Securities Presented for Repayment Become Due and Payable .

 

If Securities of any series providing for repayment at the option of the Holders thereof shall have been surrendered as provided in this Article and as provided by or pursuant to the terms of such Securities, such Securities or the portions thereof, as the case may be, to be repaid shall become due and payable and shall be paid by the Company on the Repayment Date therein specified, and on and after such Repayment Date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Securities on such Repayment Date) such Securities shall, if the same were interest-bearing, cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Security for repayment in accordance with such provisions , the Repayment Price of such Security so to be repaid shall be paid by the Company, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Repayment Date; provided , however , that installments of interest on Registered Securities, whose Stated Maturity is prior to (or, if specified pursuant to Section 3.01, on) the Repayment Date shall be payable (but without interest thereon, unless the Company shall default in the payment thereof) to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 3.07.

 

If any Security surrendered for repayment shall not be so repaid upon surrender thereof, the Repayment Price shall, until paid, bear interest from the Repayment Date at the rate of interest set forth in such Security or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security, at the Yield to Maturity of such Security.

 

Section 13.05.          Securities Repaid in Part .

 

Upon surrender of any Registered Security that is to be repaid in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security, without service charge and at the expense of the Company, a new Registered Security or Securities of the same series, and of like tenor, of any authorized denomination specified by the Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the portion of the principal of such Security so surrendered that is not to be repaid. If a temporary global Security or permanent global Security is so surrendered, such new Security so issued shall be a new temporary global Security or a new permanent global Security, respectively.

 

ARTICLE Fourteen

DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 14.01.          Applicability of Article; Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

 

If pursuant to Section 3.01 provision is made for either or both of (a) defeasance of the Securities of or within a series under Section 14.02 or (b) covenant defeasance of the Securities of or within a series under Section 14.03, then the provisions of such Section or Sections, as the case may be, together with the other provisions of this Article (with such modifications thereto as may be specified pursuant to Section 3.01 with respect to any Securities), shall be applicable to such Securities, and the Company may at its option by Board Resolution, at any time, with respect to such Securities, elect to have either Section 14.02 (if applicable) or Section 14.03 (if applicable) be applied to such Outstanding Securities upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article.

 

Section 14.02.          Defeasance and Discharge .

  

Upon the Company’s exercise of the above option applicable to this Section with respect to any Securities of or within a series, the Company shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to such Outstanding Securities on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 14.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “ defeasance ”). For this purpose, such defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by such Outstanding Securities, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 14.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (A) and (B) of this Section, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Securities and this Indenture insofar as such Securities are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (A) the rights of Holders of such Outstanding Securities to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 14.04 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest, if any, on such Securities when such payments are due; (B) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Securities under Sections 3.05, 3.06, 10.02 and 10.03 and with respect to the payment of Additional Amounts, if any, on such Securities as contemplated by Section 10.04; (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, including, without limitation, Section 6.06; and (D) this Article. Subject to compliance with this Article Fourteen, the Company may exercise its option under this Section notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 14.03 with respect to such Securities. Following a defeasance, payment of such Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default.

 

  51  

 

 

Section 14.03.          Covenant Defeasance .

 

Upon the Company’s exercise of the above option applicable to this Section with respect to any Securities of or within a series, the Company shall be released from its obligations under Section 10.06, and, if specified pursuant to Section 3.01, its obligations under any other covenant with respect to such Outstanding Securities on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 14.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “ covenant defeasance ”), and such Securities shall thereafter be deemed to be not “Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with Section 10.06, or such other covenant, but shall continue to be deemed “Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such covenant defeasance means that, with respect to such Outstanding Securities, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such Section or such other covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or such other covenant or by reason of reference in any such Section or such other covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 5.01(iv) or 5.01(vii) or otherwise, as the case may be, but except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities shall be unaffected thereby. Following a covenant defeasance, payment of such Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default solely by reference to such Sections specified above in this Section 14.03.

 

Section 14.04.          Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

 

The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 14.02 or Section 14.03 to any Outstanding Securities of or within a series:

 

(i)          The Company shall have irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 6.07 who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Article Fourteen applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for the benefit of, and dedicated solely to, the Holders of such Securities, (A) an amount (in such Currency in which such Securities are then specified as payable at Stated Maturity), or (B) Government Obligations applicable to such Securities (determined on the basis of the Currency in which such Securities are then specified as payable at Stated Maturity) which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, without reinvestment thereof, not later than one day before the due date of any payment of principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest, if any, on such Securities, money in an amount, or (C) a combination thereof in an amount, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, (1) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest, if any, on such Outstanding Securities on the Stated Maturity of such principal or installment of principal or interest and (2) any mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments applicable to such Outstanding Securities on the day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of such Securities.

 

  52  

 

 

(ii)         Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

 

(iii)        No Default or Event of Default with respect to such Securities shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or, insofar as Sections 5.01(v) and 5.01(vi) are concerned, at any time during the period ending on the 91st day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until the expiration of such period).

 

(iv)        In the case of an election under Section 14.02, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of execution of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of such Outstanding Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred.

 

(v)         In the case of an election under Section 14.03, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of such Outstanding Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred.

 

(vi)        The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to either the defeasance under Section 14.02 or the covenant defeasance under Section 14.03 (as the case may be) have been complied with.

 

(vii)       Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall be effected in compliance with any additional or substitute terms, conditions or limitations which may be imposed on the Company in connection therewith pursuant to Section 3.01.

 

Section 14.05.          Deposited Money and Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.03, all money and Government Obligations (or other property as may be provided pursuant to Section 3.01) (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 14.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 14.04 in respect of any Outstanding Securities of any series shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Securities of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Security pursuant to Section 3.01, if, after a deposit referred to in Section 14.04 has been made, (a) the Holder of a Security in respect of which such deposit was made is entitled to, and does, elect pursuant to Section 3.12(b) or the terms of such Security to receive payment in a Currency other than that in which the deposit pursuant to Section 14.04 has been made in respect of such Security, or (b) a Conversion Event occurs as contemplated in Section 3.12(d) or 3.12(e) or by the terms of any Security in respect of which the deposit pursuant to Section 14.04 has been made, the indebtedness represented by such Security shall be deemed to have been, and will be, fully discharged and satisfied through the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Security as the same becomes due out of the proceeds yielded by converting (from time to time as specified below in the case of any such election) the amount or other property deposited in respect of such Security into the Currency in which such Security becomes payable as a result of such election or Conversion Event based on the applicable Market Exchange Rate for such Currency in effect on the second Business Day prior to each payment date, except, with respect to a Conversion Event, for such Currency in effect (as nearly as feasible) at the time of the Conversion Event.

 

  53  

 

 

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the money or Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 14.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of such Outstanding Securities; it being understood that the Trustee shall bear no responsibility for any such tax, fee or other charge that is imposed by law or for the account of Holders. The foregoing sentence shall survive the termination of this Indenture and the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

Anything in this Article to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Request any money or Government Obligations (or other property and any proceeds therefrom) held by it as provided in Section 14.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect a defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, in accordance with this Article.

 

If, after the Company has made a deposit with the Trustee pursuant to Section 14.04, the Trustee is unable to apply any money in accordance with Section 14.05 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the applicable Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 14.04 until such time as the Trustee is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with this Article Fourteen; provided , however , that if the Company has made any payment of the principal of or interest on any series of Securities because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive any such payment from the money held by the Trustee.

 

ARTICLE Fifteen

MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

 

Section 15.01.          Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called .

 

A meeting of Holders of any series of Securities of such series may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to this Article to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders of Securities of such series.

 

Section 15.02.          Call, Notice and Place of Meetings .

 

(a)          The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders of Securities of any series for any purpose specified in Section 15.01, to be held at such time and at such place in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York or in London as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of Holders of Securities of any series, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be given, in the manner provided in Section 1.06, not less than 21 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

 

(b)          In case at any time the Company, pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of the Holders of Securities of such series for any purpose specified in Section 15.01, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have made the first publication or mailing of the notice of such meeting within 21 days after receipt of such request or shall not thereafter proceed to cause the meeting to be held as provided herein, then the Company or the Holders of Securities of such series in the amount above specified, as the case may be, may determine the time and the place in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York or in London for such meeting and may call such meeting for such purposes by giving notice thereof as provided in subsection (a) of this Section.

 

  54  

 

 

Section 15.03.          Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings .

 

To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series, a Person shall be (i) a Holder of one or more Outstanding Securities of such series, or (ii) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy for a Holder or Holders of one or more Outstanding Securities of such series by such Holder or Holders. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel, any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

 

Section 15.04.          Quorum; Action .

 

The Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Holders of Securities of such series; provided , however , that if any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action that this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of not less than a specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series, the Persons entitled to vote such specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Holders of Securities of such series, be dissolved. In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. In the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such adjourned meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 15.02(a), except that such notice need be given only once not less than five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall state expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series which shall constitute a quorum.

 

Except as limited by the proviso to Section 9.02, any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series; provided , however , that, except as limited by the proviso to Section 9.02, any resolution with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action which this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage, which is less than a majority, in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid by the affirmative vote of the Holders of such specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series.

 

Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the Holders of Securities of such series, whether or not present or represented at the meeting.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 15.04, if any action is to be taken at a meeting of Holders of Securities of any series with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action that this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage in principal amount of all Outstanding Securities affected thereby, or of the Holders of such series and one or more additional series:

 

(i)          there shall be no minimum quorum requirement for such meeting; and

 

(ii)         the principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series that vote in favor of such consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action shall be taken into account in determining whether such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action has been made, given or taken under this Indenture.

 

  55  

 

 

Section 15.05.          Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings .

 

(a)          Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders of Securities of a series in regard to proof of the holding of Securities of such series and of the appointment of proxies and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall deem appropriate. Except as otherwise permitted or required by any such regulations, the holding of Securities shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 1.04 and the appointment of any proxy shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 1.04. Such regulations may provide that written instruments appointing proxies, regular on their face, may be presumed valid and genuine without the proof specified in Section 1.04 or other proof.

 

(b)          The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Holders of Securities as provided in Section 15.02(b), in which case the Company or the Holders of Securities of the series calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series represented at the meeting.

 

(c)          At any meeting of Holders, each Holder of a Security of such series or proxy shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series held or represented by such Holder; provided , however , that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Security challenged as not Outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not Outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote, except as a Holder of a Security of such series or proxy.

 

(d)          Any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series duly called pursuant to Section 15.02 at which a quorum is present may be adjourned from time to time by Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series represented at the meeting, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

 

Section 15.06.          Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings .

 

The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders of Securities of such series or of their representatives by proxy and the principal amounts and serial numbers of the Outstanding Securities of such series held or represented by them. The chairman of the meeting shall appoint at least one inspector of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting a verified written report of all votes cast at the meeting. A record, at least in duplicate, of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders of Securities of any Series shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspector of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the fact, setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was given as provided in Section 15.02 and, if applicable, Section 15.04. Each copy shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the chairman and secretary of the meeting and one such copy shall be delivered to the Company and another to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting. Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

 

* * * * *

 

This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Indenture.

 

  56  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, as of the day and year first above written.

 

  EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC.
     
  By:  
    Name:  Thomas P. Majewski
    Title:    Chief Executive Officer
     
  American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, Trustee
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

  57  

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE GIVEN BY EUROCLEAR AND
CLEARSTREAM IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OF
A PORTION OF A TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY
OR TO OBTAIN INTEREST PAYABLE PRIOR
TO THE EXCHANGE DATE

 

CERTIFICATE

 

[Insert title or sufficient description of Securities to be delivered]

 

This is to certify that, based solely on written certifications that we have received in writing, by tested telex or by electronic transmission from each of the persons appearing in our records as persons entitled to a portion of the principal amount set forth below (our “ Member Organizations ”) substantially in the form attached hereto, as of the date hereof, [U.S. $] principal amount of the above-captioned Securities (i) is owned by person(s) that are not “United States persons” (“ United States Person(s) ”) within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), (ii) is owned by United States Person(s) that are (a) foreign branches of United States financial institutions (financial institutions, as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.165-12(c)(1)(v)[(iv)], are herein referred to as “financial institutions”) purchasing for their own account or for resale, or (b) United States person(s) who acquired the Securities through foreign branches of United States financial institutions and who hold the Securities through such United States financial institutions on the date hereof (and in either case (a) or (b), each such financial institution has agreed, on its own behalf or through its agent, that we may advise Eagle Point Credit Company Inc. or its agent that such financial institution will comply with the requirements of Section 165(j)(3)(A), (B) or (C) of the Code and the United States Treasury Regulations thereunder), or (iii) is owned by United States or foreign financial institution(s) for purposes of resale during the restricted period (as defined in United States Treasury Regulations Section 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(7)), and, to the further effect, that financial institutions described in clause (iii) above (whether or not also described in clause (i) or (ii)) have certified that they have not acquired the Securities for purposes of resale directly or indirectly to a United States person or to a person within the United States or its possessions.

 

As used herein, “ United States ” means the United States of America (including the states and the District of Columbia) and its “possessions” (including Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, Wake Island and the Northern Mariana Islands).

 

We further certify that (i) we are not making available herewith for exchange (or, if relevant, collection of any interest) any portion of the temporary global Security representing the above-captioned Securities excepted in the above-referenced certificates of Member Organizations and (ii) as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any of our Member Organizations to the effect that the statements made by such Member Organizations with respect to any portion of the part submitted herewith for exchange (or, if relevant, collection of any interest) are no longer true and cannot be relied upon as of the date hereof.

 

We understand that this certification is required in connection with certain tax legislation in the United States. If administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certificate is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certificate or a copy thereof to any interested party in such proceedings.

 

Dated:    

 

[To be dated no earlier than the Exchange Date or the relevant Interest Payment Date occurring prior to the Exchange Date, as applicable]

 

  [                                                             ],
  as Operator of the Euroclear System
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

Exhibit A

 

 

 

Exhibit (d)(2)

 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

between

 

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC.

 

and

 

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC,

 

as Trustee

 

Dated as of August [●], 2015

 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ First Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of [●], 2015, is between Eagle Point Credit Company Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Base Indenture (as defined below).

 

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee executed and delivered an Indenture, dated as of August [●], 2015 (the “ Base Indenture ” and, as supplemented by this First Supplemental Indenture, the “ Indenture ”), to provide for the issuance by the Company from time to time of the Company’s debt securities (the “ Securities ”) evidencing its unsecured indebtedness, to be issued in one or more series as provided in the Base Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue and sell up to $[●] aggregate principal amount of the Company’s [●]% Notes due 2020 (the “ Series 2020 Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, Sections 9.01(iv) and 9.01(vi) of the Base Indenture provide that, without the consent of Holders of the Securities of any series issued under the Indenture, the Company, when authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental to the Base Indenture to (i) change or eliminate any of the provisions of the Base Indenture when there is no Security Outstanding of any series created prior to the execution of a supplemental indenture that is entitled to the benefit of such provision and (ii) establish the form or terms of Securities of any series as permitted by Sections 2.01 and 3.01 of the Base Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to establish the form and terms of the Series 2020 Notes and to modify, alter, supplement and change certain provisions of the Base Indenture for the benefit of the Holders of the Series 2020 Notes (except as may be provided in a future supplemental indenture to the Indenture (“ Future Supplemental Indenture ”)); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this First Supplemental Indenture to provide for the issuance of the Series 2020 Notes and all acts and things necessary to make this First Supplemental Indenture a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company and to constitute a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done and performed.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

 

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Series 2020 Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Series 2020 Notes, as follows:

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

TERMS OF THE SERIES 2020 NOTES

 

Section 1.01. Terms of the Series 2020 Notes. The following terms relating to the Series 2020 Notes are hereby established:

 

(a)     The Series 2020 Notes shall constitute a series of Securities having the title “[●]% Notes due 2020”. The Series 2020 Notes shall bear a CUSIP number of [●] and an ISIN number of [●].

 

(b)     The aggregate principal amount of the Notes that may be initially authenticated and delivered under the Indenture (except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of, transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Sections 3.04, 3.05, 3.06, 9.06 or 11.07 of the Base Indenture) shall be up to $[●] aggregate principal amount. Under a Board Resolution, Officer’s Certificate pursuant to Board Resolutions or a Future Supplemental Indenture, the Company may from time to time, without the consent of the Holders of Notes, issue additional Notes (in any such case, “ Additional Notes ”) having the same ranking and the same interest rate, maturity and other terms as the Series 2020 Notes. Any Additional Notes and the existing Notes shall constitute a single series under the Indenture and all references to the relevant Notes herein shall include the Additional Notes unless the context otherwise requires.

 

(c)     The entire outstanding principal of the Series 2020 Notes shall be payable on [●], 2020, unless earlier redeemed or repurchased in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

 

(d)     The rate at which the Series 2020 Notes shall bear interest shall be [●]% per annum (the “ Applicable Interest Rate ”). The date from which interest shall accrue on the Series 2020 Notes shall be [●], 2015, or, thereafter, the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or provided for. The Interest Payment Dates for the Series 2020 Notes shall be January 31 and July 31 of each year, commencing January 31, 2016 ( provided that if an Interest Payment Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day in The City of New York, then the applicable interest payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest shall accrue as a result of such delayed payment). The initial interest period shall be the period from, and including, [●], 2015 (or the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or provided for), to, but excluding, the initial Interest Payment Date, and the subsequent interest periods shall be the periods from, and including, an Interest Payment Date to, but excluding, the next Interest Payment Date or the Stated Maturity, as the case may be. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name the Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing January 15, 2016 ( provided, that if a Regular Record Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day in The City of New York, then that Regular Record Date shall be the next succeeding Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Interest on the Series 2020 Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Payment of principal of (and premium, if any, on) the Series 2020 Notes shall be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee in such coin or currency of the United States as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts, and payment of interest shall be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register; provided , however , that at the option of the Holder, payment of principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest on the Series 2020 Notes may be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account at a bank in the United States; provided , further , however , that so long as the Series 2020 Notes are registered to Cede & Co., such payment shall be made by wire transfer in accordance with the procedures established by The Depository Trust Company and the Trustee.

 

(e)     The Series 2020 Notes shall be initially issuable in global form (each such Note, a “ Global Note ”). The Global Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication thereon shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A to this First Supplemental Indenture. Each Global Note shall represent the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Security Registrar, in accordance with Sections 2.03 and 3.05 of the Base Indenture.

 

  2  

 

 

(f)     The depositary for such Global Notes (the “ Depositary ”) shall be The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York (“ DTC ”). The Security Registrar with respect to the Global Notes shall be the Trustee.

 

(g)    The Series 2020 Notes shall be defeasible pursuant to Section 14.02 or Section 14.03 of the Base Indenture. Covenant defeasance contained in Section 14.03 of the Base Indenture shall apply to the covenants contained in Sections 10.08 and 10.12 of the Indenture.

 

(h)    The Series 2020 Notes shall be redeemable pursuant to Section 11.01 of the Base Indenture and as follows:

 

(i)      The Series 2020 Notes shall be redeemable in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, at the option of the Company, at a Redemption Price equal to the greater of the following amounts, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date:

 

(1) 100% of the principal amount of the Series 2020 Notes to be redeemed, or

 

(2) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (exclusive of accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date) on the Series 2020 Notes to be redeemed, discounted to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) using the applicable Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points.

 

For purposes of calculating the Redemption Price in connection with the redemption of the Series 2020 Notes, on any Redemption Date, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

 

Treasury Rate ” means (1) the yield, under the heading that represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15(519)” or any successor publication that is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue; provided that if no maturity is within three months before or after the remaining term of the Series 2020 Notes to be redeemed, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue will be determined and the Treasury Rate will be interpolated or extrapolated from those yields on a straight-line basis rounding to the nearest month; or (2) if that release, or any successor release, is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Redemption Date.

 

The Treasury Rate will be calculated at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the third Business Day preceding the Redemption Date by the Quotation Agent.

 

Comparable Treasury Issue ” means the United States Treasury security selected by the Quotation Agent as that which would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financing practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Series 2020 Notes being redeemed.

 

Comparable Treasury Price ” means (1) the average of the remaining Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for the Redemption Date, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Quotation Agent obtains fewer than three such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations, or (3) if only one Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation is received, such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation.

 

  3  

 

 

Quotation Agent ” means a Reference Treasury Dealer selected by the Company.

 

Reference Treasury Dealer ” means (1) each of J.P. Morgan Securities, LLC and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. (or their respective affiliates) and a Primary Treasury Dealer (as defined below) selected by the Company (or their respective Affiliates which are primary U.S. government securities dealers) and their respective successors; provided, however, that if any of them shall cease to be a primary U.S. government securities dealer in the United States of America (a “ Primary Treasury Dealer ”), the Company shall select another Primary Treasury Dealer and (2) any other Primary Treasury Dealer or Dealers selected by the Company.

 

Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations ” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Quotation Agent, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Quotation Agent by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the third Business Day preceding such Redemption Date.

 

All determinations made by any Reference Treasury Dealer, including the Quotation Agent, with respect to determining the Redemption Price shall be final and binding absent manifest error.

 

(ii)       Notice of redemption shall be given in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid or by overnight courier guaranteeing next-day delivery, to each Holder of the Series 2020 Notes to be redeemed, not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date, at the Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register. All notices of redemption shall contain the information set forth in Section 11.04 of the Base Indenture and the delivery of such shall be subject to the terms of the Indenture.

 

(iii)      Any exercise of the Company’s option to redeem the Series 2020 Notes shall be done in compliance with the Investment Company Act (as defined below).

 

(iv)      If less than all of the Series 2020 Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Series 2020 Notes of such series to be redeemed or purchased (1) if the Series 2020 Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Series 2020 Notes are listed, (2) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or (3) by lot or such similar method in accordance with the procedures of DTC; provided , however , that no such partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount of a Series 2020 Note not redeemed to less than $1,000.

 

(v)       Unless the Company defaults in payment of the Redemption Price, on and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Series 2020 Notes called for redemption hereunder.

 

(i)    The Series 2020 Notes shall not be subject to any sinking fund pursuant to Section 12.01 of the Base Indenture.

 

(j)    The Series 2020 Notes shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

(k)    Holders of the Series 2020 Notes shall not have the option to have the Series 2020 Notes repaid prior to the Stated Maturity other than in accordance with Article Thirteen of the Indenture.

 

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

 

Section 2.01. Except as may be provided in a Future Supplemental Indenture, for the benefit of the Holders of the Series 2020 Notes but no other series of Securities under the Indenture, whether now or hereafter issued and Outstanding, Article One of the Base Indenture shall be amended by replacing the definition of “Business Day” in Section 1.01 thereof with the following:

 

Business Day ” means, with respect to any Note, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

  4  

 

 

Section 2.02. Except as may be provided in a Future Supplemental Indenture, for the benefit of the Holders of the Series 2020 Notes but no other series of Securities under the Indenture, whether now or hereafter issued and Outstanding, Article One of the Base Indenture shall be amended by adding the following defined terms to Section 1.01 thereof in appropriate alphabetical sequence, as follows:

 

Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder and any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the opinions and pronouncements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, which are in effect from time to time.

 

ARTICLE III

SECURITIES FORMS

 

Section 3.01. Except as may be provided in a Future Supplemental Indenture, for the benefit of the Holders of the Series 2020 Notes but no other series of Securities under the Indenture, whether now or hereafter issued and Outstanding, Article Two of the Base Indenture shall be amended by adding the following new Section 2.04 thereto, as set forth below:

 

Section 204. Certificated Notes .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Indenture, Notes in physical, certificated form shall be issued and delivered to each person that the Depositary identifies as a beneficial owner of the related Notes only if:

 

(1) the Depositary notifies the Company at any time that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Series 2020 Notes in global form and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days; or

 

(2) the Depositary ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act, and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days.”

 

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

 

Section 5.01. Except as may be provided in a Future Supplemental Indenture, for the benefit of the Holders of the Series 2020 Notes but no other series of Securities under the Indenture, whether now or hereafter issued and Outstanding, Article Ten of the Base Indenture shall be amended by replacing Section 10.06 thereof in its entirety with the following:

 

Section 10.06. [RESERVED]

 

Section 5.02. Except as may be provided in a Future Supplemental Indenture, for the benefit of the Holders of the Series 2020 Notes but no other series of Securities under the Indenture, whether now or hereafter issued and Outstanding, Article Ten of the Base Indenture shall be amended by replacing Section 10.07 thereof in its entirety with the following:

 

  5  

 

 

Section 10.07. Waiver of Certain Covenants .

 

The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant or condition, as specified pursuant to Section 3.01(xv), for Securities of any series, in any covenants of the Company added to Article Ten pursuant to Section 3.01(xiv) or Section 3.01(xv) in connection with the Securities of a series, if before or after the time for such compliance the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of all Outstanding Securities of such series, by Act of such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.”

 

Section 5.03. Except as may be provided in a Future Supplemental Indenture, for the benefit of the Holders of the Series 2020 Notes but no other series of Securities under the Indenture, whether now or hereafter issued and Outstanding, Article Ten of the Base Indenture shall be amended by adding the following new Sections 10.08 through 10.12 thereto, each as set forth below:

 

Section 10.08. Closed-end Fund .

 

The Company hereby agrees, that for the period of time during which Notes are Outstanding, the Company will remain a non-diversified closed-end management investment company for purposes of the Investment Company Act.”

 

Section 10.09. Ranking .

 

The Company hereby agrees, that for the period of time during which Notes are Outstanding, the Company’s payment obligations under the Indenture and the Series 2020 Notes shall at all times rank pari passu , without preference or priority, with all of the Company’s existing and future unsecured indebtedness and senior to any preferred stock the Company may issue.”

 

“Section 10.10. Section 18(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act .

 

The Company hereby agrees that for the period of time during which Notes are Outstanding, the Company will not violate, whether or not it is subject to, Section 18(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act, as in effect from time to time or any successor provisions thereto, giving effect, in either case, to any exemptive relief granted to the Company by the Commission.”

 

Section 10.11. Section 18(a)(1)(B) of the Investment Company Act .

 

The Company hereby agrees that for the period of time during which Notes are Outstanding, the Company will not violate, whether or not it is subject to, Section 18(a)(1)(B) of the Investment Company Act, as in effect from time to time or any successor provisions thereto, giving effect, in either case, to (i) any exemptive relief granted to the Company by the Commission and (ii) no-action relief granted by the Commission to another closed-end investment company (or to the Company if it determines to seek such similar no-action or other relief) permitting the closed-end investment company to declare any cash dividend or distribution notwithstanding the prohibition contained in Section 18(a)(1)(B) of the Investment Company Act in order to maintain the closed-end investment company’s status as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.”

 

Section 10.12. Commission Reports and Reports to Holders .

 

The Company hereby agrees that if, at any time, the Company is not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act to file any periodic reports with the Commission, the Company agrees to furnish to the Holders of Notes and the Trustee for the period of time during which the Series 2020 Notes are Outstanding: (i) within 60 days after the end of the each fiscal year of the Company, audited annual consolidated financial statements of the Company and (ii) within 60 days after the end of the second fiscal quarter of the Company, unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Company. All such financial statements shall be prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP, as applicable.”

 

  6  

 

 

ARTICLE V

REDEMPTION FOR ASSET COVERAGE

 

Section 5.01. Except as may be provided in a Future Supplemental Indenture, for the benefit of the Holders of the Series 2020 Notes but no other series of Securities under the Indenture, whether now or hereafter issued and Outstanding, the Base Indenture shall be amended by adding the following new Sections 11.08 through 11.10 thereto, each as set forth below:

 

Section 11.08. Redemption for Asset Coverage .

 

If the Company shall fail to maintain asset coverage (as defined in Section 18(h) of the Investment Company Act) with respect to the Securities of 300% as of the last Business Day of any calendar quarter and such failure is not cured as of the close of business on the date that is 30 calendar days following the date of filing of the Company’s Annual Report on Form N-CSR, Semiannual Report on Form N-CSRS or Quarterly Report on Form N-Q with the Commission with respect to such calendar quarter (such Business Day, the “ Asset Coverage Cure Date ”), the Company shall fix a Redemption Date and proceed to redeem, in accordance with Sections 11.03 through 11.07 and Sections 11.09 and 11.10, an aggregate principal amount of Securities (which in the Company’s sole option may include any number or portion of the Series 2020 Notes) that, when combined with any shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company redeemed pursuant to mandatory redemption for failing to maintain the asset coverage required by Section 18 of the Investment Company Act in respect of such preferred stock, (i) results in the Company having asset coverage of at least 300% or (ii) if smaller, the maximum aggregate principal amount of Securities that can be redeemed out of funds legally available for such redemption; provided , that, in connection with any such redemption for failure to maintain the asset coverage required by the Investment Company Act, the Company may, at its sole option, redeem such additional amount of Securities (including the Series 2020 Notes) that shall result in the Company having asset coverage of up to and including 385%.

 

Section 11.09. Redemption Date .

 

The Company shall effect any redemption pursuant to Section 11.08 on the date fixed by the Company, which date will not be later than 90 calendar days after the Asset Coverage Cure Date, except that if the Company does not have funds legally available for the redemption of all of the aggregate principal amount of Notes which have been designated to be redeemed or the Company otherwise is unable to effect such redemption on or prior to 90 calendar days after the Asset Coverage Cure Date, the Company shall redeem those Notes which the Company was unable to redeem on the earliest practicable date on which the Company is able to effect such redemption.

 

Section 11.10. Redemption Price .

 

The Redemption Price for Notes redeemed pursuant to Section 11.08 shall equal 100% of the principal amount of the  Series 2020 Notes to be redeemed plus unpaid interest for the then-current semi-annual interest period accrued to the date fixed for such redemption.”

 

ARTICLE VI

DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 6.01. Except as may be provided in a Future Supplemental Indenture, for the benefit of the Holders of the Series 2020 Notes but no other series of Securities under the Indenture, whether now or hereafter issued and Outstanding, Article Fourteen of the Base Indenture shall be amended by replacing Section 14.03 thereof in its entirety with the following:

 

  7  

 

 

Section 14.03. Covenant Defeasance .

 

Upon the Company’s exercise of the above option applicable to this Section with respect to any Securities of or within a series, if specified pursuant to Section 3.01, its obligations under any other covenant with respect to such Outstanding Securities on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 14.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “ covenant defeasance ”), and such Securities shall thereafter be deemed to be not “Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenant, but shall continue to be deemed “Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such covenant defeasance means that, with respect to such Outstanding Securities, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such Section or such other covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or such other covenant or by reason of reference in any such Section or such other covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 5.01(iv) or 5.01(vii) or otherwise, as the case may be, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities shall be unaffected thereby. Following a covenant defeasance, payment of such Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default solely by reference to such Sections specified above in this Section 14.03”

 

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 7.01. This First Supplemental Indenture and the Series 2020 Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. This First Supplemental Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, that are required to be part of the Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

 

Section 7.02. In case any provision in this First Supplemental Indenture or in the Series 2020 Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 7.03. This First Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same First Supplemental Indenture. The exchange of copies of this First Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile, .pdf transmission, email or other electronic means shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this First Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile, .pdf transmission, email or other electronic means shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

Section 7.04. The Base Indenture, as supplemented and amended by this First Supplemental Indenture, is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and the Base Indenture and this First Supplemental Indenture shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument with respect to the Series 2020 Notes. All provisions included in this First Supplemental Indenture supersede any conflicting provisions included in the Base Indenture with respect to the Series 2020 Notes, unless not permitted by law. The Trustee accepts the trusts created by the Indenture, as supplemented by this First Supplemental Indenture, and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions of the Base Indenture, as supplemented by this First Supplemental Indenture.

 

Section 7.05. The provisions of this First Supplemental Indenture shall become effective as of the date hereof.

 

Section 7.06. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary herein, the terms and provisions of this First Supplemental Indenture shall apply only to the Series 2020 Notes and shall not apply to any other series of Securities under the Indenture and this First Supplemental Indenture shall not and does not otherwise affect, modify, alter, supplement or change the terms and provisions of any other series of Securities under the Indenture, whether now or hereafter issued and Outstanding.

 

Section 7.07. The recitals contained herein and in the Series 2020 Notes, except the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this First Supplemental Indenture, the Series 2020 Notes or any Additional Notes, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this First Supplemental Indenture, authenticate the Series 2020 Notes and any Additional Notes and perform its obligations hereunder. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of the Series 2020 Notes or any Additional Notes or the proceeds thereof.

 

  8  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC.
   
  By:
   
  Name:
  Title:
   
  AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC, Trustee
   
  By:
   
  Name:
  Title:

 

[ Signature Page to First Supplemental Indenture ]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

[FORM OF GLOBAL NOTE]

 

THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER DEFINED AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT AND SUCH CERTIFICATE ISSUED IN EXCHANGE FOR THIS CERTIFICATE IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO., OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL, AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

Eagle Point Credit Company

 

No. 1 $[●]
  CUSIP No. [●]
  ISIN No. [●]
   

[●]% Notes due 2020

 

Eagle Point Credit Company Inc., a Delaware corporation (herein called the “ Company ”, which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of [●] dollars (U.S. $[●]) on [●], 2020, and to pay interest thereon from [●], 2015 or, thereafter, from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semi-annually on January 31 and July 31 of each year, commencing January 31, 2016 ( provided , that if an Interest Payment Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day in The City of New York, then the applicable interest payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest shall accrue as a result of such delayed payment), at the rate of [●]% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Security is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing January 15, 2016 ( provided that if a Regular Record Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day in The City of New York, then that Regular Record Date shall be the next succeeding Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Security is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Securities of this series not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities of this series may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture. This Security may be issued as part of a series.

 

Payment of principal of (and premium, if any, on) this Security shall be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee in such coin or currency of the United States as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts, and payment of interest shall be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register; provided , however , that at the option of the Holder, payment of principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest on this Security may be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account at a bank in the United States; provided , further , however , that so long as this Security is registered to Cede & Co., such payment shall be made by wire transfer in accordance with the procedures established by DTC and the Trustee.

 

  A- 1  

 

 

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

  A- 2  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed by the undersigned officer.

 

      EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC.
         
      By:
      Name: Thomas P. Majewski
      Title: Chief Executive Officer
         
Attest        
         
By:      
Name: Kenneth P. Onorio      
Title: Secretary, Eagle Point Credit Company Inc.      

 

Dated: [●], 2015

 

  A- 3  

 

 

 

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

  AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC, Trustee
   
  By:
   
           Authorized Signatory

 

Dated: [●], 2015

 

  A- 4  

 

 

 Eagle Point Credit Company Inc.

 

[●]% Notes due 2020

 

This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company (herein called the “ Securities ”), issued and to be issued in one or more series under an Indenture, dated as of [●], 2015 (herein called the “ Base Indenture ”), between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, Trustee (herein called the “ Trustee ”, which term includes any successor trustee under the Base Indenture), and reference is hereby made to the Base Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of [●], 2015 (the “ First Supplemental Indenture ” and, together with the Base Indenture, herein called the “ Indenture ”). In the event of any conflict between the Base Indenture and the First Supplemental Indenture, the First Supplemental Indenture shall govern and control.

 

This Security is one of the series designated on the face hereof, initially limited in aggregate principal amount to $[●]. Under a Board Resolution, an Officer’s Certificate pursuant to Board Resolutions or an indenture supplement, the Company may from time to time, without the consent of the Holders of Securities, issue additional Securities of this series (in any such case, “ Additional Securities ”) having the same ranking and the same interest rate, maturity and other terms as the Securities. Any Additional Securities and the existing Securities shall constitute a single series under the Indenture and all references to the relevant Securities herein shall include the Additional Securities unless the context otherwise requires. The aggregate amount of outstanding Securities represented hereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions.

 

The Securities of this series are subject to redemption in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, at the option of the Company, at a Redemption Price equal to the greater of the following amounts, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date:

 

(1) 100% of the principal amount of the Securities to be redeemed, and

 

(2) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (exclusive of accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date) on the Securities to be redeemed, discounted to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) using the applicable Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points.

 

For purposes of calculating the Redemption Price in connection with the redemption of the Securities, on any Redemption Date, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

 

Treasury Rate ” means (1) the yield, under the heading that represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15(519)” or any successor publication that is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue; provided that , if no maturity is within three months before or after the remaining term of the Securities to be redeemed, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue will be determined and the Treasury Rate will be interpolated or extrapolated from those yields on a straight-line basis rounding to the nearest month; or (2) if that release, or any successor release, is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Redemption Date.

 

The Treasury Rate will be calculated at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the third Business Day preceding the Redemption Date by the Quotation Agent.

 

  A- 5  

 

 

Comparable Treasury Issue ” means the United States Treasury security selected by the Quotation Agent as that which would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financing practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Securities being redeemed.

 

Comparable Treasury Price ” means (1) the average of the remaining Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for the Redemption Date, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Quotation Agent obtains fewer than three such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations, or (3) if only one Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation is received, such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation.

 

Quotation Agent ” means a Reference Treasury Dealer selected by the Company.

 

Reference Treasury Dealer ” means (1) [●] and a Primary Treasury Dealer (as defined below) selected by [●] (or their respective Affiliates which are primary U.S. government securities dealers) and their respective successors; provided, however, that if any of them shall cease to be a primary U.S. government securities dealer in the United States of America (a “ Primary Treasury Dealer ”), the Company shall select another Primary Treasury Dealer and (2) any other Primary Treasury Dealer or Dealers selected by the Company.

 

Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations ” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Quotation Agent, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Quotation Agent by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the third Business Day preceding such Redemption Date.

 

In addition, the Securities of this series are subject to redemption if the Company fails to maintain asset coverage (as defined in Section 18(h) of the Investment Company Act) with respect to the Securities of 300% as of the last Business Day of any calendar quarter and such failure is not cured as of the date that is 30 calendar days following the date of filing of the Company’s Annual Report on Form N-CSR, Semiannual Report on Form N-CSRS or Quarterly Report on Form N-Q with the Commission with respect to such calendar quarter at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Securities to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date.

 

All determinations made by any Reference Treasury Dealer, including the Quotation Agent, with respect to determining the Redemption Price will be final and binding absent manifest error.

 

Notice of redemption shall be given in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid or by overnight courier guaranteeing next-day delivery, to each Holder of the Securities to be redeemed, not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date, at the Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register. All notices of redemption shall contain the information set forth in Section 11.04 of the Base Indenture.

 

Any exercise of the Company’s option to redeem the Securities shall be done in compliance with the Investment Company Act.

 

If less than all of the Securities are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Securities of such series to be redeemed or purchased (1) if the Securities are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Securities are listed, (2) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or (3) by lot or such similar method in accordance with the procedures of DTC. In the event of redemption of this Security in part only, a new Security or Securities of this series and of like tenor for the unredeemed portion hereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof; provided , however , that no such partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount of a Security not redeemed to less than $[●].

 

Unless the Company defaults in payment of the Redemption Price, on and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Securities called for redemption.

 

  A- 6  

 

 

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the entire indebtedness of this Security or certain restrictive covenants and Events of Default with respect to this Security, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth in the Indenture.

 

Holders of Securities do not have the option to have the Securities repaid prior to [●], 2020.

 

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of this series shall occur and be continuing (other than Events of Default related to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization as set forth in the Indenture), the principal of the Securities of this series may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

 

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each series to be affected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Securities of each series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

 

As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Security shall not have the right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any other remedy thereunder, unless (1) such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of this series, (2) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Securities of this series at the time Outstanding shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default as Trustee, (3) such Holder offered the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request, (4) for sixty (60) days after receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity, the Trustee shall have failed to institute any such proceeding, and (5) the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Securities of this series at the time Outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Security for the enforcement of any payment of principal hereof or any premium or interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on this Security at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registrable in the Security Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in any place where the principal of and any premium and interest on this Security are payable, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities of this series and of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, shall be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

 

The Securities of this series are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Securities of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Securities of this series and of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

 

  A- 7  

 

 

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company or Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 

Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

All terms used in this Security which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

To the extent any provision in this Security conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

The Indenture and this Security shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

  A- 8  

 

Exhibit (d)(4)

 

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM T-1

 

STA TEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORA TION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

·    Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2)

 

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC

 

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

New York   13-3439945
(State of incorporation of organization if not a U.S.
national bank)
  (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

 

6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York   11219
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code) 

 

Paul H. Kim

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC

6201 15th Avenue

Brooklyn, NY 11219

(718) 921-8183

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its character)

 

Delaware   47-2215998
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

 

20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, Connecticut   06830
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 

% Notes due 2020

 

(Title of the Indenture Securities)

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1.  General Information.

 

Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

(a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

 

New York State Department of Financial Services

One State Street

New York, NY 10004-1511

 

(b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

Item 2.  Affiliations with Obligor.

 

If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

 

None.

 

Items 3-15.

 

Items 3-15 are not applicable because, to the best of the trustee’s knowledge, the obligor is not in default under any indenture for which the trustee acts as trustee.

 

Item 16. List of Exhibits.

 

Exhibits identified in parentheses below, on file with the Commission, are incorporated herein by reference as an exhibit hereto, pursuant to Rule 7a-29 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Act”) and 17 C.F.R. 229.10(d).

 

Exhibit   Exhibit Title
T-1.1   A copy of the Articles of Organization of the Trustee, as amended to date
T-1.2   A copy of the Certificate of Authority of the Trustee to commence business
T-1.4   Limited Liability Trust Company Agreement of the Trustee
T-1.6   The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939
T-1.7   A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the trustee, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, a limited liability trust company organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of New York, and State of New York, on the 11th day of August, 2015.

 

  AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER
  & TRUST COMPANY, LLC  
   
  Trustee
   
  By: /s/ Paul H. Kim
    Name:  Paul H. Kim
    Title:  Assistant General Counsel

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT T-1.1

 

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

 

OF

 

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC

 

We, the undersigned, all being of full age, four of us being citizens of the United States, having associated ourselves together for the purposes of forming a limited liability trust company under and pursuant to the Banking Law of the State of New York, do hereby certify the following:

 

First. The name by which the limited liability trust company is to be known is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

 

Second. The place where its principal office is to be located is 59 Maiden Lane, Borough of Manhattan, City, County, and State of New York.

 

Third. The amount of its capital contributions is to be Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), and the number of units into which such capital contributions are to be divided is five million (5,000,000) units with a par value of $1.00 each.

 

Fourth. The company will not have classes or groups of members, therefore there is only one class of members. Each member shall share the same relative rights, powers, preferences, limitations, and voting powers.

 

Fifth. The name, place of residence, and citizenship of each organizer are as follows:

 

Name   Residence   Citizenship
George Karfunkel   Brooklyn, NY, USA   USA
Michael Karfunkel   Brooklyn, NY, USA   USA
Cameron Blanks   Cremorne Point, Australia   Australia
Timothy J. Sims   Terrey Hills, Australia   Australia
Paul J. McCullagh   Tamarama, Australia   Ireland
Joseph John O’Brien   Bondi Beach, Australia   USA
Jay F. Krehbiel   Darling Point, Australia   USA

 

Sixth. The term of existence of the trust company is to be until December 31, 2030, unless the interest holders agree to extend such date.

 

Seventh. The number of managers of the company is to be not less than seven nor more than fifteen.

 

Eighth. The names of the organizers who shall manage the company until the first annual meeting of members are as follows: George Karfunkel, Michael Karfunkel, Cameron Blanks, Timothy J. Sims, Paul J. McCullagh, Joseph John O’Brien, and Jay F. Krehbiel.

 

Ninth. The limited liability trust company is to exercise the powers conferred by Section 100 of the Banking Law. The limited liability trust company shall neither accept deposits nor make loans except for deposits and loans arising directly from the exercise of the fiduciary powers specified in Section 100 of the Banking Law.

 

 

 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, We have made, signed, and acknowledged this certificate in duplicate this      day of March 2008.

  

/s/ George Karfunkel      
George Karfunkel   Paul J. McCullagh  
       
/s/ Michael Karfunkel      
Michael Karfunkel   Joseph John O’Brien  
       
       
Cameron Blanks   Jay F. Krehbiel  
       
       
 Timothy J. Sims      

 

NOTARY:    
     
State of NY )  
  ) ss.:
County of Kings )  

 

On this 28 th day of March, 2008 personally appeared before me

 

George Karfunkel  
   
Michael Karfunkel     

to me known to be the persons described in and who executed the foregoing certificate, and severally acknowledged that they executed the same.

 

/s/ Anthony J. Foti
Anthony J. Foti
Notary Public, State of New York
No. 01FO6022425
Qualified in Kings County
Commission Expires March 29, 2011

 

 

 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, We have made, signed, and acknowledged this certificate in duplicate this            day of March 2008.

 

    /s/ Paul J. McCullagh
George Karfunkel   Paul J. McCullagh
     
     
Michael Karfunkel   Joseph John O’Brien
     
/s/ Cameron Blanks   /s/ Jay F. Krehbiel
Cameron Blanks   Jay F. Krehbiel
     
 /s/ Timothy J. Sims    
 Timothy J. Sims    

 

NOTARY:    
     
State of New South Wales )  
  ) ss.:
County of Australia )  

 

On this 27th day of March, 2008 personally appeared before me

 

Cameron R. Blanks   Paul J. McCullagh
     
Timothy J. Sims   Jay F. Krehbiel

 

to me known to be the persons described in and who executed the foregoing certificate, and severally acknowledged that they executed the same.

 

  /s/ Brendan Anthony Bateman
  Brendan Anthony Bateman

 

 

 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, We have made, signed, and acknowledged this certificate in duplicate this            day of March 2008.

 

         
George Karfunkel   Paul J. McCullagh    
         
    /s/ Joseph John O’Brien    
Michael Karfunkel   Joseph John O’Brien    
         
         
Cameron Blanks   Jay F. Krehbiel    
         
         
Timothy J. Sims        

 

NOTARY:   Kingdom of Thailand
    Bangkok Metropolis }        ss
    Embassy of the United States of America }
State of     }
County of     }

 

On this              day of      Mar 27 2008,              personally appeared before me

 

* Joseph John O’Brien *        
         
         
         

to be the persons described in and who executed the foregoing certificate, and severally acknowledged that they executed the same.

 

/s/ Chamnannuch Scherer  
Chamnannuch Scherer  

 

Consular Associate of the United States of America

 

Indefinite

 

 

 

  

EXHIBIT T-1.2

 

 

Whereas, the Articles of Organization of AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC, of New York, New York, have heretofore been duly approved and said AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC has complied with the provisions of Chapter 2 of the Consolidated Laws,

 

Now Therefore I, David S. Fredsall, as Deputy Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York, do hereby authorize the said AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC to transact the business of a Limited Liability Trust Company, at 59 Maiden Lane, Borough of Manhattan, City of New York within this State.

 

In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of the Banking Department, this 30 th day of May in the year two thousand and eight.

 

  /s/ David S. Fredsall
  Deputy Superintendent of Banks

 

 

 

  

EXHIBIT T-1.4

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

LIMITED LIABILITY TRUST COMPANY AGREEMENT

 

OF

 

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC

 

THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY TRUST COMPANY AGREEMENT (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”) of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (the “ Company ”) dated as of this 29th day of June, 2015, by Armor Holding II LLC, as the sole member of the Company (the “ Member ”) amends and restates the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Trust Company Agreement of the Company dated as of June 26, 2013 (as amended by that certain First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Trust Company Agreement of the Company dated as of April 23, 2014) in its entirety.

 

RECITAL

 

The Member converted the Company into a limited liability trust company under the laws of the State of New York and now desires to amend and restate the written agreement governing the affairs of the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Limited Liability Company Law of the State of New York and any successor statute, as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”) and the Banking Law of the State of New York and any successor statute, as amended from time to time (the “ Banking Law ”).

 

ARTICLE 1
The Limited Liability Trust Company

 

a.    Formation . The Member previously converted the Company into a limited liability trust company pursuant to the Act and the Banking Law; such conversion of the Company from a New York trust company into a New York limited liability trust company was approved by the New York Banking Board on April 17, 2008 in conformity with Section 102-a(3) of the Banking Law. The conversion to a limited liability trust company became effective on May 30, 2008, when the New York State Banking Department issued an Authorization Certificate for the converted entity.

 

b.    Name . The name of the Company shall be “American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC” and its business shall be carried on in such name with such variations and changes as the Board (as hereinafter defined) shall determine or deem necessary to comply with requirements of the jurisdictions in which the Company’s operations are conducted.

 

c.    Business Purpose ; Powers . The purposes for which the Company is formed are:

 

(i)          to exercise the powers conferred by Section 100 of the Banking Law, including corporate trust powers; personal trust powers; pension trust powers for tax-qualified pension trusts and retirement plans; and common or collective trust powers; provided, however, that the Company shall neither accept deposits nor make loans except for deposits and loans arising directly from the exercise of its fiduciary powers as specified in this Section 1(c); and

 

  1  

 

  

(ii)         in furtherance of the foregoing, to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability trust companies may be formed under the Banking Law.

 

d.    Registered Office and Agent . The Secretary of State is designated as agent of the limited liability company upon whom process against it may be served. The post office address within or without this state to which the Secretary of State shall mail a copy of any process against the limited liability company served upon him or her is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.

 

e.    Term . Subject to the provisions of Article 6 below, the Company shall continue until December 31, 2030, unless the Members agree to extend such date.

 

ARTICLE 2
The Member

 

a.    The Member . The name and address of the Member is as follows:

 

Name   Address
Armor Holding II LLC   6201 15th Avenue,
    Brooklyn, New York 11219

 

b.    Actions by the Member; Meetings . All actions taken by the Member must be duly authorized by the board of managers of the Member (the “ Member’s Board ”) in accordance with the Shareholders Agreement (as hereinafter defined). Subject to the foregoing sentence, the Member may approve a matter or take any action at a meeting or without a meeting by the written consent of the Member. Meetings of the Member may be called at any time by the Member.

 

c.    Liability of the Member . All debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and the Member shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a member, except as otherwise provided for by law.

 

d.    Power to Bind the Company . Except as required by the Act or the Banking Law, the Member (acting in its capacity as such) shall have no authority to bind the Company to any third party with respect to any matter.

 

e.    Admission of Members . New members shall be admitted only upon the prior written approval of the Member.

 

f.     Engagement of Third Parties . The Company, may, from time to time, employ any Person or engage third parties to render services to the Company on such terms and for such compensation as the Member may reasonably determine, including, attorneys, investment consultants, brokers or finders, independent auditors and printers. Such employees and third parties may be affiliates of any Member. Persons retained, engaged or employed by the Company may also be engaged, retained or employed by and act on behalf of one or more Member or any of their respective affiliates.

 

  2  

 

  

ARTICLE 3
The Board

 

a.    Management By Board of Managers .

 

(i) Subject to such matters which are expressly reserved hereunder, under the Act, under the Banking Law or under that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, dated as of June 20, 2014, as amended from time to time, among the Shareholders of Armor Holdco, Inc. and Armor Holdco, Inc. (the “ Shareholders Agreement ”), to the Member for decision, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by a board of managers (the “ Board ”), which shall be responsible for policy setting, approving the overall direction of the Company and making all decisions affecting the business and affairs of the Company. In accordance with Section 7002 of the Banking Law, the Board shall consist of seven (7) to fifteen (15) individuals (the “ Managers ”). Such Managers shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Member in accordance with Section 4.2 of the Shareholders Agreement.

 

(ii) Each Manager shall be elected by the Member and shall serve until his or her successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier removal, resignation, death or disability. Subject to the provisions of clause (iii) below, the Member may remove any Manager from the Board or from any other capacity with the Company at any time, with or without cause. A Manager may resign at any time upon written notice to the Member.

 

(iii) The Member may take all actions that it deems necessary to cause the Board to consist of the same managers who serve on the Member’s Board; provided that, subject to Article 3(a)(i) , the number of independent directors who serve on the Board may be greater or less than the number of independent directors who serve on the Member’s Board; provided , further , that in no event shall the Board be composed of less than three (3) independent directors. Accordingly, if any person who is a member of the Members’ Board ceases to be a member of such board for any reason, the Member may take such action as is necessary to remove such person from the Board and elect to the Board the person appointed to the Member’s Board in place of such person.

 

(iv) Any vacancy occurring on the Board as a result of the resignation, removal, death or disability of a Manager or an increase in the size of the Board shall be filled by the Member. A Manager chosen to fill a vacancy resulting from the resignation, removal, death or disability of a Manager shall serve the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office.

 

b. Action By the Board .

 

(i) In accordance with Section 7010 of the Banking Law, a regular meeting of the Board shall be held at least ten (10) times a year; provided, however, that during any three (3) consecutive months, the Board shall meet at least twice. Each Manager may call a meeting of the Board upon two (2) days prior written notice to each Manager. The presence of a majority of the Managers then in office shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board. All actions of the Board shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the Managers then in office.

 

(ii) Meetings of the Board may be conducted in person or by conference telephone facilities. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board may be taken without a meeting if such number of Managers sufficient to approve such action pursuant to the terms of this Agreement consent thereto in writing. Notice of any meeting may be waived by any Manager.

 

c. Power to Bind Company . None of the Managers (acting in their capacity as such) shall have authority to bind the Company to any third party with respect to any matter unless the Board shall have approved such matter and authorized such Manager(s) to bind the Company with respect thereto.

 

  3  

 

  

d. Officers and Related Persons .

 

(i) The Board shall have the authority to appoint and terminate officers of the Company and retain and terminate employees, agents and consultants of the Company. The Board, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as provided in any resolution of the Board, may, from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion and without limitation, delegate such duties or any or all of its authority, rights and/or obligations, to any one or more officers, employees, agents, consultants or other duly authorized representatives of the Company as the Board deems appropriate, including the power, acting individually or jointly, to represent and bind the Company in all matters in accordance with the scope of their respective duties.

 

ARTICLE 4
Capital Structure and Contributions

 

a. Capital Structure . The capital structure of the Company shall consist of one class of common interests, par value $1.00 (the “ Common Interests ”). Each Common Interest shall entitle its holder to one vote per Common Interest on each matter on which the Member shall be entitled to vote. All Common Interests shall be identical with each other in every respect. The Company shall be authorized to issue 5,000,000 Common Interests. In exchange for all of the outstanding shares of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company held by the Member, the 5,000,000 Common Interests shall be issued to the Member. The Member shall own all of the Common Interests issued and outstanding.

 

b. Capital Contributions . From time to time, the Board may determine that the Company requires capital and may request the Member to make capital contribution(s) in an amount determined by the Board. A capital account shall be maintained for the Member, to which contributions and profits shall be credited and against which distributions and losses shall be charged.

 

c. Right to Issue Certificates . The ownership of a Common Interest by a Member shall be evidenced by a certificate (a “ Certificate ”) issued by the Company. All Common Interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in any jurisdiction, including without limitation the State of New York.

 

d. Form of Certificates . Certificates attesting to the ownership of Common Interests in the Company shall be in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto and shall state that the Company is a limited liability trust company formed under the laws of the State of New York, the name of the Member to whom such Certificate is issued and that the Certificate represents limited liability trust company interests within the meaning of the Act and the Banking Law. Each Certificate shall bear the following legend:

 

“THIS CERTIFICATE EVIDENCES COMMON INTERESTS IN THE AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC (THE “COMPANY”) AND SHALL BE A SECURITY FOR PURPOSES OF ARTICLE 8 OF THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE. THE COMMON INTERESTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY TRUST COMPANY AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY DATED AS OF JUNE 29, 2015 ( A S MAY BE AMENDED, RESTATED, AMENDED AND RESTATED OR OTHERWISE MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME, THE “LLTC AGREEMENT”). A COPY OF THE LLTC AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED TO THE RECORD HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE WITHOUT CHARGE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE COMPANY AT ITS PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS.”

 

  4  

 

  

e. Execution . Each Certificate shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or other authorized officer or person of the Company by either manual or facsimile signature.

 

f. Registrar . The Company shall maintain an office where Certificates may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange. Unless otherwise designated, the Secretary of the Company shall act as registrar and shall keep a register of the Certificates and of their transfer and exchange.

 

g. Issuance . The Certificates of the Company shall be numbered and registered in the interest register or transfer books of the Company as they are issued.

 

h. Common Interest Holder Lists . The Company shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all holders of Common Interests.

 

i. Transfer and Exchange . When Certificates are presented to the Company with a request to register a transfer, the Company shall register the transfer or make the exchange on the register or transfer books of the Company; provided , that any Certificates presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company duly executed by the holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to register the transfer, or exchange, any Certificate if as a result the transfer of the Common Interest at issue would cause the Company or the Member to violate the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act, or the laws, rules, regulations, orders and other directives of any Governmental Authority or otherwise violate the terms of this Agreement or the Shareholders Agreement.

 

j. Record Holder . Except to the extent that the Company shall have received written notice of an assignment of Common Interests and such assignment complies with the requirements of Section 7(a) of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to treat the individual or entity in whose name any Certificates issued by the Company stand on the books of the Company as the absolute owner thereof, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such Common Interests on the part of any other individual or entity.

 

k. Replacement Certificates . If any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Company, or the Company receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Certificate, the Company shall issue a replacement Certificate if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met. If required by the Company, an indemnity and/or the deposit of a bond in such form and in such sum, and with such surety or sureties as the Company may direct, must be supplied by the holder of such lost, destroyed or stolen Certificate that is sufficient in the judgment of the Company to protect the Company from any loss that it may suffer if a Certificate is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses incurred in connection with replacing a Certificate.

 

ARTICLE 5
Profits, Losses and Distributions

 

a. Profits and Losses . For financial accounting and tax purposes, the Company’s net profits or net losses shall be determined on an annual basis in accordance with the manner determined by the Board. In each year, profits and losses shall be allocated entirely to the Member.

 

  5  

 

  

b. Distributions . The Board shall determine profits available for distribution and the amount, if any, to be distributed to the Member, and shall authorize and distribute on the Common Interests, the determined amount when, as and if declared by the Board. The distributions of the Company shall be allocated entirely to the Member, provided, however, such distributions are in accordance with the Banking Law.

 

ARTICLE 6
Events of Dissolution

 

The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up only upon the occurrence of any of the following events (each, an “Event of Dissolution”):

 

a. The Board votes for dissolution; or

 

b. A dissolution of the Company under Section 102-a(2) of the Banking Law or Section 701 of the Act.

 

ARTICLE 7
Transfer of Interests in the Company

 

Except upon approval of the Member’s Board in accordance with Section 4.2 of the Member’s Shareholder’s Agreement, the Member may sell, assign, transfer, convey, gift, exchange or otherwise dispose of any or all of its Common Interests and, upon receipt by the Company of a written agreement executed by the person or entity to whom such Common Interests are to be transferred agreeing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, such person shall be admitted as a member.

 

ARTICLE 8
Exculpation and Indemnification

 

a. Exculpation . The Member shall not have any liability for the obligations or liabilities of the Company except to the extent provided in the Act or Banking Law. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, whether express or implied, or any obligation or duty at law or in equity, none of the Member, Managers, or any officers, directors, stockholders, partners, employees, affiliates, representatives or agents of any of the foregoing, nor any officer, employee, representative or agent of the Company (individually, a “Covered Person” and, collectively, the “Covered Persons”) shall be liable to the Company or any other person for any act or omission (in relation to the Company, its property or the conduct of its business or affairs, this Agreement, any related document or any transaction or investment contemplated hereby or thereby) taken or omitted by a Covered Person in the reasonable belief that such act or omission is in or is not contrary to the best interests of the Company and is within the scope of authority granted to such Covered Person by the Agreement, provided such act or omission does not constitute fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith, or gross negligence.

 

b. Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Covered Person from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, liabilities, expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (“Claims”), in which the Covered Person may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its management of the affairs of the Company or which relates to or arises out of the Company or its property, business or affairs. A Covered Person shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Section 8 with respect to (i) any Claim with respect to which such Covered Person has engaged in fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence or (ii) any Claim initiated by such Covered Person unless such Claim (or part thereof) (A) was brought to enforce such Covered Person’s rights to indemnification hereunder or (B) was authorized or consented to by the Board. Expenses incurred by a Covered Person in defending any Claim shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Claim upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall be ultimately determined that such Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized by this Article 8.

 

  6  

 

  

c. Insurance . The Board in its discretion shall have the power to cause the Company to purchase and maintain insurance in accordance with, and subject to, the Act and Banking Law.

 

d. Amendments . Any repeal or modification of this Article 8 by the Member shall not adversely affect any rights of such Covered Person pursuant to this Article 8, including the right to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses of a Covered Person existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE 9
Miscellaneous

 

a. Tax Treatment . Unless otherwise determined by the Member, the Company shall be a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (as well as for any analogous state or local tax purposes), and the Member and the Company shall timely make any and all necessary elections and filings for the Company to be treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (as well as for any analogous state or local tax purposes).

 

b. Amendments . Amendments to this Agreement and to the Certificate of Formation shall be approved in writing by the Member. An amendment shall become effective as of the date specified in the approval of the Member or if none is specified as of the date of such approval or as otherwise provided in the Act.

 

c. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability; provided, however, that the remaining provisions will continue in full force without being impaired or invalidated in any way unless such invalid or unenforceable provision or clause shall be so significant as to materially affect the expectations of the Member regarding this Agreement. Otherwise, any invalid or unenforceable provision shall be replaced by the Member with a valid provision which most closely approximates the intent and economic effect of the invalid or unenforceable provision.

 

d. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

e. Limited Liability Trust Company . The Member intends to form a limited liability trust company and does not intend to form a partnership under the laws of the State of New York or any other laws.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

  7  

 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  ARMOR HOLDING II LLC , as sole member
     
  By: /s/Martin G. Flanigan
    Name:  Martin G. Flanigan
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Trust Company Agreement]

 

 

  

EXHIBIT A

 

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE]

 

Number [*] Common Interest [*]

  

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC

 

a limited liability trust company formed under the laws of the State of New York

 

Limited Liability Trust Company Common Interest

 

[Legend]

 

THIS CERTIFICATE EVIDENCES COMMON INTERESTS IN THE AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC (THE “COMPANY”) AND SHALL BE A SECURITY FOR PURPOSES OF ARTICLE 8 OF THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE. THE COMMON INTERESTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY TRUST COMPANY AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY DATED AS OF JUNE 29, 2015 ( A S MAY BE AMENDED, RESTATED, AMENDED AND RESTATED OR OTHERWISE MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME, THE “LLTC AGREEMENT”). A COPY OF THE LLTC AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED TO THE RECORD HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE WITHOUT CHARGE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE COMPANY AT ITS PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS.

 

This Certifies that _________________________________ is the owner of _______ fully paid and non-assessable Common Interests of the above-named Company and is entitled to the full benefits and privileges of such Common Interest, subject to the duties and obligations, as more fully set forth in the Agreements. This Certificate is transferable on the books of the Company by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the said Limited Liability Company has caused this Certificate, and the Common Interest it represents, to be signed by its duly authorized officer this ___ day of ______, 20__.

 

By:    
[Name]  
[Title]  

 

[Exhibit A to Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Trust Company Agreement]

 

 

 

  

EXHIBIT T-1.6

 

August 11, 2015

 

Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, DC 20549

 

Gentlemen:

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 321 (b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, and subject to the limitations therein contained, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC hereby consents that reports of examinations of said corporation by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to you upon request therefor.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER
   & TRUST COMPANY, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Paul H. Kim
    Name:  Paul H. Kim
    Title:  Assistant General Counsel

 

 

 

  

EXHIBIT T-1.7

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (h)(1)

   

Eagle point credit COMPANY Inc.

 

$[ ] [ ]% Notes due 2020

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

DATED August [ ], 2015

 

 

 

 

August [ ], 2015

 

Incapital LLC

200 South Wacker Drive, Suite 3700

Chicago, Illinois 60606

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Eagle Point Credit Company Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (the “ Company ”), is a non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”). Eagle Point Credit Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Investment Adviser ”), acts as the Company’s investment adviser. Eagle Point Administration LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Administrator ”), acts as the Company’s administrator.

 

The Company proposes to issue and sell to Incapital LLC (the “ Underwriter ”) $[ ] aggregate principal amount of [ ]% Notes due 2020 (the “ Firm Notes ”). The Company also proposes to sell to the Underwriter not more than an additional $[ ] aggregate principal amount of Notes (the “ Additional Notes ”) if and to the extent that the Underwriter shall have determined to exercise the right to purchase such Additional Notes granted to the Underwriter in Section 3 hereof. The Firm Notes and the Additional Notes are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Notes .”

 

The Company has entered into (i) an investment advisory agreement with the Investment Adviser dated as of June 6, 2014 (the “ Investment Advisory Agreemen t”), (ii) a custody agreement with Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas dated as of June 5, 2014 (the “ Custody Agreement ”) and (iii) an Administration Agreement with the Administrator dated as of June 6, 2014 (the “ Administration Agreement ”). Collectively, the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Custody Agreement and the Administration Agreement are herein referred to as the “ Company Agreements .”

 

The Investment Company Act and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Acts ,” and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the Acts and under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Rules and Regulations .”

 

The Notes will be issued under an indenture dated as of August [ ], 2015, as supplemented by a first supplemental indenture, to be dated as of August [ ], 2015 (collectively, the “ Indenture ”) between the Company and American Stock & Trust Company, LLC, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). The Notes will be issued as fully registered securities to Cede & Co. (or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”)), as nominee of DTC, pursuant to a blanket letter of representations, dated October 7, 2014, between the Company and DTC.

 

  2  

 

  

The Company has filed with the Commission a registration statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-205540 and 811-22974), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, covering the registration of the Notes under the Securities Act. The registration statement as amended, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, at the time it became effective, including the information, if any, deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of its effectiveness pursuant paragraph (b) of Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations is hereinafter referred to as the “ Registration Statement ”; the prospectus first used by the Company to confirm sales of the Notes in the form filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 497 of the Rules and Regulations is hereinafter referred to as the “ Prospectus ”; any prospectus delivered to any person by the Company, the Investment Adviser or at the direction of the Company or the Investment Adviser by any agent or affiliate thereof before such Registration Statement became effective, and any prospectus that omitted the information included in any such prospectus that was omitted from such Registration Statement at the time it became effective pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations that was delivered after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement is hereinafter referred to as a “ preliminary prospectus .” If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional Notes pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Rules and Regulations (the “ Rule 462 Registration Statement ”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.

 

All references in this Agreement to the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include any copy thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“ EDGAR ”) system.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Omitting Prospectus ” means any written advertisement used with the written consent of the Company in the public offering of the Notes and filed pursuant to Rule 482 of the Rules and Regulations (“ Rule 482 ”). “ Time of Sale Prospectus ” means, as of the Applicable Time (as defined below), the preliminary prospectus dated August [ ], 2015 (the “ Preliminary Prospectus ”), together with the pricing information set forth on Schedule I hereto (which information the Underwriter has informed the Company is being conveyed orally by the Underwriter to prospective purchasers at or prior to the Underwriter’s confirmation of sales of the Notes in the offering) and each Omitting Prospectus identified on Schedule II hereto as a Retail Omitting Prospectus, all considered together. As used herein, the terms “ Registration Statement ,” “ Preliminary Prospectus ,” “ Time of Sale Prospectus ” and “ Prospectus ” shall include the documents, if any, incorporated by reference therein. As used herein, the “Effective Date” shall mean each date and time that the Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment or amendments thereto and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement became or becomes effective.

 

Applicable Time ” means [ ]:[ ] [A.M./P.M.] (Eastern Time) on August [ ], 2015 or such other time as agreed by the Company and the Underwriter.

 

1.          Representations and Warranties of the Company, the Investment Adviser and the Administrator. The Company, the Investment Adviser and the Administrator, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to and agree with the Underwriter as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time and the Closing Date (as defined below) as follows:

 

  3  

 

   

(a)          The Registration Statement has been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission; no notice of objection of the Commission to the use of such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been received by the Company; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission. The Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus delivered to the Underwriter for use in connection with this offering were identical in all material respects to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T. At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto, and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations.

 

(b)          At the respective times the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (filed before the Closing Date) became effective and at the Closing Date (and, if any Additional Notes are purchased, at the Option Closing Date (as defined below)), the Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Acts and the Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the respective dates thereof and at the Closing Date (and, if any Additional Notes are purchased, at the Option Closing Date), contained or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Time of Sale Prospectus, at the Applicable Time, did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The representations and warranties in this paragraph do not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus made solely in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Underwriter for use in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or Prospectus.

 

(c)          The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing in good standing as a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has full power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Indenture, and is in good standing and is duly qualified to transact business in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or to be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the condition, financial or otherwise, or on the prospects, earnings, business or operations of the Company (a “ Company Material Adverse Effect ”). The Company has no subsidiaries other than Eagle Point Credit Company Sub LLC and Eagle Point Credit Company Sub (Cayman) Ltd.

 

  4  

 

 

(d)          The Company is, and at all times through the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby will be, in compliance in all material respects with the applicable terms and conditions of the Acts and the Rules and Regulations. To the Company’s knowledge, no person is serving or acting as an officer or director of, or investment adviser to, the Company except in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, including the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ Advisers Act ”). Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, to the Company’s knowledge, no director of the Company is an “interested person” of the Company or an “affiliated person” of the Underwriter (each as defined in the Investment Company Act).

 

(e)          Each of this Agreement and the Company Agreements has been duly authorized by the Company. Each Company Agreement complies with all applicable provisions of the Acts, the Advisers Act and the applicable Rules and Regulations. Each Company Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and (assuming the due and valid authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto) represents a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by federal or state securities laws or principles of public policy and subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Company’s obligations thereunder may be limited by bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium, and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (including without limitation the availability of specific performance or injunctive relief and the application of concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing) whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law; provided that neither the Company nor the Investment Adviser makes any representation or warranty as to the effect on the representations and warranties expressed herein of (i) the compliance and noncompliance of any other party (other than the Company and the Investment Adviser) to any of the foregoing Company Agreements with state, federal or other laws or regulations applicable to it or them or (ii) the legal or regulatory status or nature of the business of such other party.

 

(f)          The Indenture has been duly authorized and, when executed and delivered by the Company and the Trustee, will constitute a valid, binding and enforceable agreement of the Company, subject, as to enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium, and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

(g)          The Notes have been duly authorized and, when executed and authenticated in the manner provided for in the Indenture and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein, will be legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject, as to enforcement, to applicable bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium, and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), and will conform in all material respects to the description thereof under the heading “Description of the Notes” contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; the offer and sale of the Notes as contemplated hereby has been duly approved by all necessary corporate or other action of the Company; and other than as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, none of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has issued any debt securities or entered into any agreement or arrangement relating to the issuance of any debt securities.

 

  5  

 

  

(h)          None of (1) the execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement, the Indenture and each Company Agreement, or (2) the issue and sale by the Company of the Notes as contemplated by this Agreement conflicts with or will conflict with, result in, or constitute a violation, breach of or default under, (x) the certificate of incorporation of the Company, as amended to date (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), or the amended and restated bylaws of the Company, as amended to date (the “ Bylaws ”), (y) any agreement, indenture, note, bond, license, lease or other instrument or obligation binding upon the Company that is material to the Company or (z) any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company, whether foreign or domestic; except, with respect to clauses (y) or (z), any contravention which would have neither (i) a Company Material Adverse Effect or (ii) a material adverse effect on the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided that no representation or warranty is made with respect to compliance with the laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States in connection with the offer or sale of the Notes in such jurisdiction by the Underwriter.

 

(i)          No consent, approval, authorization, order or permit of, license from, or qualification with, any governmental body, agency or authority, self-regulatory organization or court or other tribunal, whether foreign or domestic, is required to be obtained by the Company prior to the Closing Date for the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, the Indenture or the Company Agreements, except such as have been obtained and as may be required by (i) the Acts, the Advisers Act, the Exchange Act or the applicable Rules and Regulations, (ii) the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., including legacy NASD rules (“ FINRA ”), (iii) the securities or “blue sky” laws of the various states and foreign jurisdictions in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes or (iv) such as which the failure to obtain would have neither (x) a Company Material Adverse Effect or (y) a material adverse effect on the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(j)          This Agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and the Company Agreements conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

(k)          This Agreement, the Indenture, the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws comply with all applicable provisions of the Acts and the applicable Rules and Regulations, and all approvals of such documents required under the Investment Company Act by the Company’s stockholders and, to the extent applicable, Board of Directors have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

 

(l)          The Company Agreements are in full force and effect and neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party to any such agreement is in default thereunder, and no event has occurred which with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a default by the Company thereunder, and the Company is not currently in breach of, or in default under, any other written agreement or instrument to which it or its property is bound or affected, the default under or breach of which could reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

  6  

 

  

(m)          The shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”) and the shares of 7.75% Series A Term Preferred Stock due 2022, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”), outstanding prior to the issuance of the Firm Notes have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. None of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock or any other capital stock of the Company was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company. Other than as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, no options, warrants or other rights to purchase, agreements or other obligations to issue, or rights to convert any obligations into or exchange any securities for, shares of capital stock of or ownership interests in the Company are outstanding.

 

(n)          The Indenture has been duly qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

(o)          Each Omitting Prospectus (i) complies in all material respects with the requirements of Rule 482 and (ii) complied and will comply in all material respects with the Acts, the Rules and Regulations and the rules and regulations of FINRA, as applicable. Except for the Omitting Prospectuses identified on Schedule II hereto, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to and will not, without the Underwriter’s prior consent, prepare, use or refer to any Omitting Prospectus.

 

(p)          The questionnaires relating to FINRA Rule 5110 provided to the Underwriter or its counsel in connection with letters, filings or other supplemental information provided to FINRA pursuant to FINRA’s conduct rules (Rules 5100, 5110 or 5121) are true and correct in all material respects.

 

(q)          There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development reasonably likely to involve a prospective material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the prospects, earnings, business or operations of the Company, and there have been no transactions entered into by the Company which are material to the Company, other than those in the ordinary course of its business or as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

 

(r)          There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened to which the Company is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company is subject (i) other than proceedings accurately described in all material respects in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and proceedings that would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect, or that would not have a material adverse effect on the power or ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Indenture or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus or (ii) that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus and are not so described. Each officer signing or delivering a certificate pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof may rely upon his or her knowledge as to legal or governmental proceedings threatened.

 

  7  

 

  

(s)          The statements in the Registration Statement and the Time of Sale Prospectus under the headings “Prospectus Summary—Operating and Regulatory Structure,” “The Adviser and the Administrator—Investment Advisory Agreement,” “The Adviser and the Administrator—The Administrator and the Administration Agreement,” “Regulation as a Closed-End Management Investment Company,” “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters,” “Description of Our Capital Stock” and “Description of the Notes” insofar as such statements summarize legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings discussed therein, are accurate and fair summaries of such legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings.

 

(t)          The Company has all necessary consents, authorizations, approvals, orders (including exemptive orders), licenses, certificates, permits, qualifications and registrations of and from, and has made all declarations and filings with, all governmental authorities, self-regulatory organizations and courts and other tribunals, whether foreign or domestic, to own and use its assets and to conduct its business in the manner described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, except to the extent that the failure to obtain or file the foregoing would not result in a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

(u)          Each of the Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, as of the respective dates thereof, and the Time of Sale Prospectus, as of the Applicable Time, complied as to form in all material respects with the Acts and the applicable Rules and Regulations.

 

(v)         The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, together with the related notes thereto (collectively, the “ Company Financial Statements ”), present fairly in all material respects the financial condition of the Company as of the respective dates indicated, comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”). The supporting schedules to such Company Financial Statements, if any, present fairly in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. KPMG LLP, whose report appears in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and who have certified the Company Financial Statements and supporting schedules, if any, included in the Registration Statement, is an independent registered public accounting firm within the meaning of, and as required by, the Acts and the applicable Rules and Regulations.

 

(w)          There are no material restrictions, limitations or regulations with respect to the ability of the Company to invest its assets as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, other than as described therein.

 

  8  

 

 

(x)          Neither the Company nor any of its agents or representatives (other than the Underwriter in its capacity as such) has prepared, made, used, authorized, approved or referred to any written communication that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Notes other than (i) the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing, and (ii) the Omitting Prospectuses, if any, identified on Schedule II hereto. All other promotional material (including “road show slides” or “road show scripts”) prepared by the Company or the Investment Adviser for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Notes (“ Road Show Material ”) is not inconsistent with the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus and, when taken together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, at the Applicable Time, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. All advertisements authorized by the Company in writing for use in the offering of the Notes complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Acts, the applicable Rules and Regulations and the applicable rules and regulations of FINRA, including legacy NASD rules, and there are no such advertisements other than (i) the Omitting Prospectuses identified in Schedule II hereto and (ii) any advertisement that complies with Rule 135a of the Rules and Regulations.

 

(y)          Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (i) the Company has not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transaction, (ii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital stock, nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its capital stock, other than ordinary and customary dividends, and (iii) there has not been any material change in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company, except in each case as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, respectively.

 

(z)          The Company owns or possesses, or can acquire on reasonable terms, all material patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names currently employed by them in connection with the business now operated by it, and the Company has not received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any of the foregoing which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

(aa)         To the extent that the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission and the New York Stock Exchange (the “ NYSE ”) thereunder (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), have been applicable to the Company, there is and has been no failure on the part of the Company to comply with any applicable provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

(bb)         The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations and with the applicable requirements of the Acts, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability and compliance with the books and records requirements under the Acts, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Since the date of the Company’s most recent audited financial statements included in the Prospectus, there has been (i) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated), (ii) no fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or employees who have a role in the Company’s internal controls and (iii) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

  9  

 

  

(cc)         The Company maintains “disclosure controls and procedures” (as such term is defined in Rule 30a-3 under the Investment Company Act); such disclosure controls and procedures are effective as required by the Investment Company Act and the applicable Rules and Regulations and the Company is not aware of any material weakness in such controls and procedures.

 

(dd)         Any statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate.

 

(ee)         There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus (or the documents incorporated by reference therein) or to be filed as exhibits thereto by the Securities Act or the Investment Company Act which have not been so described and filed as required.

 

(ff)         The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements and the money laundering statutes and the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

(gg)         Neither the Company, the Investment Adviser nor the Administrator nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company, the Investment Adviser or the Administrator is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corruption Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ FCPA ”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Company, the Investment Adviser and the Administrator, and to the knowledge of the Company, the Investment Adviser or the Administrator, their affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

 

  10  

 

  

(hh)         Neither the Company, the Investment Adviser nor the Administrator nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company, the Investment Adviser or the Administrator is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”) and none of the Company, the Investment Adviser and the Administrator will directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

(ii)         The Company is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which it is engaged; all policies of insurance insuring the Company or its business, assets, employees, officers and directors, including the Company’s directors and officers errors and omissions insurance policy and its fidelity bond required by Rule 17g-1 of the Rules and Regulations, are in full force and effect, and the Company is in compliance with the terms of such policies and fidelity bond in all material respects; and there are no claims by the Company under any such policies or fidelity bond as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; the Company has not been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage and fidelity bond as and when such coverage and fidelity bond expires or to obtain similar coverage and fidelity bond from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not result in a Company Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

 

(jj)         Except as set forth in or contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company (i) does not have any material lending or other relationship with any bank or lending affiliate of the Underwriter (the description of such arrangements and outstanding indebtedness thereunder is true, accurate and complete in all respects) and (ii) does not intend to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder to repay any outstanding debt owed to any affiliate of the Underwriter.

 

(kk)         There are no business relationships or related-party transactions involving the Company or any other person required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus which have not been described as required, it being understood and agreed that the Company, the Investment Adviser and the Administrator make no representation or warranty with respect to such relationships involving the Underwriter or any affiliate and any other person that have not been disclosed to the Company by the Underwriter in connection with this offering.

 

(ll)         None of the Company, the Investment Adviser, the Administrator nor any of their affiliates has taken, directly or indirectly, any action which constitutes or is designed to cause or result in, or which could reasonably be expected to constitute, cause or result in, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Notes.

 

  11  

 

  

(mm)         The Company owns, leases or has rights to use all such properties as are necessary to the conduct of its operations as presently conducted.

 

(nn)         The Company operates in compliance in all material respects with the requirements to be taxed as, and has duly elected to be taxed as (which election has not been revoked), a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). The Company intends to direct the investment of the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Notes in the manner specified in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds” and in such a manner as to continue to comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code.

 

(oo)         Each investment held by the Company as of the date hereof, except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, is, to the Company’s knowledge, current, in all material respects, with all its obligations under the applicable terms of the investment, no event of default (or a default which with the giving of notice or the passage of time would become an event of default) has occurred in respect of such investment, except to the extent that any such failure to be current in any such obligations and any such default would not reasonably be expected to result in a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

Any certificate signed by or on behalf of the Company and delivered to the Underwriter or its counsel in connection with the offering of the Notes shall be deemed to a representation and warranty by the Company as to the matters covered therein to the Underwriter.

 

2.          Representations and Warranties of the Investment Adviser and the Administrator . The Investment Adviser and the Administrator represent and warrant to and agree with the Underwriter as of the date hereof as follows:

 

(a)          Each of the Investment Adviser and the Administrator has been duly formed and is validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, respectively, with the power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and enter into this Agreement and the other Company Agreements to which the Investment Adviser or the Administrator is a party, as the case may be, and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the condition, financial or otherwise, or on the prospects, earnings, business or operations of the Investment Adviser or the Administrator, as the case may be (an “ Adviser/Administrator Material Adverse Effect ”). The Investment Adviser has no subsidiaries other than the Administrator, and the Administrator has no subsidiaries.

 

(b)          The Investment Adviser is duly registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act, and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act or the Investment Company Act from acting under the Investment Advisory Agreement as an investment adviser to the Company as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, and no order of suspension or revocation of such registration has been issued or proceedings therefor initiated or, to the knowledge of the Investment Adviser, threatened by the Commission.

 

  12  

 

  

(c)          This Agreement and the Company Agreements to which the Investment Adviser or the Administrator is a party, as the case may be, have been duly authorized by the Investment Adviser and/or the Administrator, as applicable. This Agreement and each Company Agreement to which the Investment Adviser or the Administrator is a party comply with the applicable provisions of the Acts, the Advisers Act and the applicable Rules and Regulations. Each Company Agreement to which the Investment Adviser or the Administrator is a party has been duly executed and delivered by the Investment Adviser or the Administrator, as applicable, and (assuming the due and valid authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto) represents a valid and binding agreement of the Investment Adviser or the Administrator, as applicable, enforceable against the Investment Adviser or the Administrator, as applicable, in accordance with its terms, except (a) as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by federal or state securities laws or principles of public policy and subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Investment Adviser’s or the Administrator’s obligations thereunder, as applicable, may be limited by bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium, and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (including without limitation the availability of specific performance or injunctive relief and the application of concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing) whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and (b) in the case of the Investment Advisory Agreement, with respect to termination under the Investment Company Act or the reasonableness or fairness of compensation payable thereunder.

 

(d)          The execution and delivery by the Investment Adviser and/or the Administrator, as applicable, of, and the performance by the Investment Adviser and/or the Administrator, as applicable, of its obligations under, this Agreement does not conflict with or will conflict with, result in, or constitute a violation, breach of or default under, (x) the limited liability company operating agreement of the Investment Adviser and/or the Administrator, as applicable (y) any agreement, indenture, note, bond, license, lease or other instrument or obligation binding upon the Investment Adviser and/or the Administrator, as applicable, that is material to the Investment Adviser and/or the Administrator, as applicable, or (z) any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Investment Adviser and/or the Administrator, as applicable, or any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Investment Adviser and/or the Administrator, whether foreign or domestic; except, with respect to clauses (y) or (z), any contravention which would have neither (i) an Adviser/Administrator Material Adverse Effect or (ii) a material adverse effect on the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided that no representation or warranty is made with respect to compliance with the laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States in connection with the offer or sale of the Notes in such jurisdiction by the Underwriter.

 

  13  

 

 

(e)          No consent, approval, authorization, order or permit of, license from, or qualification or registration with, any governmental body, agency or authority, self-regulatory organization or court or other tribunal, whether foreign or domestic, is required to be obtained by the Investment Adviser and/or the Administrator, as applicable, prior to the Closing Date for the performance by the Investment Adviser and/or the Administrator, as applicable, of its obligations under this Agreement or any Company Agreement to which it is a party, except such as have been obtained and as may be required by (i) the Acts, the Advisers Act, the Exchange Act or the applicable Rules and Regulations, (ii) the rules and regulations of FINRA, (iii) by the securities or “blue sky” laws of the various states and foreign jurisdictions in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes or (iv) such as which the failure to obtain would have neither (i) an Adviser/Administrator Material Adverse Effect nor (ii) a material adverse effect on the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(f)          There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Investment Adviser and the Administrator, threatened to which the Investment Adviser and/or the Administrator is a party or to which any of the properties of the Investment Adviser and/or the Administrator is subject (i) other than proceedings accurately described in all material respects in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and proceedings that would not have an Adviser/Administrator Material Adverse Effect, as applicable, or that would not have a material adverse effect on the power or ability of the Investment Adviser and/or the Administrator, as applicable, to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus or (ii) that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus and are not so described.

 

(g)          There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus (or the documents incorporated by reference therein) or to be filed as exhibits thereto by the Securities Act or by the Rules and Regulations which have not been so described and filed as required.

 

(h)          Each of the Investment Adviser and the Administrator has all necessary consents, authorizations, approvals, orders (including exemptive orders), licenses, certificates, permits, qualifications and registrations of and from, and has made all declarations and filings with, all governmental authorities, self-regulatory organizations and courts and other tribunals, whether foreign or domestic, to own and use its assets and to conduct its business in the manner described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, except to the extent that the failure to obtain or file the foregoing would not result in an Adviser/Administrator Material Adverse Effect.

 

(i)          Each of the Investment Adviser and Administrator has the financial resources available to it necessary for the performance of its services and obligations as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and by this Agreement and each Company Agreement to which it is a party.

 

(j)          The Investment Advisory Agreement is in full force and effect and neither the Investment Adviser nor, to the knowledge of the Investment Adviser, any other party to the Investment Advisory Agreement is in default thereunder, and no event has occurred which with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a default by the Investment Adviser under such document.

 

  14  

 

 

(k)          Each of the Investment Adviser and the Administrator are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; all policies of insurance and any fidelity or surety bonds insuring the Investment Adviser or the Administrator or their respective businesses, assets, employees, officers and directors are in full force and effect; the Investment Adviser and the Administrator are in compliance with the terms of such policies and instruments in all material respects; there are no claims by the Investment Adviser or the Administrator under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; neither the Investment Adviser nor the Administrator has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have an Adviser/Administrator Material Adverse Effect.

 

(l)          All information furnished by the Investment Adviser or the Administrator for use in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and Prospectus, including, without limitation, the description of the Investment Adviser (the “ Investment Adviser Information ” and the “ Administrator Information, ” respectively) does not, and on the Closing Date will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make such information not misleading (and in the case of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which such information is provided).

 

(m)          There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development reasonably likely to involve a prospective material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the prospects, earnings, business or operations of the Investment Adviser or the Administrator from that set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, and there have been no transactions entered into by the Investment Adviser that are material to the Investment Adviser other than those in the ordinary course of its business.

 

(n)          Neither the Investment Adviser nor the Administrator, nor any of its respective affiliates, has taken, directly or indirectly, any action which constitutes or is designed to cause or result in, or which could reasonably be expected to constitute, cause or result in, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Notes.

 

(o)          The operations of the Investment Adviser and the Administrator are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable Money Laundering Laws and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Investment Adviser or the Administrator with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Investment Adviser or the Administrator, threatened.

 

(p)          Neither the Investment Adviser nor the Administrator nor, to their knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Investment Adviser or the Administrator is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the FCPA, including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Company, the Investment Adviser or the Administrator, and the Investment Adviser or the Administrator, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

 

  15  

 

  

(q)          Neither the Investment Adviser nor the Administrator nor, to its knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Investment Adviser or the Administrator is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC and neither the Investment Adviser or the Administrator will directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

(r)          The Investment Adviser maintains a system of internal controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions effectuated by it under the Investment Advisory Agreement are executed in accordance with its management’s general or specific authorization and (ii) access to the Company’s assets is permitted only in accordance with its management’s general or specific authorization.

 

(s)          The Administrator maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions for which it has bookkeeping and record keeping responsibility under the Administration Agreement are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the Company’s financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for the Company’s assets and (ii) the recorded accountability for such assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

Any certificate signed by or on behalf of the Investment Adviser or the Administrator and delivered to the Underwriter or its counsel in connection with the offering of the Notes shall be deemed to a representation and warranty by the Investment Adviser or the Administrator, as applicable, as to the matters covered therein to the Underwriter.

 

3.          Agreements to Sell and Purchase . The Company hereby agrees to sell to the Underwriter, and the Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees to purchase from the Company $[    ] aggregate principal amount of Firm Notes at the purchase price of [    ]% of the aggregate principal amount of the Firm Notes (the “ Purchase Price ”).

 

On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, the Company agrees to sell to the Underwriter the Additional Notes and the Underwriter shall have the right to purchase the Additional Notes, with the same terms and CUSIP number as the Firm Notes, at the Purchase Price, plus interest, if any, accrued from the Closing Date to, but excluding, the applicable Option Closing Date, provided that no such Additional Notes may be issued and sold unless they will be fungible with, and constitute the same series as, the Firm Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Underwriter may exercise this right in whole or from time to time in part by giving written notice to the Company not later than 30 days after the date of this Agreement. Any exercise notice shall specify the aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes to be purchased by the Underwriter and the date on which such notes are to be purchased. Each purchase date must be at least one business day after the written notice is given and may not be earlier than the closing date for the Firm Notes and not later than ten business days after the date of such notice. Additional Notes may be purchased as provided in Section 5 hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Notes.

 

  16  

 

  

The Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Underwriter, it will not, during the period ending 30 days after the date of the Prospectus, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any debt securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for debt securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any debt securities issued or guaranteed by the Company whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of debt securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) file any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any debt securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for debt securities issued or guaranteed by the Company. The agreements contained in this paragraph shall not apply to the Notes to be sold hereunder.

 

4.          Terms of Public Offering . The Company, the Investment Adviser and the Administrator each understands that the Underwriter proposes to make a public offering of the Notes as soon as the Underwriter deems advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered. The Company, the Investment Adviser and the Administrator each further understands that the Notes are to be offered to the public at 100% of the principal amount (the “ Public Offering Price ”), and to certain dealers selected by the Underwriter at a price that represents a concession not in excess of [   ]% of the Public Offering Price.

 

5.          Payment and Delivery . Payment for the Firm Notes shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available to a bank account designated by the Company against delivery of such Firm Notes for the account of the Underwriter at 10:00 A.M. (New York City time), on August [ ], 2015, or at such other time on the same or such other date as shall be designated in writing by the Underwriter. The time and date of such payment are herein referred to as the “ Closing Date .”

 

Payment for any Additional Notes shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available to a bank account designated by the Company against delivery of such Additional Notes for the account of the Underwriter at 10:00 A.M. (New York City time), on the date specified in the corresponding notice described in Section 3 or at such other time on the same or on such other date, in any event not later than September [ ], 2015, as shall be agreed by the Underwriter and the Company. The time and date of any such payment for Additional Notes are herein referred to as the “ Option Closing Date .”

 

  17  

 

  

The Firm Notes and Additional Notes shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as the Underwriter shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The Firm Notes and Additional Notes shall be delivered to the Underwriter through the facilities of DTC on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the account of the Underwriter.

 

6.          Conditions to the Underwriter’s Obligations . The respective obligations of the Company, the Investment Adviser and the Administrator, and the obligations of the Underwriter, hereunder are subject to the condition that the Registration Statement has become effective and at the Closing Date no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the Securities Act and no proceedings with respect thereto shall have been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriter.

 

The obligations of the Underwriter are subject to the following further conditions:

 

(a)          Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date, there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the prospects, earnings, business or operations of the Company, the Investment Adviser or the Administrator, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus that, in the Underwriter’s reasonable judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in the Underwriter’s reasonable judgment, impracticable to market the Notes on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

 

(b)          The Underwriter shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the Company has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date. The Underwriter shall also have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Investment Adviser, to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Investment Adviser contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the Investment Adviser has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date. The Underwriter shall also have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an authorized person of the Administrator, to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Administrator contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the Administrator has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.

 

(c)          Each of the Investment Adviser, the Administrator and the Company shall have performed all of its respective obligations to be performed hereunder on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

  18  

 

  

(d)          The Underwriter shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion and negative assurance letter of Dechert LLP, counsel for the Company, the Investment Adviser and the Administrator, dated the Closing Date, set forth in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

 

(e)          The Underwriter shall have received on the Closing Date the favorable opinion of Morrison & Foerster LLP, counsel for the Underwriter, dated the Closing Date, and covering such matters as the Underwriter shall reasonably request.

 

(f)          The Underwriter shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriter, from KPMG LLP, independent registered public accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than the date hereof.

 

(g)          All filings, applications and proceedings taken by the Company, the Investment Adviser and the Administrator in connection with the registration of the Notes under the Securities Act and the applicable Rules and Regulations shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Underwriter and its counsel.

 

(h)          No action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation shall have been instituted or threatened by the Commission which would adversely affect the Company’s standing as a registered investment company under the Investment Company Act or the standing of the Investment Adviser as a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act.

 

(i)          The Underwriter shall have obtained a No Objections Letter from FINRA regarding the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.

 

The obligation of the Underwriter to purchase Additional Notes hereunder is subject to the delivery to the Underwriter on the applicable Option Closing Date of such documents as the Underwriter may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the Investment Adviser and the Administrator, the due authorization and issuance of the Additional Notes to be sold on such Option Closing Date and other matters related to the issuance of such Additional Notes, and officers’ certificates, opinions of Dechert LLP to the effect set forth above, and comfort letters of KPMG LLP to the effect set forth above, except that such certificates, opinions and comfort letters shall be dated as of the applicable Option Closing Date and statements and opinions above contemplated to be given as of the Closing Date shall instead be made and given as of such Option Closing Date.

 

7.          Covenants of the Company, the Investment Adviser and the Administrator . In further consideration of the agreements of the Underwriter herein contained, the Company covenants and agrees, and the Investment Adviser and the Administrator, covenant and agree with the Underwriter as follows:

 

  19  

 

 

(a)          To notify the Underwriter as soon as practicable, and confirm such notice in writing, of the occurrence of any event during the period mentioned in Section 7(f) below which in the judgment of the Company makes any statement in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any Omitting Prospectus or the Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires the making of any change in or addition to the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any Omitting Prospectus or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading in any material respect. If at any time the Commission shall issue any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, the Company will use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order at the earliest possible moment.

 

(b)          Prior to the termination of the offering of the Notes, to comply with the requirements of Rule 430A and to promptly notify the Underwriter, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall be declared or become effective, or when any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any Omitting Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement (and shall promptly furnish the Underwriter with a copy of any comment letters and any transcript of oral comments, and shall furnish the Underwriter with copies of any written responses thereto a reasonable amount of time prior to the proposed filing thereof with the Commission and will not file any such response to which the Underwriter or its counsel shall reasonably object), (iii) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act in connection with the offering of the Notes and (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any Omitting Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing, or any notice from the Commission objecting to the use of the form of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Notes for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or of the loss or suspension of any purposes.

 

(c)          To furnish to the Underwriter in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 7(f) below, as many copies of the Preliminary Prospectus, Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as the Underwriter may reasonably request.

 

(d)          Prior to the termination of the offering of the Notes, before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, to furnish to the Underwriter a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Underwriter reasonably objects, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 497 under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant thereto.

 

(e)          To furnish to the Underwriter a copy of each proposed Omitting Prospectus to be prepared by or on behalf of, used by or referred to by the Company and not to use or refer to any proposed Omitting Prospectus to which the Underwriter reasonably objects.

 

  20  

 

 

(f)          If (i) the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Notes at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and (ii) (A) any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances, not misleading, or (B) any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus materially conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement then on file, or (C) in the reasonable opinion of either counsel for the Underwriter or counsel for the Company, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriter and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when delivered to a prospective purchaser, be misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer materially conflict with the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law, as applicable.

 

(g)          The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Notes in the manner specified in the Registration Statement and the Time of Sale Prospectus.

 

(h)          The Company and the Investment Adviser will not take any action designed to cause or result in the manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale of Notes in violation of the Acts or the Exchange Act and the applicable Rules and Regulations, or the securities or “blue sky” laws of the various states and foreign jurisdictions in connection with the offer and sale of Notes.

 

(i)          If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the Notes as in the reasonable opinion of either counsel for the Underwriter or counsel for the Company, the Prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by the Underwriter or any dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the reasonable opinion of either counsel for the Underwriter or counsel for the Company, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriter and to dealers (whose names and addresses the Underwriter will furnish to the Company) to which Notes may have been sold by the Underwriter and to any other dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with law, as applicable.

 

(j)          To endeavor to qualify the Notes for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as the Underwriter shall reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent of service of process or to qualify as a foreign entity or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

 

  21  

 

  

(k)          Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company and the Investment Adviser under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and the Company’s accountants in connection with the registration and delivery of the Notes under the Securities Act and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, and any Omitting Prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriter and dealers, in the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the preparation, issuance, execution, authentication and delivery of the Notes to the Underwriter, (iii) the cost of printing or producing any “blue sky” memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Notes for offer and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 7(j) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriter in connection with such qualification and in connection with the “blue sky” memorandum, (iv) all filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriter incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Notes by FINRA in an amount not to exceed $5,000, (v) all costs and expenses of qualifying the Notes for inclusion in the book-entry settlement system of DTC, (vi) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee, (vii) the fees paid to Egan-Jones Ratings Company in connection with the rating of the Notes, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Notes, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with production of road show slides and graphics, the reasonable fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, and the travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, (ix) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement and (x) all other costs and expenses of the Company incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section 7(k). It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section and Section 8 entitled “Indemnity and Contribution,” the Underwriter will pay all of its costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Notes by them, the travel and lodging expenses of the Underwriter in connection with any road show presentations, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers it may make.

 

If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriter because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company, the Investment Adviser or the Administrator to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason the Company, the Investment Adviser or the Administrator shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Company, the Investment Adviser and the Administrator, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Underwriter for all out-of-pocket accountable expenses (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of their counsel) actually incurred by the Underwriter in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder.

 

  22  

 

  

(l)          The Company will comply with all applicable securities and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and will use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s directors and officers, in their capabilities, as such, to comply with such laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the provisions of Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

(m)          The Company will use reasonable best efforts to comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code, with respect to any fiscal year in which the Company is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act.

 

(n)          The Company, the Investment Adviser and the Administrator will use their reasonable efforts to perform all of the agreements required of them by this Agreement and discharge all conditions of theirs to closing as set forth in this Agreement.

 

(o)          Before using, approving or referring to any Road Show Material, the Company will furnish to the Underwriter and its counsel a copy of such material for review and will not make, prepare, use authorize, approve or refer to any such material to which the Underwriter reasonably objects.

 

(p)          As soon as practicable, the Company will make generally available to its security holders and to the Underwriter an earnings statement or statements of the Company which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158 under the Act.

 

8.           Indemnity and Contribution .

 

(a)          Each of the Company, the Investment Adviser and the Administrator, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls the Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, each selling agent of the Underwriter and each director, officer, shareholder or affiliate of the Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Rules and Regulations (each, an “ Underwriter Indemnified Party ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim), caused by, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, any Omitting Prospectus, any Road Show Material, the Time of Sale Prospectus, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by the Underwriter expressly for use therein.

 

  23  

 

 

(b)          The Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each of the Company, the Investment Adviser and the Administrator, and each of their respective partners, directors, trustees, managers, members and shareholders (as the case may be), and each officer of the Company who signs the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company, the Investment Adviser and/or the Administrator within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each, a “ Company Indemnified Party ”) to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company, the Investment Adviser and the Administrator to the Underwriter, but only with reference to written information relating to the Underwriter furnished to the Company by the Underwriter expressly for use in the Registration Statement, as originally filed with the Commission, or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, any Omitting Prospectus, any Road Show Material or the Time of Sale Prospectus.

 

(c)          In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 8(a) or 8(b), such person (the “ indemnified party ”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ indemnifying party ”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements reasonably incurred of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel, (ii) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with an actual conflict of interest, or (iii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (i) the fees and expenses reasonably incurred of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Underwriter Indemnified Parties, collectively, and (ii) the fees and expenses reasonably incurred of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Company Indemnified Parties, collectively. In the case of any such separate firm for the Underwriter Indemnified Parties, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Underwriter. In the case of any such separate firm for the Company Indemnified Parties, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Company. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there is a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this Section 8(c), the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the material terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into, and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of the indemnified party.

 

  24  

 

  

(d)          To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 8(a) or 8(b) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, the Investment Adviser and/or the Administrator on the one hand and the Underwriter on the other hand from the offering of the Notes or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 8(d)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 8(d)(i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, the Investment Adviser and/or the Administrator on the one hand and the Underwriter on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, the Investment Adviser and/or the Administrator on the one hand and the Underwriter on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Notes shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Notes (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriter, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Notes. The relative fault of the Company, the Investment Adviser and/or the Administrator on the one hand and the Underwriter on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the Investment Adviser or the Administrator or by the Underwriter and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

(e)          The Company, the Investment Adviser, the Administrator and the Underwriter agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 8(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 8(d) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, the Underwriter shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Notes underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that the Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 8 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

 

  25  

 

  

(f)          The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 8 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, the Investment Adviser and the Administrator contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriter Indemnified Party or by or on behalf of any Company Indemnified Party and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Notes.

 

(g)          No party shall be entitled to indemnification under this Section 8 if such indemnification of such party would violate Section 17(i) of the Investment Company Act.

 

9.           Termination . The Underwriter may terminate this Agreement by notice given by it to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, any of the NYSE, the NYSE MKT, the NASDAQ Stock Market, the Chicago Board of Options Exchange, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange or the Chicago Board of Trade, (ii) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States shall have occurred, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal or New York State authorities, (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in the Underwriter’s judgment, is material and adverse and which, singly or together with any other event specified in this clause (v), makes it, in the Underwriter’s judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the Notes on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, or (vi) (x) a downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Notes by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act, and (y) such an organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of Notes.

 

10.          Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

 

11.          Entire Agreement .

 

(a)          This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between and among the Company, the Investment Adviser, the Administrator and the Underwriter, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

  26  

 

 

(b)          Each of the Company, the Investment Adviser and the Administrator acknowledges that in connection with the offering of the Notes: (i) the Underwriter is acting solely as an underwriter in connection with the sale of the Notes and no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company, the Investment Adviser and the Administrator, on the one hand, and the Underwriter, on the other hand, has been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, irrespective of whether or not the Underwriter has advised or is advising the Company, the Investment Adviser or the Administrator on other matters, (ii) the public offering price of the Notes and the price to be paid by the Underwriter for the Notes set forth in this Agreement were established by the Company, the Investment Adviser and the Administrator following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Underwriter, (iii) it is capable of evaluating and understanding, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (iv) the Underwriter owes the Company, the Investment Adviser and the Administrator only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement and prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement), if any, (v) the Underwriter may have interests that differ from those of the Company, the Investment Adviser and the Administrator, and (vi) it waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against the Underwriter for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agrees that the Underwriter shall not have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contact, tort or otherwise) to it in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on its behalf or in right of it or the Company, the Investment Adviser or the Administrator or any stockholders, employees or creditors of the Company, the Investment Adviser or the Administrator.

 

12.         Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

13.         Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

 

14.         Headings . The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.

 

15.         Notices . All communications hereunder shall be in writing and effective only upon receipt and (i) if to the Underwriter, shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered, mailed or sent to Incapital LLC, 200 South Wacker Drive, Suite 3700, Chicago, Illinois 60606, Attention: General Counsel (facsimile no. (312) 379-3701), with a copy to Morrison & Foerster LLP, 250 West 55th Street, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Anna T. Pinedo (facsimile no. (212) 468-7900) and (ii) if to the Company, the Investment Adviser or the Administrator, shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered, mailed or sent to the Company, the Investment Adviser or the Administrator, as applicable, at the offices of the Company at 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830, Attention: Thomas P. Majewski (facsimile no. (203) 340-8543), with a copy to Dechert LLP, One International Place, 40 th Floor, 100 Oliver Street, Boston Massachusetts 02110, Attention: Thomas J. Friedmann (facsimile no. (202) 261-3333).

 

[Signature pages follow]

 

 

 

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY INC.
   
  By:  
    Name: Thomas P. Majewski
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer
   
  EAGLE POINT CREDIT MANAGEMENT LLC
   
  By:  
    Name: Thomas P. Majewski
    Title:   Managing Partner
   
  EAGLE POINT ADMINISTRATION LLC
   
  By:

Eagle Point Credit Management LLC,

its sole member

     
  By:  
    Name: Thomas P. Majewski
    Title:   Managing Partner

 

[Company Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]

 

 

 

  

Accepted as of the date hereof  
   
INCAPITAL LLC  
   
By:  Incapital LLC  
   
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

[Underwriter Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]

  

 

 

SCHEDULE I

PRICING INFORMATION

 

1.          Aggregate principal amount of Firm Notes sold: $[ ]

 

2.          The public offering price for the Notes: 100% of the aggregate principal amount

 

3.          The purchase price for the Firm Notes to be paid by the Underwriter: [    ]% of the aggregate principal amount

 

4.          The interest rate on the Notes: [ ]% per annum

 

  Sch. I- 1  

 

 

SCHEDULE II
OMITTING PROSPECTUSES

 

1. 482ad filed pursuant to Rule 497(a) on July 22, 2015

 

2. 482ad filed pursuant to Rule 497(a) on July 27, 2015

 

3. [●]

 

  Sch. II- 1  

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Form of Opinion of Dechert LLP

   

 

 

 

Exhibit (l)

 

  One International Place, 40th Floor
100 Oliver Street
Boston, MA 02110-2605
+1 617 728 7100 Main
+1 617 426 6567 Fax
www.dechert.com
 
     

 

August 11, 2015

 

Eagle Point Credit Company Inc.

20 Horseneck Lane

Greenwich, CT 06830

 

 

Re: Registration Statement on Form N-2

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to Eagle Point Credit Company Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the preparation and filing of a Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-205540 and 811-22974) as originally filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on July 7, 2015 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”), and as subsequently amended on July 22, 2015 and on or about the date hereof (the “ Registration Statement ”), relating to the proposed issuance by the Company of notes (the “ Notes ”) to be sold to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement substantially in the form filed as Exhibit (h)(1) to the Registration Statement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”). This opinion letter is being furnished to the Company in accordance with the requirements of Item 25 of Form N-2 under the Investment Company Act, and no opinion is expressed herein as to any matter other than as to the legality of the Indenture (as defined below) and the Notes.

 

The Notes are to be issued pursuant to an indenture, as supplemented by a first supplemental indenture, between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, trustee (the “ Trustee ”), substantially in the forms filed as Exhibit (d)(1) and Exhibit (d)(2), respectively, to the Registration Statement (collectively, the “ Indenture ”).

 

In rendering the opinion expressed below, we have examined and relied on originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records and other instruments and such agreements, certificates and receipts of public officials, certificates of officers or other representatives of the Company and others, and such other documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for rendering this opinion, including the following documents:

 

 

 

 

  August 11, 2015
Page 2
     

 

(i) the Registration Statement;

 

(ii) the Underwriting Agreement;

 

(iii) the Indenture;

 

(iv) a specimen copy of the form of the Notes to be issued pursuant to the Indenture;

 

(v) the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company;

 

(vi) the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company;

 

(vii) a certificate of good standing with respect to the Company issued by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as of a recent date; and

 

(viii) resolutions of the board of directors of the Company relating to, among other things, the authorization and issuance of the Notes.

 

As to the facts upon which this opinion is based, we have relied, to the extent we deem proper, upon certificates of public officials and certificates and written statements of officers, directors, employees and representatives of the Company.

 

In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as original documents and the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies. In addition, we have assumed (i) the legal capacity of natural persons and (ii) the legal power and authority of all persons signing on behalf of the parties to all documents (other than the Company).

 

On the basis of the foregoing and subject to the assumptions and qualifications set forth in this letter, we are of the opinion that:

 

1. When the Indenture is duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the Indenture will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

2. When duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and delivered to the underwriter against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, the Notes will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms.

 

 

 

 

 

  August 11, 2015
Page 3
     

 

The opinions set forth herein are subject to the following assumptions and qualifications being true and correct at or before the time of the Notes:

 

(i) the Indenture and the Notes have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each party thereto (other than the Company); 

 

(ii) the final terms of the Notes have been duly established and approved by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company; and

 

(iii) the final terms of the Notes as established comply with the requirements of the Investment Company Act.

 

The opinions set forth herein as to enforceability of obligations of the Company are subject to: (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar laws now or hereinafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and the discretion of the court or other body before which any proceeding may be brought; (ii) the unenforceability under certain circumstances under law or court decisions of provisions providing for the indemnification of, or contribution to, a party with respect to a liability where such indemnification or contribution is contrary to public policy and (iii) an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

 

We express no opinion as to the validity, legally binding effect or enforceability of any provision in any agreement or instrument that (i) requires or relates to payment of any interest at a rate or in an amount which a court may determine in the circumstances under applicable law to be commercially unreasonable or a penalty or forfeiture or (ii) relates to governing law and submission by the parties to the jurisdiction of one or more particular courts.

 

The opinions expressed herein are limited to the federal laws of the United States of America and the laws of the State of New York.

 

We assume no obligation to advise you of any changes in the foregoing subsequent to the date of this opinion.

 

 

 

 

 

  August 11, 2015
Page 4
     

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus which forms a part of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Dechert LLP

 

Dechert LLP

 

 

Exhibit (n)

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors
Eagle Point Credit Company Inc.

 

 

 

We consent to use of our report dated February 26, 2015 with respect to the financial statements of Eagle Point Credit Company Inc. and Subsidiary (formerly Eagle Point Credit Company, LLC), as of and for the period ended December 31, 2014, included herein and to the references to our firm under the heading “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’’ in the Prospectus.

 

 

 

 

New York, New York
August 11, 2015